FSI Swedish Basic Course

swelsh
BASIC COURSE
INGRID BEACH ANNE-MARIE CARNEMARK MARGARETA FELLER MARGARETA WEYL WITH THE EDITORIAL ASSISTANCE OF: ALLEN I. WEINSTEIN
FOREIGN SERVICE INSTITUTE U.S. DEPARTMENT OF STATE

1982
SWEDISH
R)I Swedish Basic Cours e developed from a need to provide a more comprehensive and up to date curriculum than had been afforded by an earlieI' work, Spoken Swedish. The latter had been produced during the 1950's by william R. fun Bus kirk and Fritz frauchiger of the FSI linguistic staff, with the assistance of members of the staff of the Post Language Program of the American Embassy in Stockholm. RJI Swedish Basic Cours e is intended primarily for use as the foundation for intensive classroom use with a qualified instructor, but it has also been designed so that the student who does not have the benefit of an instructor may use the text and its accompanying tapes with profit. This book was developed entirely at the ~reign Service Institute in Washington. Under the general editorship of Allen I. Weinstein, the text was conceived and executed by the Swedish instructional staff, headed by Ingrid S. Beach and including Margareta Weyl, Margareta Feller, and Anne-Marie Carnemark. Illustrations were conceived and drawn by Peter Weyl. Layout for the text and the cover design were executed by John McClelland of the FSI Audio- Visual Staff. The tape recordings accompanying this text were voiced by Peter Ling- Vannerus, Niklas Lund, Claes Rhl, Ingrid Beach, Anne-Marie Carnemark, and Margareta Weyl, and were made at the FSI studios under the direction of recording engine er Jose Ramirez. The authors wish to express their gratitude to the Foreign Service Institute students who used the field-test editions of the book in Washington and who contributed many helpful ideas and criticisms. A special debt of gratitude is due Marianne L. Adams who, as FSI Publications Officer, provided the initial stimulus for the creation of this book and whose encouragement along the way was of great importance.
iii
Preface
SWEDISH
To the Student WeLcome to the worLd of Sweden, Swedes, and Swedish! You have obtained this book as a way to help you learn the Swedish language, and to help you prepare for Life and work in Sweden. We hop e that both these experienaes will be enjoyable for you, but before you begin we would Like you to know some facts about language study in general, and this book in particular. The new FSI Swedish Basic Course has been written especially for the future U.S. diplomat in Sweden. It is meant to serve as a textbook as well as a source of cultural information and it is accompanied by a complete set of tapes. We all know that the ability to speak a foreign Language and to live in a new culture is not learned through books and tapes alone. These are only aids in a learning process which begins in the classroom, where the instructor is the primary source of information and your main conversation partner, and which later expands to the whole country of Sweden, where a nation becomes your teacher. However, the book has taken into account the student who may not have a teacher available. It was designed in such away that, together with extensive use of the tapes, it may be used profitably by the self-study student. A self-study course, however, cannot prov ide sufficient opportunities to practice speaking and understanding Swedish. The primary goal of language learning is to communicate with the native speakers in a natural and productive way. A secondary goal is to learn to read and trans late Swedish, since this is an important skill you will need in your work. The first twelve ~its consist of dialogs which cover a range of situations relevant to your Life and work in Sweden. The las t few Uni ts are lJJri tten in a narrative form and constitute a transition to further reading. Each ~it includes "Notes on Basic Sentences," which clarify certain grammar points, cultural ~nformation and idiomatic expressions that we think are particularly important. fullowing "Notes on Basic Sentences" is a section called "Points to Practice." This section deals lJith the grammar, which is first explained as clearLy and
To
iv
the Student
SWEDISH
simply as possible~ and then put to use in Practices. Here you can cover up the correct responses with a piece of heavy paper or cardboard and then slide the paper down the page to confirm the correctness of your response or correct any error you may have made. Be sure you do the Practices aloud. Grammatical explanation should be thought of only as a tool when learning a foreign language. But it is the key to understanding a structure and a system which might otherwise seem confusing. Even though Swedish grammar and vocabulary are related to their English counterparts, a word-by-word translation from either language into the other does not neoessarily produoe good sense. Beoause of important differenoes in ways We have of expressing the same thoughts~ speakers of English and Swedish see each other as using different patterns of language. It is therefore invaluable to learn Swedish patterns to the point where the y become a real part of your speech, so that the difference between English and Swedish becomes natural to you. Over many years of teaching Swedish to English speaking students the teachers at ~I have noted oonsistent patterns of difficulty that an English speaker has in learning Swedish. We have tried to draw on this experienee in explaining the grammar and in painting out the pitfalls. Our happy Vikings are used to draw attention to same of the grammar points~ and to make the task of learning Swedish grammar a little less serious. A dragon appears in places where we discUSB something that may be unusually tricky. How to Vse the Tapes The tapes provide the oorrect pronunoiation of the dialogs, narrative texts and grammar practices. On the tapes each Unit begins with the diatog "For Listening Only" to give you the chance to understand as muoh aB possible unaided. Remember that it is just as important to understand what is being said as to produce your own sentences. Following" For Listening Only" there is a section called" For Learning." It contains the same dialog~ but this time each new word is given with apause, during which you are to repeat the word before the correct pronunoiation is confirmed. The same pattern is then used for longer utteranees. Try to mimic the native speakers as elosely as possible, paying elose attention to stress and intonation. When an utterance is very long it will, be divided inta two or more sentences~ and then given in its entirety. To the Student
v
SWEDISH
The grammar practices have also been taped, in order for you to hear the pronunciation of the correct response given in the practices. We advise that you keep your book open when doing the grammar practices with the tape, since you will always have to read the instructions for each individual practice in order to know which cue words you are supposed to use. However, you wiLL find that some practices can be done oraLly using on ly the tape. In those instances, try to reLy on what you hear on the tape and don't Look at the book. Studying a Swedish textbook and Listening to the accompanying tapes does not guarantee mastery of the Swedish Language. We hop e that this book wiLL serve as one of many aids iu your endeavor and that you wiLL find numerous opportunities to practic e your Swedish. The best way of doing that is to c10se your book and put your vocabulary and grammar to use in real situations. This is when you have to transfer your book-learning into something productive and meaningful. When you speak, understand and read outside the cLassroom environment you have truLy Learned to communicate in your new language. Good luck in your Swedish enterprisel
vi
To
the Student
SWEDISH
Till Lraren
Fljande r ett frslag tl I I
hur Swedish Baslc Course kan anvndas
svenskundervisningen:
Utta I Ett utfrligt kapItel med medfljande band inleder boken. Lraren br naturligtvis g igenom alla vIktiga punkter och hjlpa eleverna att f ett bra uttal frn brjan.
Dialog a. Genomgng aV ny lxa.
Lraren I ser de nya orden och I ter e I everna upprepa dem I korus. Sedan I ser lraren en mening i taget och lter varje elev upprepa den. Hr har lraren ett bra t l l l Uille att rtta och frklara uttalet. Det r vsentligt att vara mycket noggrann med uttalet i brjan s att eleverna inte grundlgger dliga vanor. Vi berknar att tv eller tre sidor per dag r lagom fr hemarbete. I brjan kan det vara frdelaktigt tr eleverna att lra sig dIalogen utantill s att de automatiskt tIllgodogr sig rytmen, ordfljden och sprkmnstret.
b.
Frhr av
lxa.
Nsta dag kan man brja med att lta eleverna g Igenom dialogen med den svenska texten vertckt och med den engelska texten som minnesstd. Man kan sedan lta eleverna erstta en del ord i dialogen med andra ord som de lrt sig tidigare och va olika former samtidigt som det grammatiska mnstret bIbehlls. Till sist slr eleverna Igen bckerna och anvnder dialogen i rollspel. Spontant rollspel passar i nte fr a I I a e lever. Det kan tr en de I vara svrare att h i tta p ngot att sga n att anvnda det nya sprket korrekt. I sdana ta II r det I mp 11 gt att anvnda s.k. "directed dialog," d.v.s. lraren talar om tr eleven p svenska (eller mjI igtvis p engelska) i indirekt form vad han/hon ska sga. Lraren kan ocks sjlv stlla frgor tl II eleverna med anvndande av ordfrrdet j texten.
Till
Lr<;lren
vii
SWEDISH
Grammatik
viii
Lraren gr igenom de grammatiska punkter som tas upp I varje kapitel och eleverna arbetar sjlvstndigt hemma p vningarna med banden t i l l hjlp. Grammatikavsnitten innehller ett stort antal vningar i frhoppningen att eleven kan lra sig sprkstrukturen genom att va den och hra den s mycket som mj \ i gt. Fr att vara sker p att vn ingarna verkligen grs br lraren d och d, utan varning, g igenom dem i klassen. Efter kapitel 12 har vi frngtt formatet med enbart dialog. Kapitel 13-16 utgr en vergng ti I I tidningslsning. Svrighetsgraden stegras avsevrt 1 dessa stycken. Texterna kan med frdel anvndas tl I I lsning, versttning och diskussion. Diskussionen kan t i l l exempel rra sig om olika seder och bruk, olika sikter, politiska frhllanden, etc. Den kan ocks gras I ivl igare om lraren eller ngon av eleverna intar en impopulr stndpunkt. Med hjlp av banden kan eleverna ocks va upp frmgan att lyssna och frst. Kapitel 6 r avsett som ett prov p vad eleven lrt sig i kapitel 1-5. Vi rekommenderar a t t e I e ven d e I a r u p p k a p i t e I 6 i mi n s t t v s e k t i o n e r f r a t t n b s t a m j I i g a r e s u I t a t . Det r lmpligt att d och d under kursen g ti Ilbaka och repetera och att inte ta fr givet att eleverna har tillgodogjort sig allt som tidigare frekommit i boken eller diskuterats i klassen. Detta r endast vrt frslag ti I I hur Swedish Basic Course kan anvndas. Vr frhoppning r att boken kan inspirera och uppmuntra lraren att anvnda sin egen fantasi p ett stt som bst passar de individuella eleverna i hans/hennes klass, och ven klassens storlek. Lt fantasi och kreativitet komma ti II nytta. Tnk p mj I igheten att anvnda "propsll och att stimulera undervisningen genom att freta ngot fysiskt aktivt. utflykter, restaurangbesk, simulerad guidning p svenska, etc., kan erbjuda bra tillfllen att anvnda svenskan I real istiska situationer. Lt boken vara en hjlp I undervisningen och lt den inte diktera hur undervisningen ska g ti I I. Mlet r att lra engelsksprkIga elever att frst och uttrycka sig p svenska och den metod som nr det resu I tatet r den rtta metoden. Lycka t i II !
T II I
LMraren
SWEDISH
TabLe of Contents Page Preface To the Student To the Teaehel' Explanation
iii iv vii
of
Cpammatical Terms
xiv xxiv
l
A Guide to Endings and Symbols A Guide to Swedish Pronunciation Unit 1 - Cetting Around Numbers Nates on Basic Sentences Points to Practice Point I - En-Ett Point II - Present Tense Point III - Word Order Point IV - AuxiLiaries (heLping verbs) Unit 2 - Meeting People Nates on Basia Sentences Points to Practice Point I - The Definite Artiale (singular) Point II - Personal Pronouns Point III - Telling Time Unit 3 - Family and Ocaupation Nates on Basic Sentences Points to Practice Point I - Indefinite Plural Endings Point II - The Relative Pronoun Som Point III - Placement of Adverbs rable of Contents
30
38 39 41 42 46 47 53 56 64 68 69 76
80
84 93 97 98
109
112
ix
SWEDISH
Page
~it
4 - Seeing the Sights Notes on Basic Sentences Points to Practice Point I - Adjectives in the Indefinite Form (noun-adjective agreement) Point II - Demonstrative Expressions Point III - Personal Pronouns Den, Det, De
116 122 123 124 128 131 138 145 147 148 157 166 171 179 184 185 186 189 196 200 203
205 212 215 216 219 233 241 250
Uni t 5 - A Place to Live Nates on Basic Sentences Points to Practice Point I - Possessives Preceding a Noun Point II - Verbs of the First Conjugation Point III - Word Order Uni t
6 -
True and False
Uni t 7 - A t the Office Nates on Basic Sentences Points to Practice Point I - Definite Form Plural Point II - Definite Form of the Noun with AdjectiveB Point III - Det r det Point IV- Ligga-Lgga, Sitta-Stta, etc. Point V - Ordinal Numbers Unit 8 - Shopping for clothes Notes on Basic Sentences Points to Practice Point I - Interrogative Pronoun Vi Iken (Vi Iket, Vi Ikal Point II - Indefinite Pronouns and Ajdectives Point III - Adverbs of Place Indicating Rest and Motion Point I V - Verbs of the Second Conjugation Point V - Verbs of the Third Conjugation
Table of Contents
SWEDISH
Page unit 9 - Eating in a Restaurant Notes on Basic Sentences Points to Practice Point I - Comparison of Adjectives Point II - Formation and Comparison of Adverbs Point III - Adjectives Before Nouns unit 10 - Getting Ready for an Evening Out Notes on Basic Sentences Points to Practice Point I - RefZ exive VeY'bs Point II - AuxiZiary (HeZpingJ Verbs Point III - Imperative Form Point IV - D-Sedan, both meaning "then" Point T! - Fre-I nnan, both meaning "before" Unit 11 - Nations, Languages, and NationaZities Notes on Basic Sentences Points to Practice Point I - The Swedish Pronoun Man Point II - Time Adverbials Point III - Nations, Nationalities, Languages unit 12 - Social Gatherings Part I - An Informal Invitation to Lunch Part II - An Invitation to a Dinner Part III - A Formal Dinner Party Notes on Basic Sentences Points to Practice Point I - Prepositions of Place Point II - Placement of the Roaming Adverb Point III - Practice on Idiomatic and ~eful Expressions 254 261 264
26S
279 287 297

303 30S 306
311 318 322 324 327 335 338 339 341 355 361 361 365 368 377 383 384 396
406
Table of Contents
xi
SWEDISH
Page Vnit 13 - r Vg ti II Landet Glossary Nates on Basic Sentences Points to Practice Point I - The Fourth Conjugation (Irregular List of Irregular Verbs Point 11 - Tycka, Tnka, Tro Point III - Dr-Dit as Relative Adverbs Unit 14 - P n G lossary Notes on Basic Sentences Points to Practice Point I - Past Participles Point II - Passive Voice Point III - Present Participle Vnit 15 (introduction) Vnit 15 - Helger och Traditioner Midsommar Julen Fastan Psken Valborgsmssoafton Frsta Maj Glossary Nates on Basic Sentences Points to Practice Point I - Compound Nouns Point II - Compound Verbs Vnit 16 (introduotion) Vnit 16 - Glimtar frn Sverige av Idag Geografi GloBsary Table of Contents
410
xii
413 416 419

Verbs)
420
421 441 444 446 449 452 454 455 462 469
470
471 471 472 474 475 475 476 477 481 483 484 486 493 495 495 496
SWEDISH
Page Unit 16 (oont.)
Nringsliv och Ekonomi
GlossaY'Y
Statsskick och Politik
GlossaY'Y
Neutral itet och Frsvar
GloBsaY'Y
Socialpolitik
498 499 503 504 506 507

509 509
Glossary
Rel igion
GloBsary
Skolor och Utbildning
Glossary
Massmedia G lossaY'y
Notes on Basio Sentenoes WOY'd Lis t GrammaY' Index BibliogY'aphy
511 511 513 513 515 515 517 523 662 675
Table of Content8
xiii
SWEDISH
xiv
A Brief Explanation of English Grammatical Terms Vsed in this Book Accent Active V07:ce Adjective as in "accent 1 and 2,: is equivalent to stress or Zoudness. See"Voice. " a word used to describe or qualify a noun.
Example~:
A good cup of coffee. Roses are r'ed.
Most adjectives can have thr'ee fOr'ms: positive. camparative, and supel'lative (tall, taller, tallestJ. Adverb a word used to qunlifY: a ver'b - Peter spoke so[tly. an adjective - She is very pr'etty. another adverb - Tom speaks unusuaZZy slowly. a wOr'd used with a noun to modify or limit ita meaning. Indefinite article - a dog, an apple Defini te artic le - the boy, the boy s Auxiliary verb ver'b used with another' ver'b of ten to fo:rom compound tenses. Examples: He will come tomor'row. I have seen that fil~.
A:roticle
G:roammaticaZ Terms
SWEDISH
Cardinal number the basic, or "counting" form of a number - one etc. a group of words containing at least a verb Example: The baby cried.
OY'
J
two
three,
Clau8e
ctauses may be main (independent)
subordinate (dependent).
A main clause is able to stand alone and constitutes a full sentence. Example: Peter was reading the paper.
A subordinate clause acts like a modifier (adjective or adverb), and is linked to a main clause by a subordinating conjunction. Example: Comparative compound Peter was reading the paper when the door bell rang.
See "Adjective." made up of two or more elements. Compound nouns - a lexical noun phrase (i.e. a noun phrase which is considered one uni t of meaning). Examples: aoat hanger
J
blaakboard, airplane
Compound verbs - a lexical verb phrase (i.e. a verb phrase whiah is aonsidered one unit of meaning). Examples: giv e up, find out, give in
Grammatical Terms
Compound tenses - a combination of an auxiliary and a main verb. See "auxiliary verb." xv
SWEDISH
Conditional clause a cLause expl'essing a condition, usually introduced by "if," "i n t h e e v e n t of," II U n Ze s s . " Examples:
xvi
If I see him,I'll tell him that you called. ln the event (that) we must cancel our plans,I'lL let you know. UnZes~ it rains,we'Zl go swimming this afternoon.
Conjugation Conjunc tio n.
a group of verbs which follow the same inflectional pattern. an uninflected word used to Zink together words or sentence parts, such as ~~4, while, becaus~, since, etc. a group of nouns with the same plural ending. See "Article." form of a Swedish noun or adjective used when the definite article is prsent. words such as this, that, the se, those to point out or indicate specific persons-Gr things. a pronominal word referring to a following phrase. Examples: The Ithose)students who had taken the course during the summer were excused. Those who waited patiently in line finally got to see-the famous movie star.
DecLension Definite articZe Definite (orm
Demonstrative
Determinative adjective or pronoun
GrammaticaZ Terms
SWEDISH
Gerund --an English verb with an -ing ending and with the function of 11 noun. Examples: Swimming is my favorite sport. I'm tired of running.
Idiomatic
e~ression
a group of words which has a special connotation not usually equal to the meanings of the individual words J and which usually cannot be translated into another language without the special meaning being lost. Examples: This is not my cup of tea. That's the way the cookie crumbles.
Imperative
a sentence or a verb form which commands. requires or forbids an action to be carrie d out. Examples: Stand up! Don't cry!
Indefinite adjective
a determiner in a noun phrase expressing generality, such as some J an!!J every. etc. See "Article."
form of a Swedish noun or adjective used either when the indefinite article is present or when no article is present.
rnd~finite
article
rndefinite form
Indefinite pronoun
a pronoun which does not refer to a definite person or thing, e.g. aEyQodYJa~t~i~~. som~pody. ~othin~J etc.
xvii
~rammatical
Terms
SWEDISH
a verb form not limited by person, number, or tense; the [orm given in the vocabulary lists. It may stand alone (] must fIS!.-) 01' it may be preceded by "to" (I want to go).
xviii
In[initive
Interrogative word
a word used at the beginning of a clause or sentenee to mark it as a question. a verb which cannot be [ollowed by an object. Example: The baby slept.
Intransitive verb
ef. transitive verb. Irregular noun adjective verb Iid1ifirb exhibits certain [orms which do not coincide with a particular pattern considered to be the norm foY' that particular noun (adjective, verb, adverb). Examples: child -children good, better, best run, ran, run much, more, most
Non-count noun
a noun which does not usually form a plural, aB opposed to nouns which can be counted, e.g. Bugar, sand, ooffee. wOl'd denoting or naming a person, thing or concept. a word 01' group of words with a noun or pronoun as its head and [unctioning as the Bubject, object or "complement" of a sentence. Examples: The cat caught the mouse. He is ~oliceman.
Noun Noun phl'ase
Grammatioal Terms
SWEDISH
Object
word or phrase forming the "compLement" of a verb.
Direct object is the person or thing which is affected by the action of the verb in a sentenee Example: The man read the newspaper.
Indirect object is the person or thing for whom or on whose behaZf an action is carried out. Example: Objective pronoun John read the newspaper to his wife.
a form of a pronoun which is governed by a verb or a preposition. ExampZes: Peter saw her. Peter gave-us the book. first,
OrdinaZ number
a number used as an adjective to indicate order, e.g. second, third, etc.
Participle
English has two participial forms: the ~sent particip le which ends in -ing and the east participZe which ends in -ed, or same times in -en, -n, etc. These are used in forming complex verb phrases, such as I am workingj I have worked. Apart from their use in forming compZex verb phrases, participles are alsa used as adjectives. ExampZes: A cr~ baby. A cZosed door.
ParticZe roammatical Terms
a non-inflected word which, used with another word (usually a verb) changes the meaning of that word, e.g. <2il in "turn it lli"
xix
SWEDISH
Passive voiee Past tense See "Voice."
xr
a tense form of a verb referring to an action which took place prior to the time of the utteranee. Cf. "perfeet tense. " Present perfeet - have (has) + partieiple (I have closed the door.) Past perfect - had + participle (I had cZosed the door.)
Perfect tense
ppeposition
a non-inflected word used before a noun or noun phrase, which
indicates a spatial OP temporal relationship between the noun and some other reference. Examples: Arthur is driving into the city. Fran wOIl't get hereuntil Tuesday.
Reflexive pronoun
an object pronoun which refers back to the subject. Example: You can see for yourself
Reflexive verb
a verb used usually with a reflexive pronoun.
Example:
John cut himself while shaving.
Some verbs have reflexive connotations without a reflexive pronoun. Example: John cut himself while shaving (i.e. himself)
Gpammatieal Tepms
SWEDISH
Relative Adverb an adverb whiah aats as a aonjunation in introduaing a subordinate alause Example: This is the place where we met.
Relative clause
a subordinate clause introduced by a relative pronoun or adverb. Examples: This is the boy whom I was supposed to meet. That was the time when I aot lost.
Relative pronoun
a pronoun such as who, whose, whom, which, that whiah refe1'8 back to a previous word-or.-group-of words in-a-sentence. that which is left of a word when all prefixes and suffixes have been removed.
Stem
grammaticially, that part of a sentenee which constitutes the reference for the verb; the agent performing the action expressed by the verb in an active sentence, or the person, thing OF concept on which the action of a passive sentenee is performed. Examples: The aat caught the mouse. The mouse was caught by the aat.
Subordinate clause Superlative
See "Clause." See "Adjective."

xxi
Grammatical Terms
SWEDISH
Supine
xxii
the name in Swedish for the verb form used together with forms of att ha (to have). It corresponds in English to the past participle form of the verb. However, the supine form is nevel' declined and cannot be used as an adjective. Thus in Swedish there is a distinction between the supine form and the past particip le form. The former is only used with the forms of the verb att ha. The latter is used and declined as an adjective. Examples: Supine
Jag har Jag har Jag har
I
Part-iciple
lnat en bli. lnat ett bord. lnai tv bcker. En lnad bil.
r have borrowed a ear.

I have borrowed a table. have borrowed two books.
Aborrowed ear.
Ett lnat bord.
Abol'rowed table.
Tv I <'i nade bc ker.
Two borrowed books.
Tense
grammatical category of the verb expressing the time relationship between the action referred to in the sentenee and the time of the utterance. a verb which can have a direct object. Example: Cf. The boy kicked the ball.
Transitive verb
intransitive verb.
Verb
expresses an act, occurrence, or mode of being. Examples: The boy l~~ the room. I am cold.
Gramrnatical Terms
SWED~H
Voice
a verb construction indicating certain reZationships between the subject and object of a verb. The active voice occurs in a sentenee where the grammaticaZ subject of a verb carries out some activity or process, e.g. The cat caught the mouse. The ~ssive voice occurs in a sentenee in which the grammaticaZ subject of the verb is the recipient of the action, e.g. The mouse Was caught by the cat.
Word order
Straight word order places the subject before the verb in a clause. Reversed word order pZaces the verb before the subject in a clause.
~rammatical
Terms
xxiii
SWEDISH
xxiv
A Guide to Endings and Symbols Used in Basia Sentenaes and in Nates on Hasia Sentenaes In the Hasia Sentenaes, each paragraph will be numbered and preaeded by a list of new voaabulary. Same of the Swedish words will be pY'esented in theiY' diffeY'ent forms as folLows:
1.
Nouns Indefinite form, Example: singulaY'j definite form ending, singularj indefinite form ending, plural. day, the day, days
dag -en -ar
If the plural form is irregulaY' the entiY'e word form is given. Example:
natt -en , ntter
night, the night, nights
The word stem to whiah the endings are added is indicated by a slash if the stem is different from the indefinite form singular. Example:
gat/a -an -or
street, the street, streets
-0
This symbol indicates that the indefinite plural form is the same as the indefinite singulaY' :form. Example:
par -et -0
coupre, the oouple, couples
(/; The same symbol without the dash f-J indicates that the word does not occur in the plural. Example:
mjl k -n (/;
milk, the milk,
Guide to Endings and Symbols
SWEDISH
2. Pronouns (Possessive, Demonstrative, Indefinite Pronouns, and the Interrogative Pronoun y i I ken) Form referring to words. Example:
min,
~
words; form referring to ett words; form referring to plural

mina
mitt,
m-z-ne
~.
Adj ectives Basic form (used with en words in the singular); ending uBed with ett words in the singular; ending used with plural words. Example:
sn
I I -t -a
kind
If the adjeetive is irregular the whole form will be given. Example:

I i ten, I i tet,
sm
small
4.
comparison of Adjectives and Adverbs Only the irregular comparative and superlative forms are indicated in addition to the basic forms. However J these forms will not be given until Unit 9 where the comparison of the adjective is introduced.
J
Basic form (used with ~ words in the singular); ending used with ett words in the singular); ending used with plural words; comparative form; superlative form. Example:
lng -t -a; lngre, lngst
long J
longer J
longest
Guide to Endings and Symbols
xxv
SWEDISH
5. Verbs
xxvi
Verbs are always given in the in[initive [orm with the in[initive marker att (except [or certain auxiliary verbs which are not used in the in[initive [orm). The in[initive form with a slash to indicate the stem; present tense ending; past tense ending; supine ending Example:
att talla -ar -ade -at
to speak, speak(s), spake,
(have, had) spaken
If the verb is irregular all [orms are written out. Example:

att st, str, stod, sttt
to stand, stand(s), stoad,
(have, had) stood
Starting with Unit 10 the first three conjugations will be indicated by numbers only. Example:
att att att att tala, kra, 2a tycka, 2b tro, 3
to to to to
speak drive think believe
The [ourth conjugation verbs, which are all more or less irregular, will have the irregular [orms indicated as well as a number 4 to indicate the conjugation. Exampl.es:
att f, fr, fick, ftt, 4 att hlla med om; hller, hll, hll it, 4
to get, to receive to agree with
6.
* This asterisk is [ound in the Basic Sentences. It indicates that there is an explanatory note on a certain item in that particular paragraph. The nate is listed by paragraph number in the Notes on Basia Sentences section immediateZy [ollowing each dialog.
Guide to Endings and Symbol.s
SWEDISH
A
Guide to Swedish Pronunaiation
This chapter is intended especially for the student who is learning Swedish on his or her own. The accompanying tape is an integral part of this Unit, and henae must be used in aonjunation with the following pages. We have avoided using phonetic symbols in the book. Instead we feel that the combination of the tape and the acaompanying brie! desariptions of how the sounds are produaed will provide an appropriate basis for Swedish pronunaiation. We also hope that the student who studies with a teaaher will find both ahapter and tape he2pfut. We naturally tend to aonaentrate on those sounds that exist in Swedish and not in English, rather than on Bounds that are common to the two languages. Spending a little extra time in the beginning to get the Swedish sounds right is better than learning them inaorrectly and then trying to compensate later.
SWEDISH
WELCOME TO SWEDISH
Many sounds in the Swedish language are similar to sounds used in English. A few sounds used in Swedish do not exiat in English. We will be more oonoerned with sounds than with spelling, although aometimes the latter has to oome in. Let'a begin by looking at and listening to the Swedish alphabet, which has 29 letters:
A R C DE F G H I
K L M N O p Q R S T U V WX Y Z A
When we disouss Swedish sounds in this chapter we refer to the sounds in this alphabet. Remember this order of letters, especially when you are looking up a name in the phone book or a word in a dictionary: A are last.
Swedish Vowe ls Let'B be gin by taking a look at and listening to the Swedish vowels. the tape:
A O U
Repeat them after
A A
E
E
Learn them in thes8 group8: A O U

A O U
A are oalled hard vowels,
y soft vowels.
These vowels oan be pronounaed long or short. For example~ listen to the different lengths of the vowel 80und in these Swedish word pairs:
Guide to Swediah Pronunciation
SWEDISH
Long vowels
dag vilg
Sho1't vowela
dagg (dew) v8gg (wall) v I Il a (house) (before) frr
(day) (road) v i I a (to pest) f r (fo1')
Can you hea1' the difference in the vowel length? When Swedish vowels are long they al'e vel'Y long. No matter how much you think you exaggerate theil' length, they can not be too long. There are no diphthongs in Swedish. If one vowel letter follows anothel', each one is pronounaed aeparately. (This happens in certain English words too, e.g. c~eration, l'eitel'ate, etc.) All vowel letters are pl'onounaed, there are no silent vowel lettel's. Let's leal'n and pl'aatiae long-shol't vowel differenaes in Swedish words. The purpose hel'e is to leal'n to pronounce Swedish, not to learn to spell and not to learn voaabulary. The translation furnished is just fol' your information. Listen to the tape and read the words. elose your mind to everything around you and pay elose attention to the way the voiee on the tape pronounees the wOl'ds. Try to imitate the speaker. If you are studying alone, have a mirror handy. We'll tell you when you need it. "nard" Vowels A O U A
A
The long A in Swedish resembles the long A in (Amel'iean) English, e. g. "fathel', " "hard," "barn," (Boston pl'onuneiation diseouraged). Just make it longer. Long A
glas
dag
mat tak ska
(glaBS) (day) ( food) (roof, eeiling) (will)
stad
vad
(oity) (what) ta (to take) lat (lazy) (have, ha8) ha r

3
Guide to Swedi8h Pl'onunaiation
SWEDISH
The short Swedish A is Bomewhat similar to the vowel in the English words Ueot. u Unot. u Listen oarefully to the pronunoiation of short Swediah A on the tape and repeat after it. Short A
glass dagg matt tack hade
(ieeoream) (dew) (weak) (thank you) (had)
vatten (water) kaffe (ooffee) han (he) kan (can) hall (haLl)
Now we will give you one /Jord with a long A and one with a ahort A. differenee in the vowel and imitate it. Long A
glas dag mat ta k hal (slippery) tal (speeeh)
Liaten to the
Short A
glass dagg matt tack ha I I (pine tree) ta I I
o
The long O is elose to the English vowel in Utroop" and "tomb." with long O. Try to make them very long. Here are some /Jords
bo bok
krona (opown) (to live) (book) bror (bpothep) ro (to pow)
501
( aun) sto r (vig) fot (foot) god (good) mot (againBt)
Guide to Swedish Pronunoiation
SWEDISH
The short Swedish O has the same qualityas the long O hut it is shorter. the words with a short O and repeat af ter the tape. Short
hon ost ond fort tom
O
Listen to
(she) (cheese) ( evir) ( fas t) (empty)
(mat. aunt) moster (hotel) hote II bomu I I (cotton) bands ( farme1') (aaI'dJ, kort
Now we will pI'actice a long and a ahoI't O so you can hear and learn the diffeI'ence. Long
krona bok bro r god ro
O
Sh01't
hon osl to rt tom kort
u
The Swedish long U does not exist in English. Now you can get out YOUI' mirI'or and use it while you do the following. Listen to the English word "yew." Now say it veI'Y slowly and watch what YOUI' lips do at the end of it. Keep your lips in this position. Now we'll make a little change. by dropping the "y" and emphasizing the "w":
u
Now we'll pI'actice words with a long U.
U U
GUide to Swediah Pronunciation
________________ S=-W.:..::...:E:.:D=-I:..:S:..:.H...:.Long U
fru (wife) ut (out) nu (now) hu r (how) hus (house) kul sur mus tur brun
~6
(tun) ( sour) (mouse) (luck) (brown)
The short U sound has a different quality. This time you don't need your mirror. Say the English wOr'd usugar'u af ter the tape. sugar' sugar sugar
If you say it quickly the uUu will be very alose to the Swedish short U. Now listen to this Swedish word: uggla (owlJ. Now we 'tt praatiae some other Swedish worods with shorot U. Short U (fru i t) f ruld brunn (wel Z) un de r (under) luft (air) rum (room)
upp (up) I unch (lunch)
buss (bus) tunn (thin) mun (mouth)
Now we'll say a word with a long U and one with a short U. what your mouth does. Lonrr U
fru brun ut nu hus
Look in the miroror and Bee
Short U ---fru kt brunn

upp
under buss
Guide to Swedish Pronunciation
SWEDISH
Long A is simila't' to the Engl'ish vOIJel sound in "fOU't'3" "SOaI'3" "moI'c He!'e a!'e 80me WOI'ds IJith a long A. Long
r
"
but much lange!'.
A
mne (moon) ( goal) ml (thI'ead) t rd tg (t!'ain) vt (we t)
(yea!') st (to stand) g (to go) bt (boat) hl (hale)
The shoI't A is ve't'y similaI' to the VOIJel sound in the English WOI'ds "song 3 " "long 3 " and "wI'ong but shoI'teI'.
J "
ShOI't
gng (time) I ng (long) sng (Bong) h I I a (to hold) mnga (many)
A
mtt (measUI'e) mste (mus t) nga (Bteam) lder ( age) ngra (to I'egI'et)
NOa) we'll say ona WOI'd with a long heaI' the difference in length. Long A
g?! r hl mne
bH
A and then one with a shOI't A.

Short A
gng s'ng h I I a mnga mtt
Listen and tI'Y to
Remembe!' that the Swedish name of this lette!' is
"A".
7
Guide to Swedish P!'onunciation
SWEDISH
The same sounds -- both the Long A and the short A sound -- are sometimes speL Led with an "O". The Long A sound 8peLLed with an "O" is unuBuaL, but the short A sound speLLed with an "O" is rather common. Long A sound spe Hed with an "O"
son (80'11) kol (eoaL) telefon (teLephone) mikrofon (microphane)
Short ft. 80und 8peBed with an

om (if) som (who J which) kopp (cup) komma (to come) kos-J-a (to oost)
"O"
The voweZs you have just praaticed A O U A are the "hard" voweLs. with the other group of voweLs, the "soft" voweZs.
J
We wiLL now continue
Guide to Swedish Pl'onunciation
SWEDISH
"Soft" VotJeLB E I Y
E
Long E is a pure DoweL. It is not the Bame aB the DoweL sound in "8ay~" "day," "gray~" eta. Listen to the tape:
E E E E E
Now we'll praatiae the long E sound in same words. Long E
se (to 8ee) mer (more)
(bone~ leg) ben (late) sen (elean) ren (letter) b rev
Be 8ure to make it very Long.
te (tea) paket (paakage) heta (to be aalled)
det
(it~
the)
The short E sound iB almost the Bame aB the Dowel sound in the English words "rest~" "best," "rent," n8end~n but shorter. Let's listen to and repeat this short vowel sound in Borne Swedish words. Short E
en fem
(a,
ett
vem mes t
an) (five) (a, an) {who}

(mos t)
hem men
(home) {but} hetta (heat) den (it, the) Igen (again)
Now we'lL say one word with a long E and one word with a short E.
_________________ S::...W..:....:.....::E:..:D::....:...:IS:..:H:.....:....-
.-:..l0
Long E
det
Short E
mer ben sen

heta
den men en hem hetta
The Swedish I is similar to the vowel sound in the English words "teak," "seed, " "Zeave," eto. Listen:
I
(eeyh)
(eeyh)
(eeyh)
For the Zong I be sure to make it very Zong. Long (in) (wine) (fine) vis (wise) bil (car)
I
tiga
vi n fln
(to be siZent) (here) (to res t) vila dit (there) (piece) bIt
hit
The short Swedish I sound is similar in quality to long I, but much. much shoptep. Listen to the short I sound in same Swedish words and repeat them. Short
vinn finn
(winl) (findt) ( oertain) viss tigga (to beg) vIlla (house)
hitta
(to find) ( gir Z) min (my, mine) din (your. yours.) timme (hour)
f I Icka
Guide to Swedish pponunoiation
SWEDISH
Now let'8 listen to one word with a long I and then one word with a short I. Long
vin f In vis tiga v II a
Sho!'t
vinn finn viss tigga v II I a
The Swedish "Y" is always a vowel. It is most easily produced if you whisper a long Swedish I (remember, eeyh), push out you!' lips, making a "square" mouth, and use your voice. Look in the mirror and try it. Exaggerate all you want in the beginning.
Y
y y y
Now we'lt practice the long Y in same words. Long Y
sy
tyg
(to sew) ( fabric) ( four) f Yra (to rent) hy r", byta (to change)
ny (new) yta (surface) by (viLLage) flyta (to float) f rysa (to freeze)
The short y sound is very similar to the long one except for being much shorter.
11
------------------------------------Short Y
SWEDISH
12
synd (pit y) trygg ( secure) bytta ( jarl tycka (to think) lyssna (to listen)
No~ ~e'll
nyss (reaently) flytta (to move) mycket (muah, very) syster (sister) lyfta (to lift)
alternate long and short Y sounds. Long Y Short Y
sy ny tyg byta flyta
synd nyss trygg

bytta
flytta
The long vo~el "" before "R" is similal' to the vowel sound in the English ~ords "fair," "bear, " "hair, " "care," etc. Be Bure io ap en your mouth ~hen you say . Always refer to this letter as .
~ords
If the long is not followed by an "R" it Bounds like the vowel Bound in the English "well," "bet," "~et," eta. But remember to make it very long.
~ill
Listen aarefully to the ~ordB with the long and you by an "R" differs from other situations.
hear how the
""
foZlo~ed
Guide to
S~edish
Pronunaiation
SWEDISH
Long (here) h r dr (there) br (berry) (iron) j rn (to teach) I ra
vg ( T'oad) (we 7, 7,) vl lsa (to read) (nose) nsa (to compete) tvla
You can heaT' how much broader and more open the sound is if it is followed by an liR". Take the word jrnvg (railroad) where you have an example of both types of long . Say it: jrn-vg, jrn-vg, jrn-vg. The short is also bT'oad and open before an "R". It is similar to the first vowel sound in the English words "carryJ" "marorYJ" etc. Before other consonants it sounds just like the short Swedish E sound (ett, mest, hem). Now listen to the shorot sound and no te the difference be tween the fo lZowed by an "R" and the fo lZowed by other consonants. Short
rr (scar) frja (feny) v rre (worse) mrka (to notice) rm (sleeve) vgg (wa7, l) kv I I (evening) v n ( friend) bst (bes t) n sta (next)
Now we/Il read the words with long and alternate with words with short . Try to worok on the long that is not folZowed by an "R"J since you are not used to making this sound long in English. Long
hr
j rn
Short
nsa vg v I
rr rm nsta vgg kv I l
13
SWEDISH
The last Swedish vowel, and also the last letter in the Swedish alphabet, is "". To pronounae this sound you oan use your mirror again. First whisper a long E. Hold this for a long time, and then round your lips. When your lips are rounded (you're almost ready to kiss someone!) start using your voiae, and you will hear a niae Swedish , like this: As was the aase with the "" before "R", the sound is broader and more open before an "R". It is very similar to the English sound in "fur," "purr," "buron. /I Elsewhere it is rather tense, very muah like the name of the letter "". Let's praotioe the long sound in some words. Long
f r (for) ( to hear) hra (to drive) kra stra (to disturb) (ear) ra st brd nt ga ln
(sweet) (bread) (nut) (eye) (salary) When not folloliJ-
The short before "R" sounds like the long before "R", only shortel'. ed by "R" it is similar to, but shorter than its long oounterpal't. Listen to the words with the short sound. Short
frr (before) brja (to begin) drr (door) str re (bigger) mrk (dark)
lnn (maple tree) ntt (worn) mjlk (milk) fnster (window) hst (fall, autumn)
sho~t .
Now we'll alternate words with long and
SWEDISH
Long
fr
stra nt
ln
Short
frr
strre
ntt lnn
ga
hst
You may have notioed from all the words listed in the foregoing praatiaeB that vowel letters are usually pronounoed short when followed by two aonsonant letters. and long when followed by one aonsonant letter. One-syllable words ending in -m and -n are of ten exceptions. Examples:
man han hon kan fem hem SOm
(man) (he) (she) (can) (five) (home) ( that. which)
To sum up the most important things you need to know about Swedish vowels: 1.
2.
3.
Long vowe la are very longj

U
requires your lips in a "w" positionj
Y -- start whispering a long I and make a "square" mouth. and only then use your voicej
4.
-- start whispering a long E,
round your lips and only then use your voiae.
15
__________________________________________---::.6 SWEDISH 1
Swedish Consonants Swedish eonsonants are fairly similar to English ones with a few exaeptions. whieh will deal with in this seetion.
~e
In Swedish. a eonsonant following a long vowel tends to be short. a aonsonant follo~ ing a short vowel tends to be long. Listen to these examples: In English ~e say "mama" -- the Swedes say mamma; we say "papa" -- the S~edes say pappa; mamma, pappa. The distinetion between short and long consonants is usually shown in the writing system by the doubling of the aonsonant letter. However. you only hear this distinetion when the eonsonant oeeurs between two vowels like in the following examples: Short eonsonants
vgen (the road) (fine; deel. fIna dagen (the day) (to feed) mata I j I a (purple)
Long eonsonants form)

v1iggen (the wall) (to find) fInna (the dew) daggen (rug) matta (little; dea l. \I \I a
form)
The most important thing. however. is to make the long vowels long. otherwise there aan easily be misunderstandings. Remember: a long vowel aan never be too long.
"J" is the Swedish symbol for a sound similar to "y" at the beginning of an English word. as in "yes." "yard." It never aorresponds in its pronuneiation to the English letter "j". It is the aonsonant letter that sometimes gives away the orig in of a Swede speaking English when he or she says: "Yump for yoy."
Let's listen to some Swedish words with J. Praetiae espeeially the words where J eomes after another aonsonant.
SWEDtSH
Ja (yes J
j uI
(Chr>is tmas) just (just) jobb (job) John (John)
frja (fe r>r>y J brja (to begin) nej (no)

s Jj a
mjlk
(to s e ll) (milk) Listen:
In some lJor>ds "boror>owed" fI'om Fr>ench "JII is pr>onounced like English SH.
JournalIst jargong Jourhavande
( j our>na lis t)
(jar>gon) (on duty) In
The letter> "JtI is sometimeB proeaeded by anothero aonsonant in the writing system. suah aases the other> letter is always "si7ent." Examples:
GJ
DJ HJ
LJ
gjorde djur hjlp I j us
(did) (animal) (help) (light)
The J sound is alBo sometimes spelled with a tiG". Examples:

ge (to give) grna (gladly) frg (aolor berg (mountain)
Tt'e'll discuss this in more detail later> under> "GII.
Guide to SlJedish Pr>onunoiation
17
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _-=18 SWEDISH
L
Listen carefully to the pronunciation of the English word "little." Swedish L is more like the first "l" than the seaond "l." The seaond "l" sounds very foreign to Swedes. Now we'll praetiee the L in some Swedish words:
v l
(weZZ) mjlk (miZk) lunch (luneh) telefon (telephone) tills (until)
bl I
(automohi le) kalender (ealendar) klar (eLear) hall (hall) klocka (elock)
-NGThis sound is similal' to English. i.e. "ring." "song." "long." etc . hut no g-sound is heard at the end. as some English speakers have. This is true in Swedish even if the -NG is foLlowed by a vowel. This is the way it sounds in Swedish: (long) I ng lnga (long; deel. (s ong) sng sngen (the Bong) form)
ung unga r i ng ringa
(young) (young; deel. form) (ring) (to telephone) No addi-
As you notiee there is onLy the -NG sound. tional g-sound should be heard.
Let'a say those words again.
If you have diffiaulty with this. an eaBy way to eliminate the g-sound is to say the two syllables separate ly. then s-l-o-w-l-y bring them together, sng -en, sngen.
SWEDISH
Note: The sound -NG is frequently followed by an "N" at the end of a word. bination is speLLed "-GN". Examples: This com-
lugn lugna regn regnet
(caLm) (to calm) (rain) (the rain)
ugn (oven) ugnen (the oven) vagn (wagon) vagnen (the wagon)
"GN" and "KN"

If "GN" stands at the beginning of a word both sounds are pronounced as in gnista (spark), gnida (to rub). The same is true for "KN" in Swedish. The Swedes say knapp (button), knyta (to tie). Listen and repeat the Swedish words:
GN
gnIsta gnIda gnata gnola gngga
(spark) (to rub) (to nag) (to hum) (to neigh)
KN
knyta knppa knappast knut kn a c ka
Uo tie) (to button) (hardLy) (knot) (to knock)
The Swedish it less:
"R"
is sZightZy triZZed.
If you can make a Spanish "R", use that but trilL

b
r um (room) bror (brothep) morgon (morning)

rd (bread) har (have, has) krona (crown)

19
SWEDISH
In Bome combinatiohB of liR" + another conBonant the two sounds a!l'e "pulled together." 7'he reBult is very simil'ar to what happens in English words like "bar - barn." "bore - bored. " Let's praatiae some of these aombinations in Swedish worda:
..,RN
20
J rn
barn torn
(iron) (child) (towe 1') (table) (farm) (aare)
-RO
bo rd grd v rd
-RT
frort (auburb) svart (black) fiport (aports)
SWEDISH
RSH
The -RSH sound is produaed lJJhen the letter "S" foZlolJJS an "R", as in the lJJords orsak (reason), kors (crosu) and Lars. You make the -RSH sound in normal speech also if one lJJord ends in "RII and the next word starts with "S." Listen to theae three words: Va e.-..? a tt du? {Where did you ait?J. This is how you will hear it when a Swede speaks normal ly: Va~(h)att du? If you pronounce the three words carefully without the SH sound (varI satt/ du?) you will, of course, be understood, but it won't sound like natural Swedish. Let's try some examples:
mors orsak kors Lars
(mother's)
vrst f rs k norsk frsk
(wors t) (fresh) (Norwegian) ( attempt)
SH
The Swedish SH sound is very similar to the English SH sound in "shoe." "sheep." "shout," ete. There is another variation of the SH sound in Swedish which you do not need to learn now. but whieh you should be prepared to recognize. The spelling of the SH sound may vary. but don't let the spelling influenee your pronuneiation. Here is a list of words eontaining the SH sound. all with different spelling. On the tape you'll hear both versions of the SH sound. "SJ" " SK" "SKJ" "STJ"
"SCH" "-slon" "-tian" "CH"
"G"
"J"
sjuk skIda skjorta stjrna schism vision station champagne journalist geners
(sick)
( skiJ
( shirt) (star)
( sehism) (vision) (station) } (champagne) ( journalist) ( generous)
words borrowed from Freneh
Nate that "CH" in the word och (and) is pronounced K. Guide to Swedish Pronunciation
21
----------------------------------------------:
II Gli
We
~ill no~
SWEDISH
22
"K"
IISKlI
explain the
~eason fo~
lea~ning
A O U A and the soft vo~el8 E I Y
the vowels in two g~oups~ the ha~d vowels Say them onae mo~e in groups. If you don't
E I Y
remember them learn them now.

A O U
differentZy~
Befo~e
The two consonant lette~s "G" and "K" and the combination "SKlI a~e pl'onounaed depending on whether the y pl'ecede a hal'd voweZ or a soft vowel. the hard vowels A O U A, "G", "K", and "SK" in the alphabet. Listen to these Swedish wOr'ds:
gata god gul g
(st~ee t) ( good) (yeZZow) (to waHl
a~e
pl'onounaed as they sound

ska s ko s ku I I e s k I
kan kopp kultur k r
(can) (cup) (cul ture) (co~ps )

vo~els
(shall) (shoe) ( s~ould) (c Gers) Make

you~
Let's say them again~ just to practiae the Swedish vowels very l-o-n-g. In fr'ont of the soft
vo~els
as well.
long
E I Y , "Gli, "K". and "SKlI beaome "soft":
"Gli is pronounced like a Swedish
"J" (as the "Y" in English

(to give) (to like) ( gymnas ti cs) (gladly) (to do)
"yes~" "yea~~"
eta.).
Listen to these examples:

ge gli la gymnastik grna gra
IIG" is also pl'onounced like a Swedish "J" af ter' IIl" and "R II in the same syZZable. Look at the following wOr'ds~ listen and imitate;
Guide to Swedish
P~onunaiation
SWEDISH
lg
helg
svalg
(moose) (holiday) (pharynx)
berg frg torg arg
(mountain) (eolor) (square) (angry)
"K"
is pronounced like a "light" "CH," a sound similar to the sound in English "bipch." "inch, "etc. Listen to the exampLes:
kedj a kines kyss krlek kra
(ehain) (Chinese) (kiss) (love) (to drive)
The CH sound is also spelled "TJ" and "KJlI in some !Jords, for example:
"TJ"
tjugo tjuv
t j ata
t jack
tjnstgra
(twenty) (thief) (to nag) (thick) (to serve) ( skirt)
"KJ"
kjol
"SK" befare a soft vowel is pronounced like a SH sound in English (shoe, shine, etc.).
Listen to these examples:
sked skina skydda sk ra skn

Note:
( spoon) (to shine) (to protect) (to eut) (eomfor'tabLe)
There are other spellings of the SH sound whieh we discussed undep the SH sound.
23
Guide to Swedish Pl'onzmciation
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _---=24 SWEDISH
Now let's put "G," "K," and "SK" alternately in front of a hard and a soft vowel. at the words and repeat after the tape. Helare hard vowe"l Belore 80ft vowel
ge gli la gymnastik grna gra kedja kines kyss krlek kra sked skina skydda sk ra skn
Look
"G"
gata god gul
g
II
Kli
kan kopp kultur

k r
ilSK"
ska s ko sku I I e
5k~1
The following oonsonant letters ooour only infrequently in Swedish:

"C" is mostly found in the oombination lICKlI .
words, in which case it is pronounced like "K" in front of hard vowe"ls.

vowe"ls it is pronounced like "S."
K
A"lone it is usually found in foreign Befolle soft
Examples:
cancer campa cape ce I I citron cy ke I
( cancer) (to camp) (cape)

( oell)
(lemon) (bicyc"leJ
Guide to Swedish Pronunoiation
SWEDISH
"Q" is found mostly in
proper names. Examples: Holmquist, Almquist. Akvavit (aquavit). replacing "QU" in modern Swedish, fal' example:
"KV" has been
"W" is pronounced like a "V" in Swedish. WTlma, Wlnblad.
You will only find it in names. Examples:
"I" is pronounced like derivation. Examples:
"S".
You will find it ont y in a very few words of foreign (gypsy) zigenare (zone) zon (zenith) zenit (zebra) zebra
Note:
There is no Z sound in Swedish! Summary of the Pronunciation of Swedish Consonants
1.
2.
3.
':1.
5.
6. 7.
8. 9. 10. 11. 12.
Consonant sounds tend to be l-o-n-g aftel' short vowels. "J" is pronounced like English "Y" before vowels. "L" is always like the first "l" in the English word "little." "-NG-" No G is hea!'d befo!'e vowe ls. "GN-" 80th the "G" and the liN" are pronounced at the beginning of a wO!'d. "KN-" 80th the "K" and the "N"are pronounced in this combination at the beginning of a word. "R" is slightly t!'illed. "RS" is pronounced like -RSH SH - This sound sound is very simi la!' to the English SH sound. "G,K,SK" before soft vowels a!'e p!'onounced like J, CH, and SH. "W" is pronounaed like "V." II Z" is always p!'onounced S; there is no Z sound in Swedish.
Guide to Swedish Pl'onunoiation
25
-------------------------------------------------26
When individual wo~ds a~e p~onounced in isolation, the sepa~ate sounds tend to stand out clea~ly. When one talks in ph~ases o~ sentences, howeve~, many of these sounds be come less distinct, and some of them may change or disappear. You will hear this on the tapes of the dialogs. Of course this is the way you should learn to Break Swedish, not word by word. This is one reason it is important for you to memorize the dialogs. Some very common wo~ds are pronounoed differently f~om the way they are spelled. Refer to this list as you Zearn Units 1-4 to make sure you are pronouncing these words right. Write
jag det dag .... ad och de dem r med morgon
SWEDISH
Say
Write
(I)
Say
JA DE DA
'I" A
DOM DOM E ME MORRON
(it) (day) (what) ( and) (they) (them) (am, are, is) (with) (morning)
ngon ngonting sedan sga mig dig sig sdan staden
NJl.N NJl.NTING SEN

SJA
MEJ DEJ SEJ SAN STAN
(someone) (something) (then) (to say) (me) (you) (himself, e te.) (sueh) (the city)
Guide to Swedish Pronuneiation
SWEDISH
Americans listening to Swedes talking sometimes say the Swedes Using. u They hear the Swedish intonation which is different from English. They also hear Swedish accent which is equaZZy different from EngZish. Let/s Zearn about that now. Swedish has two accents, usuaZZy referred to as Accent 1 and Accent 2. Accent 1. Words with Aocent 1 have the stress on the first syZZable. This is alBo most common in EngZish two-syZZabZe words. ExampZes: coming, harness., mother, fracture, neighbor. Accent 2 is very aharacteristic of Swedish; it occurs mostly in words of two or more syZlabZes. In Accent 2 words the second syZZable is almost as loud as the 'first. In EngZish this occurs onZy in phrases where, for exampZe, an ordinary adjective comes before an ordinary noun. Compare the foZlowing English items as you say them: First syllable accent bZackboard bZueberry White House Zoudspeaker Second syllable accent bZack board bZue berry white house loud speaker
Notice that you pronounce the second syZlabZe in the right-aoZumn items Zouder and cZearer than the same syZZabZe in the Zeft-column items. Now, imagine that the foZZowing Swedish words are pro'nounced as though they had two part.9, the second aZmost as Zoud as the first: Guide to Swedish Pronunciation
27
-------------------------------------------------28
hus-tru lng-samt n -go n smr-gs
These wovds ave wvitten as hustru, lngsamt, ngon, and smrgs, hut pvonounced (using Accent 2) with the second syllable almost as loud as the fivst. Tvy saying them one move time to make suve hoth syllahles ave coming out cleavly and loud. then pvactice the following list of Accent 2 wovds:
SWEDISH
gata f I i cka b ta r pojkar krona kyrka ngon dotter papper

Let's say them again.
(stveet) (givl) (boats) (boys) (cvown) (chuvch) ( Bomeone) (daughtev) (papev)
komma frga svens ka smrgs kosta r lngsamt Ingen hustru va r J e
(to come) (to ask) (Swedish) (sandwich) (eost/s) (slowly) (no O-ne) (wife) (evevy)
Tvy to get the typical Swedish stvess.
We will now giv e you some Accent 2 wovds and contvast them with Accent 1 words. Listen cavefully to the tape and imitate. Accent 2 Accent 1 (to come) (vings) (Swedish) (sandwich) (eost/s) (slowly) (no one) (the boy) (evevy) (the clock)
komma ringar svenska smrgs kostar lngsamt ingen poJ ken va r J e klockan
kommer ringer enkel gsen typisk lngre finger boken vargen rocken
(come/s) (ring/s) (sinple) (the goose) (typical) (longev) (fingev) (the book) (the wo lf) (the coat)
SWEDISH
When you listen to the tapes, t~y f~om the beginning co pick up Accent 1 and Accent 2, as ~ell as the typiaal S~ediBh intonation. As a ~esult the dialogs that you memorize ~ill sound much more S~edish.
I I
"'/CJ:\" -..~-
"
l \
...
Guide to
S~edish
Pronunciation
29
SWEDISH _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _-::30
UNIT 1 GETTING AROUND Basic Sentences Useful Words and Phrases good
day
1.
Hello (how do you do?). Hi. morning Good morning. night Good nigh t. Good-bye.
Mr'.
god, gott, goda dag -en -ar Goddag.
Hej.
2.
morgon -en, mor(g)nar God morgon.

natt -en, God natt. ntter
3.
4.
Adj.
5.
gentleman Mr. Berg.

Mrs., wife Mrs. Stromback.
Herr herr/e -en -ar Herr Berg.

fru -n -ar Fru Strmbck.
6.
Unit 1
SWEDISH
Miss (also to waitreBs or salesgirl) Miss Hansson. how to stand stand(s) it to How are you? thank you fine> well to fee l feel(s) you (sing.) self Thanks, fine. How are you? to speak speak(s) Swedish (the language) Do you speak Swedish? yes li ttle bit Yes, a little bit.
frken, frken, frknar
'l.
Frken Hansson. hur att st - r, st r det

t i I I
stod, sttt
8.
Hur str det tl II?
It
9.
tac k b ra att m -r, mdde, mtt m r du sj I v Tack, bra. Hur mr du sjlv? att talla -ar -ade -at talar svenska -n 0 Talar du svenska? ja
I i te g ra n n
It
10.
11.
Ja,
I ite grann.
Unit 1
31
SWEDISH
n ej inte
aI Is
32
12.
no not at all No, not at alL

to understand understand(s) me Do you understand me?
I
Nej,
inte alls. frsttt
13.
att frst -r, frstod, frstr mig Frstr du mig? jag dig Nej, jag frstr dig aTt vara, r, var, va r snll -t -a var snll
och
14.
you (obj. form) No, I don't understand you. to be be (imperative) kind, good please and speak (imperative) slowly Please speak slowly. noW Thanks, I understand now. Excuse (me).
inte. varit
15.
tala lngsamt Va r sn I I och ta I a lngsamt. nu Tack, jag frstr nu. Urskta.
16.
17.
Unit 1
SWEDISH
whe1'e to be found, exist is {found} the1'e is (<.11'e) a, an te1-ephone Where is there a telephone? restaurant? ho te 1-7 restroom? room bus stop he re in in the vicinity, nearby subuJay station Is the1'e a bus stop nearby~ a subway station? a train station? the re away Yes, over theX'e. right To the Y'ight. left To the left.
va r att finnas, finns, fanns, funnits f i nns det finns en, ett telefon -en -er Var finns det en telefon? en restaurang -en -er ett hote I I -et -0 en toalett -en -er ett rum -met -0
18.
buss -en -ar hllplats -en -er hr nrheten tunnelban/a -an -or station -en -er Fl nns det en bussh I I p I ats hr i nrheten? en tunnelbanestation? en jrnvgsstation? dr borta Ja, dr borta. hger Ti II hger. vnster TI II vnster.
i i
19.
20.
21.
22.
Unit 1
33
-------------------------------------------23.
SWEDISH
34
straight ahead, forward Straight ahead. to be able to can to help Can I help you?
to say, to te'l'l one, you to walk, to go walk(s) to the American Embassy Can you tell me how you get to the American Embassy?
ra k t f ram
Rakt fram.
24.
att kunna, kan, kunde, kunnat kan att hjlp/a -er -te -t Kan jag hjlpa dig?
att sg/a -er, sade, sagt man att g -r, gick, gtt gr
t i II
amerikanska ambassaden Kan du sga mig hur man gr tl I I amerikanska ambassaden?
25.
26.
walk (imperative) jus t, on ly to see see(s) Just walk straight ahead. You'll see the Embassy on your left.
so, very much Thank you very much.
g bara att se -r, sg, sett se r G bara rakt fram. Du ser ambassaden t i l l vnster.
27.
s mycket Tack s mycket.
Unit l
SWEDISH
ingen, inget, inga orsak -en -er Ingen orsak.
28.
no cause, reason Don't mention it. (You've weZoome.) to be aZZowed (to); to veoeive may to buy some, a few, any postcard I wouZd Like (to buy) Bome pOBtca1'ds. many to want want(s) you (poLite form, and pLu1'.) to have How many do you want? what to cos t cost(s) How much does it oost? c1'own fifty O1'e One C1'own and 50 are.
29.
att f -r, fick, ftt f r att kp/a -er -te -t ngon, ngot, ngra vykort -et -0 Kan jag f kpa ngra vykort?
Il
mnga att vilja, ~ II I

ni
vill,
ville, velat
30.
att ha -r, hade, haft Hur mnga vi II ni ha? Il vad att kost/a -ar -ade -at kostar Vad kostar det? k ro n / a - a n - o r femtio re -t -n En krona och femtio re (en och femtio). Il
31.
32.
Unit l
35
36 ---------------------------------------------------
SWEDISH
33.
to give give (imperative) day news too, also Please give me a Dagens Nyheter. too.
att ge -r, gav, gett ge dag -en -ar nyhet -en -er oc ks Var snll och ge mig en Dagens Nyheter ocks. * Var s god. att bli -r, blev,
bI i r
bI i vit
34.
Here you aY'e.
(Be so good.)
35.
to become. to be become(s). will be How much will it be?
Hur mycket blir det? fyra Det bl i r fyra kronor,

~n
36.
fouY' It will be fouY' crowns. please. Eating and Drinking

to eat eat(s) lunch dinneT' bT'eakfast We are having lunch. dinneT'. bT'eakfast.
tack.
a Restaurant
att t/a -er, t, ter lunch -en -er middag -en -ar frukost -en -ar Vi ter lunch. middag. frukost. tit
3?
:5 8.
to look. to see at. on menu May I look at the menu?
att se -r, sg, sett p matsede I -n, matsed I ar Kan jag f se p matsedeln?
Unit 1
SWEDISH
a couple, pair cheese sandwich (open faced) May I have a couple of cheese sandwiches? wai tress to drink coffee Waitress: What would you like to drink? Coffee? glass milk May I have a glass of milk, please. water beer wine cup tea A cup of coffee, tea
39.
ett par ost -en smrgs Kan jag f
-et -0 -ar -en -ar ett pa r ostsmrgsar?
40.
servitris -en -er att drick/a -er, drack, druckit kaffe -t 0 Servitrisen: Vad vill ni ha att dricka? Ka ffe? glas -et -0 mjl k -en QJ Kan jag f ett glas mjl k? vatt/en -net 0 I -et 0 vin -et -er kopp -en -ar te -et 0 En kopp kaffe, tack. te
I i te smr -et 0 brd -et 0 Lite smr och brd.
41.
42.
pleaae.
43.
some, a little butter bread Some bread and butter.
Un i
t 1
37
SWEDISH
Numbers
38
o
1 2 3 4 5
6 7
no I I en, ett tv t re f Yra fem

sex
8
9
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
sj u Ha nio tio elva tolv tretton fjorton femton sexion sjutton arton nitton
20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32
40
41 50 60
70
80 90
tjugo tjugoen, tjugoett tjugotv tjugotre tjugofyra tjugofem tjugosex tjugosju tjugotta tjugonio trettio trettioen, trettioett trettiotv fyrtio fyrtioen, fyrtioett femtio sextio sjuttio ttio
ni
tt i o
100 200 1,000 2,000 100,000 200,000 1,000,000 2,000,000 1,000,000,000 2,000,000,000 one tri llion
(ettlhundra tvhundra (ettltusen tvtusen (ettlhundra tusen tvhundra tusen en mi Ijon tv mi Ijorlsr en miljard tv mi I jarder en biljon
Unit 1
SWEDISH
UNIT 1 Notes on Basic Sentences At this point we'd like to call your attention to same of the things you've been learning to say in the Basic Sentences. Sometimes it will be important for you to practice grammatical patterns from the Sentences; for this purpose we are including a Points to Practice section, where you will find explanations as well. However, there are some other points which you should understand now, even though you don't need to work with them intensively yet. Read through this section carefully, and then go back over the Basic Sentenoes onoe more to be sure you are fullyaware of what we are pointing out. The numbers preceding the items below refer to the Basic Sentenoe numbers.
1. Hej. While in English "Good day" is an expression used upon taking leave of someone, Goddag is used by Swedes as agreeting approximately corresponding to "Hello." The informal Hej is mor e widely used but it implies also the use of the informal du. See Nate 9. Goddag,
8.
& 9.
st ti II, m. St t i l l is more formal than m. Hur str det t i l l is therefore more appropriately asked of a person whom one does not call du. See the following Note.
9.
Du. "You" can be translated with du (sing.) or ni (formal sing. and plural of du/ni) in Swedish. The use of the informal du is rapidly growing in Sweden and
will most likely soon be the only form of addressing o person. Most young people nowadays call everyone du (however, eyebrows were raised when a young journalist interviewing the king called His Majesty du) and du is used between all employees and management in many factories and offices. However, with conservative and older Swedes it is wise for a newcomer to be cautious and let the Swede indicate how he or she prefers to be addressed.
Unit 1
:59
SWEDISH
18. Var finns det .,. Det finns is the Swedish equivalent of English "there is" and "there are". The reveraed word order used here is a resuLt of the question pattern (compare English "Where is/are there ... ?").
40
29.
Kan jag f ... corresponds to the English "may I have". Example: Kan jag f en kopp kaffe? (May I have a cup of coffee?). Another infinitive may be added to kan jag f. In that case f loses its meaning of "have". The second infinitive becomes the key word and kan jag f takes on the meaning of "may I". Examples: Kan jag f kpa ... (May I buy ... ); Kan jag f se (May I look ... ). This is one of a number of Swedish equivalents of English "please". Another way of saying "please" is var sn II och ... See sentence 15.
V i I I.
JO.
In Swedish v i I I
"want" and should never be confused with "will" in English.
J2.
33.
Krona, re.
The krona is the Swedish currency unit; there are 100 re per krona.
Dagens Nyheter is one of the two Stockholm morning newspapers. Var s god has two different uses: ness) when handing over something; "thank you".
34.
1. meaning "here you are" (a bit of gracious2. Meaning "you are welcome" in anBwer to
35.
Hur mycket b II r det? Note that the present tense of the verb att b I i (b I i r) is used with the Bame meaning as the English "will be". Be sure to learn this expression now; a grammatical explanation will come later. Ett par ostsmrgsar. In English we express quantity with ~he preposition "of", for example "a glass Qf. milk, a cup l2i. coffee". In Swedish the quantifier aimply precedes the noun directly, and no preposition is used. Examples: ett par ostsmrgsar, ett glas mjlk, en kopp kaffe.
39.
Unit 1
SWEDISH
UNIT 1
Pointa to PracticB
Po(nt I. Point II. Point III. Point IV.
Indefinite article (singul.al'J Present tense Word O!'de l'
--
atraight and qUBations
Auxi liaries (he lping verbs)
Unit 1
41
SWEDISH
UNIT 1 Points to Practice
42
Grammar means different things in different contexts. In this book we use the word to describe the mechanics of the Swedish ~anguage. Praatiaa~ know~edge of the grammar provides the method for bui~ding sentenaes. By using reaL sentenaes repeatedLy you will be come familiar with the grammar rules. In each of the Units there will be some Points to Practice. In working on these you will also acquire vocabulary and learn usefuL Swedish idioms.
Point I.
EN
J
ETT
Swedish nouns come in two varieties those for which the indefinite article (EngLish "a" or "an") is EN and those for which it is ETT. Most of the time there is no way of telling the difference. You'll just have to learn which nouns go with which artiale. The exercises below will help you learn the EN and ETT nouns we've already used.
Unit 1
SWEDISH
Practice A. This is a substitution practice where you substitute a series of similar words or phrases in a single sentence, producing a variety of meanings. We'll give you the sentenee to start out with, showing you the item to be substituted by underlining it. At the extreme RIGHT of the page you'll see the word or phrase you're supposed to Bubstitute. If you use a blank sheet of paper or a card to cover the line below the one you're reading, you can check your answers as you go along by moving the paper down one line at a time. At first we'll give you help with translations, but as these be come more and more obvious we'll gradually take them away and let you speak Swedish on your own.
eVE
Det fInns en restaurang h r. Det f (n ns en buss Det finns en krona Det f l nn s en telefon Det f i n n s en sm rg s Det f l n n s en h I I p lats h r. hr. hr. h r. hr.
There' s a restaurant here. The re' s a bus There 's a crown There' s a te l ephone There 's a sandwich here. here. here. here.
en b us s en krona en telefon en smrgs en hllplats
There 's a (bus) stop here.
EN
Vnit 1
43
SWEDISH
Pl'actice B. Now that you've
~eal'ned
44
some EN wOl'ds, let's tl'Y some ETT wOl'ds.

CVE
ETT
Det finns ett v y ko rt d r. Det finns ett glas Det finns ett pa r d r. d r.
Thel'e's a postcal'd thel'e. There ' s a The re ' s a

g~ass
ett glas ett par ett hote I I
thel'e. there. there.
coup~e
Det finns ett hote I I d r.
The l'e ' s a hote ~
Pl'actice C.
Time to see how wel~ you l'emembel'. We'l'e going to mix up OUl' no uns now, doing the same kind of pl'aatiae. Rut not only ~l'e we going to give you EN and ETT wOl'ds togethel', we'l'e not going to tel~ you which is whiah unti~ you see the answel's.
CVE
Det finns en telefon h r. ett glas ett hote I I en krona en telefon ett pa r en smrgs en kopp en buss Unit 1
Thel'e 's a
te~ephone
hel'e.
glas hote I I krona telefon par smrgs kopp buss
a glass
a ho te
~
a Cl'own
a telephone a co up ~e a sandwich a cup a bus
SWEDISH
P~actice
D.
Let's t~y the same thing as a qUBstion:
eVE
Finns det en telefon hr?
Is
the~e
a terephone
he~e?
glas hote II
e ta.
P~actice
the phrase Finns det ... ? with all the wo~ds in P~actice C and othe~s that you know. Then answer the questions: Ja, det finns .. or Nej, det finns inte .. Notice that
inte comes after the verb.
Now ret's use itf

T~y asking your teacher and fellow students about the availability of objects and places in you~ area. Have some Swedish conversation.
Unit 1
45
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ SWEDISH _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _---:.46 ______
Point II.
Present tense.
When do we
8
the vel'b) and the present tense do not have the
to speak
The infinitive (basic same fOl'm in Swedish. Infinitive: Present tense:
form of
att tala du talar
you speak you are speaking

01'
All Swedish verbs in the infinitive end in -a Most Swedish vel'bs in the present tense end in
jag Herr Berg
tala~
in another vowel.
E3.
svenska mig
frst~
en kopp kaffe kostar en krona
Present tense is used to express an action that a) is hap~ening now (Jag ter nu - I'm eating now); b) happens repeatedly (jag ter smrgasar till lunch I eat sandwiches for lunch); and, c) sometimes, an action in the future (han kommer imorgon - he's coming tomorrow). Notice that Swedish does not have the equivalent of the English continuous verb form (to be + verb + -ing). ExampZe: I am speaking is simply jag talar. Examples:
Jag talar svenska. Greta gr ti II ambassaden.
1.
2.
I speak Swedish. I'm speaking Swedish. Greta walks to the Embassy. Greta is walking to the Embassy.
~~
Unit 1
1. 2.
SWEDISH
There are a few verbs that do not take -r in the present tense~ among them most auxiliaries (helping verbs):
du ska tala svensKa du ka n frst svenska
speak Swedish you wi II are going to understand Swedish you can are able to
Point III.
Word Order.
Declarative sentences and questions.

subject~
Simple Swedish sentences usually begin with the jugated verb. Examp les:
followed by the con-
Du talar svenska. Greta gr till ambassaden. En kopp kaffe kostar en krona. Det finns ett hotel I hr.
1. 2. 1. 2.
You speak Swedish. You are speaking Swedish Gre ta walks to the Embassy. Greta is walking to the Embassy. A cup of coffee costs one crown. There is a hotel here.
In Swedish you make questions by just reversing the order of subject and verb. Examples:
Tal ar ni
svensKa?
1. 2.
Do you speak Swedish? Are you speaking Swedish?
Unit 1
47
SWEDISH _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _- - - - - - - - - - - - - Gr Greta ti II ambassaden? Kostar en kopp kaffe en krona? Finns det ett hotel I hr?
~48
1. 2.
Does Greta wa"lk to the Embassy? Is Greta walking to the Embassy? Does a cup of coffee cost one crown? Is there a hotel here?
Notice how simple Swedish is! Don't ever try to translate Ndo, does, did N when formulating a question in Swedish. Reversing the subject and verb is all you have to do.
Practice E.
This is a practice using the present tense in normal word order. Again, place a blank sheet of paper over the line helow the one you're reading, and use the word(s) given at the extreme right in place of the underlined ones. Be sure to repeat the "new N sentence ALOUD hefore moving the paper to check i f you were right. eUE
Herr Berg hjlper
~.
Mr. Berg is hetping you.
Frken Hansson mig
Herr Berg hjlper Frken Hansson.
Unit 1
SWEDISH
eUE
Herr Berg hjlper
~.
mig I ite grann

i n te a I I s
mig lite grann. mig inte alls. mig mycket.

Du frstr svenska. Du frstr Herr Berg.
mycket
Herr Berg Frken Hansson mig svenska
Frken Hansson.
!!!J...9.
svenska.
NI
r i Sverige.
p restaurangen. p stationen.
p restaurangen p stationen
hr i nrheten
h r.
i
nrheten.
You've probably noticed that we/ve Btarted to leave out the English translations except in the examples. Hopefully you don't need them any more. If this is true, you're not only speaking Swedish, you're THINKING it.
Unit 1
49
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ SWEDISH_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _____
Pl'ac ti ce F. Now let's pl'actice wOl'd ol'del' in questions. This time~ howevel'~ we'l'e going to give you TWO items at a time to substitute. Vse the same familial' fOl'mat to check as you go along.
~ O
eVE
Hjlper du frken Hansson? Talar du svenska? Frstr du !!!J...9.? r du i Stockholm? Gr du ti I I ambassaden? Al'e you helping Miss Hansson? Talar . svenska Frstr .. mig r ... I Stockholm Gr ... till ambassaden
Pl'actice G.
This is a l'esponse pl'actice whel'e you simply answel' the questions we ask. The cue on the l'ight will indicate whethel' to answel' the question in the affil'mative 01' the negative. If you use yoUI' sheet of papel' again you'll find that you can check YOUI' answel'S as bejol'e. You may have to ch ange the pl'onoun in YOUI' l'esponse to fit the question.
eVE
Hjlper ni frken Hansson? ja
Ja, jag hjlper frken Hansson. Frstr du svenska? Ja, jag frstr svenska. Gr herr Berg tl I I ambassaden?
J a,
ja
ja
herr Berg g r t i I I ambassaden.
Unit 1
SWEDISH
eVE
Frstr du frken Hansson? Ja, jag frstr frken Hansson. r du i Stockholm? Ja, jag r i Stockholm. Talar du svenska? Ja, jag talar svenska. ja ja ja
Practice H.
Now le t' s do the same thing in the ne gative.
eVE
Hjlper du frken Hansson? Nej, jag hjlper inte frken Hansson. nej nej
Talar du svenska? Nej, jag talar inte svenska.
Frstr du svenska? Nej, jag frstr inte svenska. r du

i
nej
Stockholm?
nej
Nej, jag r inte i Stockholm.
Vnit 1
51
SWEDISH
eVE
Gr du ti I I ambassaden?
Ne j
I
52
nej
j ag g r
i n t e t i I I a mb a s s a d e n
LAT OSS TALA SVENSKA

(Let's Talk Swedish) Vse all of the preceding questions and answers with your teacher and fellow students to get the "feel" of your new language.
Unit 1
SWEDISH
Point IV. Auxiliaries (helping verbs). Auxiliaries or helping verbs go together with one or more infinitives. helping verb is conjugated.
du ska tala svenska du vi I I
hj~lpa
Only the
you are going to speak Swedish you want to help me you can understand Swedish
futul'e desil'e abitity
mig
du kan frst svenska
Notice the use of ska and vi II in Swedish. Ska in front of an infinitive indicate s future time; --v i I I indicate s a wish or desire.
Practice I.
This is a transformation practice, which is new for you. In it you change sentences from one form to another by adding, subtracting, or real'raning. The sentences, or "cues" that you start with are given on the right, and the answers, or "transforms". are given one line beZow on the Zeft. In this way you can still use your sheet of paper to check your answers. In this practice we/re going to add ska to the cue sentences. notice how you/re changing the meaning of the sentences. As you do this,
eVE
I help you. I/m helping you.
Jag ska hjlpa dig. Herr Berg ska tala svenska. Fru
Strmb~ck
Jag hjlper dig. Herr Berg talar svenska. Fru Strmbck ter lunch hr. Du gr ti I I ambassaden. Jag sger det.
53
I will he Zp you.
ska ta lunch hr.
Du ska g ti II ambassaden.
Unit 1
SWEDISH
eVE
Jag ska sga det. Jag ska se p matsedeln. Jag ska ge dig en kopp kaffe. Jag ser p matsedeln. Jag ger dig en kopp kaffe.
54
Now let's do the same thing with
Ylll.
1 ' m coming to the hotel.
Jag kommer ti II hotellet.
J ag v i I I komma t i I I hote I I et. Jag vi I I ge dig en kopp kaffe. Herr Berg vi II g
l want to come (get) to the hote L
Jag ger dig en kopp kaffe. Herr Berg gr ti II stationen.
ti II statlonen.
Frken Hansson hjlper mig. Jag ser p matsedeln. Jag ter lunch.
Frken Hansson vi I I hjlpa mig. Jag vi II se p matsedeln. Jag vi II ta lunch.
And now with the helping verb kan.
eVE
You help me. You are helping me.
Du kan hjlpa mig. Du hjlper mig. Herr Berg kommer ti II hotellet. Jag gr ti I I ambassaden.
You can he lp me.
Herr Berg kan komma till hotellet.
Vnit 1
SWEDISH
CUE
Jag kan g t i I I ambassaden. Jag ka n tala lngsamt. Jag talar lngsamt.
Du frstr mig. Du dter middag hdr.
Du ka n frst mig. Du ka n ta middag h r.
Fractice J.
Let's practice the expressian kan jag f as explained in Nate 29. the cue phrase for the words that are underlined.
SubBtitute
CUE
Kan jag f en kopp kaffe? Kan jag f ett glas mjlk? en smrgs? I i te te? I i te kaffe? I i te smr? se p matsedeln? kpa I ite brd? ett glas l?
May I have a cup of coffee?
ett glas mjlk en smrgs

I i te te
I ite kaffe I i te sm r se p matsedeln kpa I i te brd ett glas l
Unit 1
55
SWEDISH
UNIT 2 MEETING PEOPLE
Basia Sentenaes An American~ George Brown. arrives at Arlanda (Stoakholm's international airportJ and is met by Bo and Maja Dalgren. welaome Sweden Hello George~ and welaome to Sweden.
how~ kind~
58
Bo:
1.
vl kom/men -met -na Sverige Hej George, och v I kommen till Sverige. * s vnl ig -t -a av att komma, komme r, kom, komm I t att mt/a -er -te -t Goddag Bo. s vnligt av dig att komma och mta mig. att presenter/a -ar -ade -at min, mitt, mina vn -nen -ner hustru -n -r Fr jag presentera: min vn George Brown, mIn hustru Maja. *
so
niae~
friendly
George:
2.
of to come to meet Hello Bo. How kind of you to come and meet me. to introduae my friend wife May I introduae you friend George Brown wife Maja.
Bo:
3.
my my
Unit 2
SWEDISH
pardon to be name Pardon (me), what was the (your) name?
frlt att vara, r, var, varit namn -et -0 Frl t, hur var namnet?
George:
4.
to be named
Maja:
5.
(my) name is tl'ip Hi, my name is Maja. the (your) trip?
How was
att heta, heter, hette, hetat heter res/a -an -or Hej, jag heter Maja. Hur var resan? d I re kt -0 -a f I yg -et -0 f rn Mycket bra. Det var ett direkt flyg frn New York ti 11 Stockholm.
George:
6.
dil'ect flight, plane from Very good. It was a dil'ect flight from New York to Stockholm. your still, l'ema~n~ng America Is your wife still in America? hut she in, within month Yes, but she's coming in a couple of months.
Maja:
7.
d I tt, d i na kva r Amerika r din fru kvar Amerika? d i n,
George:
8.
men hon om mnad -en -er Ja, men hon kommer om ett par mnader. II
Unit 2
57
SWEDISH
OUl' gil'l
shall~ should; to finish~ to will~
58
would
end
George:
9.
Behoo l June Dur gil'l will finish school in June. oh sueh (a) big (gl'own-up) daughtel' Oh. do you have sueh a gl'ownup daughtel'? oel'tainly. of OOUl'Be to fit l yeal' to beoome oldel' in years will be (yeal's old) fall. autumn this faU Cel'tainly. she will be seventeen this fall. hel'e boat They al'e coming (hel'e) by boat.
vr -t -a f I i ck/a -an -or ska(II); skulle slut/a -ar -ade -at skol/a -an -or juni Vr flicka ska sluta skolan
junI.
Maja:
10.
jas en (ett) sdan(t), sdana stor -t -a dotter -n, dttrar Jas, har ni en sdan stor dotter?
George:
11.
javisst att f yl l/a -er -de -t r -et -0 att f yl l/a r; -er -de -t fyller r hst -en -ar i hst JaVisst, hon fyller sjutton r hst. >I hit bt -en -ar De kommer hit med bt.
12.
>I
Unit 2
SWEDISH
Maja:
13.
niae, pleasant to like, to enjoy like(s) to trave l How niae! I like to travel by boat too.
trevl l g -t -a att tyck/a om; -er -te -t tycker om att res/a -er -te -t s trevl igt! Jag tycker ocks om att resa med bt. om vder, vdret, Ql Om vdret r bra. att hlla med om; hller, hll, hll it hller med om att ta, tar, tog, tagit ta r tid -en -er Det hller jag med om. Men det tar tid. >I n r att vntia -ar -ade -at vnta r Nr vntar du Bi II? vem Vem r det?
if
Bo: 14. weather If the weather is good.
George:
15.
to agree agree(s) to take take (8) time I agree (with that). takes time.
But it
Bo:
16.
when to expect; to wait expeat(s); wait(s) When do you expeat Bill? who Who is that?
Maja:
17.
Unit 2
59
SWEDISH
brother to know know(s) him It's George's brother. I know him from Washington. he other time, occasion to s tay, to remain longer He's coming another time when he can stay longer. Long city, town this; these How long are you staying in town this time? unfortunateLy day UnfortunateLy onLy five days. pitY that (conj.J to Leave; to go, to travel Leave(s) soon What a pit Y that you are Leaving BO Boon.
bror, brodern, brder att kn/na -ner -de -t knner honom Det r Georges bror. Jag knner honom trn Washington. han annan, annat, andra gng -en -er att stann/a -ar -ade -at lngre Han kommer en annan gng nr han kan stanna lngre. '* lnge stad -en, stder den hr, det hr; de hr Hur lnge stannar Ju i stan den hr gngen? tyvrr dag -en -ar Tyvrr bara fem dagar. synd att att fara, fa r, fo r, ta r i t fa r snart S sy nd att du ta r s s na rt.
60
Bo:
18.
George:
19.
Maja:
20.
George:
21.
Maja:
22.
Unit 2
SWEDISH
back I'tt be back in June. to Ol'del', to l'eBel'Ve 01'del'(BJ fol' Now I'tt go and get (ol'del'J a 1'00m fol' you. I'tt be back Boon. to wait wait (sJ hel'e suitaase Thank you. I'tl wait hel'e with the (my) suitcase.
to get, to obtain get(sJ, obtain(s) taxi that, which, who to took like, to 8eem look(s) like, seem(sJ fY'ee, avaitabte I' II get a taxi. TheY'e is one that seems to be fY'ee.
tillbaka Jag kommer tl I Ibaka I juni. att best I l/a -er -de -t bestller t Nu g r j ag och best I I er ett rum t dig. Jag r snart tillbaka.
GeOl'ge:
23.
Bo:
24.
Geol'ge:
25.
att vnt/a -ar -ade -at vntar hr vs k/a -an -or Tack ska du ha. Jag vntar hr med vskan. * att skaff/a -ar -ade -at skaffar taxi -n -0 som att se ut; ser, sg, sett ser ut ledig -t -a Jag skaffar en taxi. Dr dr en som ser ut att vara ledig. (Bo kommer ti \Ibaka)
Maja:
26.
(Bo Y'etuY'nsJ
Unit 2
61
SWEDISH
we to follow with, along to go (come) along goe(s), come(a) along there ear, taxi You have a nice room at the Stora Hotellet. We' II go along in the taxi. to hope hope (s) will, to be going to is going to to be happy, comfortable I hope that you'll be comfortable at the hotel.
vi att flj/a -er -de -t med att flj/a med; -er -de - j fljer med dit bi I -en -ar Du ha r ett b ra rum p stora Hote I I et. Vi fljer med dit i bilen. "
62
Bo:
27.
Maja:
28.
att hopp/as -as -ades -ats hoppas att komma att; kommer, kom, kommit kommer att att triv/as -s -des -ts Jag hoppas ait du kommer att trivas .t p hote I I et. att gra, gr, gjorde, gr skert Ja, det gr jag skert.
George:
29.
to do, to make do, does aertainly, surely I'm sure I will. (I'll aertainly do that.)
(At the hotet)
gjort
(P hote I I et) att ha I ust att; har, hade, haft har I ust att oss kvll -en -at t kv I I Har du I ust att komma till oss p middag ikvll? '*
Maja:
30.
to like, to feel like like(s) us evening this evening, tonight Would you like to come (to for dinner tonight?
U8)
Unit 2
SWEDISH
George:
3l.
g~ad~y J with p~easure at what time With p~easure. How nice. At What time?
grna hur dags Tack grna. dags?
s trevl igt. Hur
Maja:
32.
clock to sui t J to be convenient suit(s) Seven o 'c~ockJ i f that is convenient (for you) . That suits (me) fine. time is it now? It's three o'clock. to ~ive to reside live (s) Are you stil ~ ~iving at Oxenstiernsgatan. What
klock/a -an -or att pass/a -ar -ade -at passar Klockan sju, om det passar.
George:
33.
Det passar (mig) bra. klockan nu? Klockan r tre.
Vad r
Bo:
34.
George:
35.
att bo -r -dde -tt bor Bor ni kvar p Oxenstiernsgatan?
Bo:
36.
address to get. to pick up get(s). pick(s) up Yes. the address is Oxenstiernsgatan 3. But I'll pick you up.
then So long.
adress -en -er att hmt/a -ar -ade -at hmtar Ja, adressen r Oxenstiernsgatan 3. Men jag hmtar dig.
Maja: Unit 2
37.
see you tonight.
d Hej d, och vlkommen ikvll.

63
______________________________________________ SWEDISH
~64
VNIT 2 Notes on Basic Sentences
1.
Vdikommen (plur. vlkomna) is used very often in Sweden. You use it, as here, when you greet a person on arrival (in your country, in your city, or in your home, etc.). You also use it (as in paragraph 37 of this Unit) in connection with an invitation or referring to an upcoming visit.
Note that vlkommen is never used in the English sense of "you are welcome." This phrase has to be expressed in different ways, for example: Ingen orsak (no reason, don't mention itY, tack sjlv (thanks yourself).
:3
M i n,
d i n, v r, Mitt, ditt, v rt, Mina, d i na, v ra, (My, your, ou!',
er used with en words. ert - used with ett words. era - used with plural nouns. you!')
More on the possessive adjectives and p!'onouns later.

8.
Om ett par mnader
(In a aoupZe of months). The preposition om is used in expressions of time for the future in answer to the question nr (when).
Unit 2
SWEDISH
11. 12.
Fyl ler.
In Swedish the present tense is often UBed to indicate future. indicates Location at a place. indicates motion to a place.
Hr - here: Hit - here:

Examples:
Han r hr. Han kommer hit.
Be is here. He is coming here.
There are several other Swedish adverbs which change forms according to location or motion. We'll discuss them more in detail later.
15.
Det hl ler jag med om. Note that the verb comes before the subject. This word order is very common in Swedish. The verb always comes before the subject in a main clause when the clause starts with a direct or indirect object~ an adverb, or i f it is preceded by a subordinate clause. We 'll practice this word order in Unit 5.
Jag (subject = S) hl ler (verb = V) med om det.
Det hller (verb = V) jag (subject = S) med om.
19.
Stanna.
Examples:
Nate that stanna usually means "stay" in the sense of "remain."
VI ska stanna i tre veckor. Vi ska bo p Grand Hotel.
(We'll stay for three weeks) but (We'lL ~ at the Grand Hote~
Unit 2
65
SWEDISH _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _~66
2.3.
24.
Kommer ... See Note 11.

Nu gr jag och best I I er
... See Note 15.
25.
27.
Tack ska ni/du ha -- one of many idiomatic expressions of thanks in Swedish. Dr - there: Dit - there:
indicates looation at a place. indicates motion to a place. Be lives there. He's going there tonight.
Examples:
Han bor dr. Han reser dit ikvll.
See Note 12. 28a.

Hoppas (to hope). Verbs ending in -s in the infinitive don't take the -r ending in the present tense. The -s ending is used in all tenses and all persons.
Infinitive: Present tense: 28b.
att hoppas, att trivas hoppas, trIvs
Du kommer att trivas. In Unit 1 you learned that future time is expressed with the auxiliary verb ska. However, kommer att + the infinitive form of the main verb is a very common way of expressing future time. There is a subtle differenoe between the two future expressions and they may at times be interchangeable, but in oertain oontexts only one of them is correct. Ska implies intention and the involvement of someone's will. Kommer att is strictly a prognosis without any intention or will invoLved.
Unit 2
SWEDISH
Examples:
Jag ska
resa ti II
Amerl ka
i hst.
I'm going to Amepiea in the fall.

Du kommer att tycka om min vn.
You'll like my fpiend.

29. Det gr jag skert.
See Note 15.
JO.
Att ha
lust att
must be followed by an infinitive.

lust att komma?
Examples:
Har du
Jag har
I feel like going~UPP8ala.
lust att resa ti II
Uppsala.
Unit 2
67
_________________________________________ SWEDISH
~68
UNIT 2
Points to Praatiae
Point I. Point II. Point III. Definite article Personal pronouns Te lling time (singular)
Unit 2
SWEDISH
VNIT 2
Points to ppactiae Point
r.
The Definite Artiale (singular) a city a year
As the illustration shows, Swedes form the definite article by taking the indefinite article and attaching it to the end of the noun. In the case of ett. one t is dropped. There are, of course. two definite articles in the singular: -~, -et.
en stad ett r
staden ret
the city the year
Praatice A.
Here is a list of nouns you have learned with their indefinite articles. Put them in their definite form. and practice until you can io it automatically.
eVE
a restaurant
en restaurang en buss en gato ett namn en stad en bi l

69
Hr r
restaurang~.
Here is the restaurant.
bussen gatan namnet staden
Unit 2
SWEDISH
eVE Hr r b i I en. rummet frukosten flyget telefonen paret stationen smrgsen koppen hotellet fl ickan taxin klockan adressen matsedeln vas ka n ett rum en f r u ko st ett flyg en telefon ett par en station en smrgs en kopp ett hote I I en f I i cka en taxi en klocka en adress en matsedel en vska
'lO
Vnit 2
SWEDISH
Practiae B. We'll aontinue with more nouns from Vnits 1 and 2 to help you feel thoroughly at ease with this usage. Add the definite articles to the aue words.
eVE
lunch Tycker du om lunchen? vinet
kaffet
Do you like the lunah?
vin kaffe
l
let rummet smrgsen mjl ken

hote I I et
rum smrgs mjlk

hote I I
bt namn
f I i cka
bten namnet fl ickan staden vskan
stad vska
Unit 2
?l
SWEDISH
Practice C.
12
In this practice you'~~ have to use the nouns both with the indefinite and the definite articles.
eVE
hota I I Hotellet d r r ett b ra hote II.

B 1 I en
The hotet there is a good hote l.
bi I
en en en en ett en ett
bj I bt restaurang klocka vin adress rum
bt restaurang Klocka vin adress rum
Bten Restaurangen Klockan VInet Adressen Rummet
Unit 2
SWEDISH
Pl'actice D. In this pl'actice one student asks the question and another student gives the answer. Take turns. A self-study student can play both roles. Follow the same sentence pattern as in the first example.
eVE
telefon Urskta, var finns det en telefon? Telefonen r ti I I vnster. Urskta, var finns det en toalett? Toa I etten r t i I I vnster. Urskta, var finns det en taxi? Taxin r ti II vnster. Urskta, var fInns det en restaurang? Restaurangen r ti I I vnster. Urskta, var finns det en station? Stationen r tl I I vnster. Urskta, var finns det ett hotell? Hotellet r till vnster. Urskta, var finns det en busshl Iplats? Busshll platsen r tl II vnster. busshllplats hotell station restaurang taxi
Pardon meJ where is there a telephone? The telephone is to the left.

toalett
Unit 2
SWEDISH
Practice E. Continue with the questions beLow and give affirmative answers. CUE
vin Bestller han ett vin? Ja, han bestller vinet.
'14
Is he ordering a wine? Yes, he is ordering the wine.

hote I I rum
Bestller han ett hotell rum? Ja, han bestller hotellrummet. smrgs
Best I I er han en smrgs? Ja, han bestller smrgsen. middag
Bestller han en middag? Ja, han bestller middagen. f ru kost
Best II er han en frukost? Ja, han bestller frukosten. kaf fe? taxi ka f fe
Best I I er han Ja,
han bestller kaffet.
Best I I er han en tax r? Ja, han bestller taxin.
Did you notiae en taxi, taxin; ett kaffe, kaffet? The e in the definite artiale -~, -e~is dropped when-the noun enda In a voweL. Unit 2
SWEDISH

elose your books other using this your teacher for room and outside Exccmple: and get information from each material. You can also ask names of objects in the classthe window.
I rummet?
F i nns det en sto I
(Is there a chair in the room?)

Ja, stolen r dr. (Yes. the chair is there. )
Unit 2
SWEDISH
Point II. Personal Pronouns
Subjeative Form
jag du han hon den det vi
ni
Objeative Form
mig dig honom henne den det oss er dem
I you he she it, for en lJords it, for ett lJords

lJe
me you him her
it, for en lJords it, for ett lJords
de
you, plural and formal sing. they
us you, plural and formal sing. them
Unit 2
SWEDISH
ppaatiae F. Let's ppaatice the Swedish pepsonal pponouns, stapting with the subjective forms. Substitute the subject pponoun fop the name or names in the column on the right. eUE
Maja tycker om Karin. Hon tycker om KarIn. Han tycker om Karin.
Vi
Maja likes Karin. She likes Kapin.
Maja Bo Bo och jag Maja och Lena Maja och du George
tycker om Kar i n.
De tycker om Karin.
Ni
tycker om Karin.
Han tycker om Karin.
Practice G.
Now let's practice the objective forms of the pponouns. this time in questions. He~e you substitute the ppopep objective pponoun for the name. names op subjective pponouns in the pight column. eUE
Knner Maja Bo? Knner Maja honom? K n n e r Maja henne? Knner Maja oss? Knner Maja dem?
Does Maja know Bo? Does Maja know him?
Bo Karin Karin och jag Bo och Karin du och Karin
Unit 2
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ SWEDISH _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ______
~ 8
eVE
K n ne r Maja e r? Knner Maja dig? K nne r Maja mig? Knner Maja honom? du jag han
Practice H.
Now we'll make it a little bit harder and use two pronouns in the answp.ps, one as the subject, one as the object. Substitute pronouns for the names when you answer the questions in the affirmative. Be sure to read the questions aZoud.
K~nner
Bo George?
Does Bo know George? Yes, he knows him.
Ja, han knner honom. Frstr Karin Maja? Ja, hon frstr henne. Presenterar Bo David? Ja, han presenterar honom. Vntar herr Dalgren Karin? Ja, han vntar henne. Best II er du ett rum t
~?
Ja, jag bestller ett rum t dig.
Unit 2
SWEDISH
eVE
H~mtar
Bo kaffe t dIg och mig?
Ja
Ja, han hmtar kaffe t oss. Mter Karin George p stationen? Ja, hon mter honom Fljer
~
Ja
pa statIonen.
Ja taxin.
med Maja I taxin?
Ja, jag fljer med henne

or make up a fictitious one.
Tell, about your family~ Ask the others about their friends and family members. Put the personal, pronouns to use.
Let's be very personaL
Unit 2
'19
SWEDISH
Point III. Te lling time
Vad r
80
Klockan r elva.
Klockan r fem.
Klockan r tolv.
Klockan r halv ett.
Klockan r kvart
i
sj u.
Klockan r kvart ver fyra.
This is how the Swedes answer the question Vad r klockan? (What time is it?) Be sure to notice the expression for half hours.
Klockan r fem (minuter> I halv ett.
Klockan r fem (mInuter> ver halv tolv.
Klockan r tjugo (minuter> ver tv.
Unit 2
SWEDISH
This is how you ask "at what time?":
Hur dags? Klockan sju.
This is how you answep "(at) seven o'clock":
ppactice I.
Ask the question and answep it.
Op in
class~
ask each othep.
eVE
Vad r klockan? Vad r klockan? Klockan r tre. Klockan r fem.
What time is it? It's thpee o'cZ.ock. 5
8
tta.
tio. tolv.
10
12
ett.
elva.
I I
4
2
fyra.
tv.
tre.
3
9
n lo.
sex.
sj u.
6
7
8:30 3:30
81
halv nio.
Unit 2
SWEDISH
eVE
82
Vad r klockan?
Klockan r halv fy ra. halv sex. halv ett. halv sj u. halv tre. halv tolv. halv tv. kvart kvart fem fem. nio. halv tta.
5:30 12:30 6: 30 2:30 I I : 30 I : 30 4:45 8:45 7:25 3:35 2:20 3:40 3: 15
fem ver halv fyra. t j ugo ver tv. tjugo i fyra. kvart ver tre. kvart ver tolv. kvart I fyra. halv sex. fem I halv fyra.
Unit 2
12: 15
3:45 5:30 3:25
SWEDISH
Practice J. Answer the questions with the time given in the cue. eUE
Hur dags ska han komma? Han ska komma klockan tta. Hur dags reser han? Han reser klockan elva. Hur dags r hon ledig? Hon r ledig klockan fyra. Hur dags kan de mta bten? De kan mta bten klockan halv tre. Hur dags ska vi skaffa en taxi?
Vi
At what time is he coming? He's coming at eight o'clock. At what time is he leaving?
II
At what time will she be
f~ee?
At what time can they meet the boat?
2:30
At what time shall we get a taxi?
9:30
ska skaffa en taxI klockan halv tio.
Hur dags vntar han oss? Han vntar oss klockan kvart Hur dags tar han flyget? sex.
At what time is he expecting us?
5: 4 5
At what time will he get his flight?
6: 15
Han tar flyget klockan kvart ver sex. Hur dags kommer han? Han kommer klockan fem halv nio.
At what time is he coming?
8:25
Unit 2
83
SWEDISH
UNIT J FAMILY AND OCCUPATION Basic Sentences George Brown meets an old friend, Captain Lars Holm, after 15 years. to go went Norra Latin High School ago He llo. weren' t you in Norra Latin (high school) 15 years ago? Aren't you Lars Holm? yes (in answer to a negative question) to remember remember(s) true isn't that so Yes, I am. I remember you too. You are George Brown, aren't you? yes, indeed long time since last time Yes, indeed. It's been a long time since (we saw each other) last time.
84
George:
att g, gr, gick, gtt gick Norra Latin fr ... sedan Goddag. Gick du inte p Norra Latin fr femton r sedan? r det Inte Lars Holm? * jo a t t mi nna s, mi nns, mi nde s, mi nt s minns sann, sant, sanna inte sant Jo, det r det. Jag minns dig ocks. Du r George Brown, I nte sant? *
Lars:
2.
George:
3.
javisst lnge sedan (sen) sist Javisst. Det var lnge sen sist.
Unit 3
SWEDISH
to aome aame When did you come back to Sweden? several week time now J these days Sevel'al weeks ago. What al'e you doing these days? sailol' to lie (lay J lain) lie (s) harbor just now I' m a sailor. My ship is here in the Gothenburg harbol' just now. ever Were you ever in the U.S.? yes indeed to usually (do something)J to be in the habit of used to to go J to trave Z. between Yes indeed many times. We used to go between Gothenburg and New Orleans.
J
Lars:
4.
att komma, kommer, kom, kommit kom Nr kom du ti II baka ti II Sveri ge?
Geol'ge:
5.
f I era veckla -an -or tid -en -er nu fr tiden Fr flera veckor sedan. nu fr tiden?
Vad gr du
Lars:
6.
sjman -nen, sjmn att ligga, ligger, lg, legat I i gger hamn -en -ar just nu Jag r sjman. Min bt ligger hr I Gteborgs hamn Just nu. *
George:
7.
ngonsin Var du ngonsin I
Amerika?
jad att brukla -ar -ade -at brukade att fara, far, for, farit me I I an Jad, mnga gnger. Vi brukade fara mellan Gteborg och New Orleans. "
Lars:
8.
Unit 3
85
SWEDISH
to serve, to be on duty served American ship Did you also serve on American ships? never Swedish (adj. ) aboard No, never. Only on Swedish Do you want to come ships. aboard? time Yes, I'd love to. time?
att tjnst/gra -gr -gjorde -gjort tjnstgjorde amerikansk -t -a fartyg -et -0 Tjnstgjorde du ocks p amerikanska fartyg? >\ aldrig svensk -t -a ombord Bara p svenska fartyg. Nej, aldrig. Vi II du komma ombord?
88
George:
9.
Lar8:
10.
George:
11.
Do you
hav~
tid -en -er Ja, grna. Har du tid?
They go to Captain Holm'g cabin on the ship. cigar' Do you want a cigar? cigarette No thanks. I Like Swedish cigarettes.
cigarr -en -er Vill du ha en cigarr? cigarrett -en -er Nej tack. Jag tycker om svenska cigarretter.
Lars:
12.
George:
13.
Unit J
SWEDISH
to smoke smoke(s) often really, actually best to pre fel' prefer(s) pipe I often smoke cigars, but I really prefel' a p~pe. And what are you doing these days? journalist to work work(s) newspaper I'm a journalist. I work for a big American newspaper. to think, to plan think (s), plan(s) whole, all winter How long are you planning to Btay here? All winter (long)? about, app~oximately I'm staying in Sweden about five monthB.
Lars:
14.
att rk/a -er -te -t rker of t", egentl igen bst att tyck/a bst ami -er -te -t tycker bst om pip/a -an -or Jag rker ofta cigarrer. men jag tycker egent I i gen bst om p i pa. Och vad gr du nu fr ti den? journalist -en -er att arbet/a -ar -ade -at arbetar tidning -en -ar Jag r journal ist. Jag arbetar p en stor amerikansk tidning. * att rnk/a -er -te -t tnker hel -t -a vinter -n, vintrar Hur lnge tnker du stanna hr? vintern? * ungefr Jag stannar i Sverige ungefr fem mnader.
George:
15.
Lars:
16.
Hela
George:
17.
U'l1J1it 3
87
SWEDISH
to z,rl'i te book about Are you going to write a book about Sweden? already Yes, I'm already working on a book about Swedish cities. interesting How interesting. to tell tell (imperative) family father to live livers) sti ll, yet But tell (me) about your family. What is your fat her doing? Is he still living? Lars Holm takes out a photo album. to see photo Sure, would you like to see Bome photos of the family?
att se, ser, sg, sett fotografi -et -er Jad, viii du se ngra fotografier av familjen? att skriva, skriver, skrev, skrivit bok -en, bcker om Ska du skriva en bok om Sverige?
88
Lars:
18.
George:
19.
redan Ja, jag arbetar redan p en bok om svenska stder. intressant -0 -a Det var intressant.
Lars:
20.
George:
21.
att berttla -ar -ade -at bertta fami I j -en -er far, fadern, fder att lev/a -er -de -t lever n Men Dertta om din fami tj. Vad gr din far? Lever han n? *
Lars:
22.
Unit 3
SWEDISH
sti II
Lars:
23.
engineer ale ar, obvious of aOUl'se to begin begin(s) to beaome, to be old to get old Here is Dad. He is still an engineel'. Of course he is beginning to get old.
sis tel' nurBe Don't you have a sister is a nUl'Be?
fortfarande ingenjr -en -er klar -t -a det r klart att brj!a -ar -ade -at brjar att bli, blir, blev, blivit gammal -t, gamla att b I l gamma I; b Il r, b I ev, b I l v i t Hr r far. Han r fortfarande ingenjr. Det r klart att han brjar bli gamma f. Jt syster -n, systrar sjuksktersk!a -an -or Har du inte en syster, som r sjukskterska? syskon -et Do
-~
George:
24.
~ho
Lars:
85.
brothers and Bisters, sib Ungs Yes, I have. Here she is. you have any brothers and sisters?
Jo, det har Jag. ngra syskon?
Hr r hon.
Har du
Geol'ge:
86.
physician, doator lalJJyel' Yes, I have tlJJO brothers, one lJJho is a doctol' and one ~ho i s a l alJJ y e l'.
lkare -n -0 advokat -en -er Ja, Jag har tv brder, en som r lkare och en som r advokat.
Unit 3
89
SWEDISH
sekreterare -n -0 officer -n -are enda Jag har ocks en syster som r sekreterare. Hr r hon med min enda bror. Han r officer.
90
La1'B:
27.
sec1'eta1'Y office1' (only milita1'yJ onLy (adjectiveJ I also have a Bister who is a secreta1'Y. He1'e she is with my onLy b1'othe1'. He is an office1'. uncle (pate1'nalJ aunt (pate1'naLJ dentist I see. My uncle is also an office1', and my aunt is a dentist. uncle (mate1'nalJ farm nea1' Here you see my uncle. He w01'ks on a big fa1'm near Skovde. Was he in Stockholm 15 yea1's ago? to think, think(s) think so. to be lieve
Ge01'ge:
28.
farbror, -n, farbrder faster -n, fastrar tandlkare -n -0 Jas, min farbror r ocks officer, och min faster r tandlkare . . .
La1'B:
29.
morbror -n, morbrder grd -en -ar n ra Hr ser du min morbror. Han arbetar p en stor grd nra Skvde. Var han I Stockholm fr femton r sedan? att tro -r -dde -tt tror J ag tror d et.
Ge01'ge:
30.
Unit 3
SWEDISH
to roemembero
re me mb e ro ( s)
att komm/a Ihg; -er, kom, kommit kommer Ihg mo s t e r - n, mo s t r a r lrarinn/a -an -or att trff/as -as -ades -ats trffades Jag kommer ihg din moster, som var lrarinna. Vi trffades mnga gnger."
Georoge:
32.
aunt (materonaL) teachero (woman) to meet (each othero) met (each other) I roemembero youro aunt who was a teachero. We met many times. son Heroe is my son who is twe1-ve years (oZd). His name is Goran. lJhat (a, an) good-Zooking, handsome boy What a handsome boy! must, have (has) to company very, awfully nice, pleasant, fun again I have to run. Enjoyed your company. It was awfully nice to see you again. always fun to see, to meet It's always fun to see oLd friends .
Lars:
;);)
son -en, sner Hr r min son som r tolv r Han heter Gran.
(gammal)
Georoge:
34.
v i I ke n, v i I ke t, v I I ka stilig - t - a pojk/e -en -ar VII ken sti I ig pojke!
35.
mste, mste, 0 sllskap -et-0 vldigt roi ig -t -a i gen Nej, nu mste jag g. Tack fr sllskapet. Det var vldigt roligt att se dig igenl
a l It i d
kul -0-0 att trff/a -ar -ad e -at Det r alltid kul att trffa gamla vnner. "
36.
Unit :3
91
SWEDISH
to have dinner togetheI' tomorrow or Shall we have dinner together ~omorI'OW or Tuesday? to carl (on the phone) eall(s) Tomorrow is fine. Love to. So long. I' II eaU you. Bye.
att ta middag; ter, t, tit t i Ilsammans imorgon e I I er Ska vi ta middag tillsammans Imorgon >I eller p tisdag? att ringla -er -de -t ringer Imorgon pa s sa r bra. J a, g rna. Hej s lnge. r i nge r dig. Hej d.
92
Lal's:
37.
George:
38.
Jag
Lars:
39.
Unit 3
SWEDISH
UNIT 3 Notes on Basia Sentencea gick - past tense of att g. In this unit we introduae some verbs in the past tense. Most Swedish verbs form the past tense aaaording to aertain patterna aalled aonjugations. A few very aommon verbs are irregular as in English. Examples: att att att att att g, g r, gl c k, gtt vara, r, va r, va r i t komma, komme r, kom, kommit ta ra, ta r, tor, farit gra, gr. gjorde, gjo rt to go~ to walk to be to aome to go (by vehiale) to do~ to make
1.
2.
Det r det. In Swedish several short sentenaes following "yes" or "no" begin with det and end with det or another personal pronoun (+ inte when it's negative). This format aOl'responds to the English "yes, it is"~ ja, det r det; "yes, he aan"~ ja, det kan han; "no~ he doesn't", nej, det gr han inte. We will praatiae this in a later Unit. Jag r sJoman. Before professions and oaaupations the indefinite artiale is usually omitted in Swedish. Gteborgs hamn. For the possessive form of a noun or a name -s is added to the noun or the name without an apostrophe. If the word already ends in s nothing is added.
Sa.
6b.
Unit 3
93
SWEDISH
8.
94
mnga gnger. a. duration b. occasion
Swedes make a distinction between "time" as tid gng
Examples: a.
Tid och rum. = Time and space. Har du tid fr mig? = Do you have time for me? Tiden gICk. = Time pased. De~ar svra tider. = Those were difficuZt times. en ~ = one time, once tv ganger = two times, twice tre gnger = three times mnga gnger = many times nsta g~ng = next time frra gngen = last time Han for ti I I Amerika en gng.
b.
= Be
went to the United States once.
y
9.
Wa:r>riing! We had a good time

Vi hade trevl igt
~
15. 16.
Don't succumb to the temptation of transZating English idiomatic expressions into Swedish. Learn what the Swedes say in a simiZar situation.
amerikanska fartyg. Jag r journal ist.
NationaZities and Zanguages are not capitalized in Swedish. See Note 6a.
Tnker is uBed aB a helping vepb hezoe, meaning "pLan to".
Unit J
SWEDISH
20.
Det var intressant. When Swedes exclaim about something~ they a~e apt to put it in the past tense even though it is right in the present situation. Examples: Det var dyrt. (That is expensive.); A, vad det var vackert! (Oh~ how beautifullJ while they a~e looking at the view. Lever. Att I eva (to Zive~ to be aZive) is diBtinguished from att bo (to live~ Hon lever, men hon r mycket sjuk. (She is alive but she/s very sick.) Hon bor I Stockholm. (She lives in Stockholm.)
21.
to reside. Examples:
23.
28.
Det r klart.
This idiomatic expressian for "of course" is veY'Y common ly used.
Farbror, faster.
pate~nal
The Swedes have a way of differentiating between maternal and relatives.

Mor (mother) mormor mo r f a r morbror moster Far (father)
grandmother grandfather uncle aunt
farmor farfar farbror faster
frldrar (parents)
Unit 3
95
SWEDISH
32. trffades. To express a reciprocal action an s can be added to certain verbs. The reciprocal action can also be expressed by the active form of the verb + varandra (each other).
96
Examples:
att trffa - active form, "to meet" att trffas - reciprocal form, "to meet each other" Vi trffas p mndag. {We'll see each other on Monday.J Vi trffar varandra p mndag. {We/Il see each other on Monday.J
36a. 36b.
kul
(fun) - common ly used, but a bit slangy.
att trffa - to meet. Nate that att mta is to meet someone who is arriving at a train station, airport, bus stoPJ etc. p tisdag. The days of the week are: lrdag, sndag. mndag, tisdag, onsdag, torsdag, fredag,
37.
Nate a.: Nate b.:
They are not capitalized. English sometimes omits the preposition "on" before the names of the days of the week. In Swedish. however. the preposition p may not be omitted. Example: (On) Monday I/m going to the dentist.
p mndag ska jag g tl I I tandlkaren.
Unit 3
SWEDISH
UNIT :5 Points to Praotioe Point I. Point II. Point III. Indefinite plural endings The relative pronoun SOM Plaoement of adverbs
Unit :5
97
SWEDISH
Point I. Indefinite Plural Endings
98
B G G BG
or
ell
e.r
n
The time has come to take a look at how the Swedes put their no uns in the plural. There are five ways of indicating plural. They are called declensions~ and they are numbered 1 through 5~ like this:
1.
en vecka en middag en gng ett pple
tv vec8 tv mI ddag~ tv gnsE] tv pp l
EN wor-ds only EN words only (except ett finger - a finger)

80th EN and ETT WOI'ds
2. J.
4.
(an apple)
5.
ETT words only

80th EN and ETT
WOI'ds~
ett glas
tv glasD
pI'edominantly ETT
There are also a few nouns with iI'I'egular pluI'als~ some of which we have aZI'eady seen: b ror - brder, stad - st::lder, bok - bcker, dotter - dttrar.
Unit 3
SWEDISH
Firat Declension,
All EN nouns ending in -a belong to the first declension and end in -or in the pluraL Practice A. Let's go to work with the nouns we already know in this group. Answer the questions on the lett negativelY3 putting the underlined noun into the plural and substituting personal pronouns for names. eVE
Har KarIn en krona? Nej, hon har tio kronor. Har Karin en klocka? Nej, hon har tta klockor. Har George en
~?
Does Karin have one crown? No, she has ten crowns.
10
Nej, han har tv pipor. Har Karin en - - vecka? Nej, hon har fem veckor. Har Karin
~n
flicka?
Nej, hon har tre flickor. Har Karin en sjukskterska? Nej, hon har tv sjukskterskor.
2
Vnit 3
99
SWEDISH
Second Declension,
The nouns of the second declension have various singular endings, but they are all EN words. The only exception is ett finger - tv fingrar. Practiee B. Answer the questiona negative ly ehanging the underlined nouns into the plural form and Bubstituting personal pronouns for names.
eUE
Har David en
~~?
Does David have One cup? No, he has two cups.
Nej, han har tv koppar. Har Lars en tidning? Nej, han har tre tidningar. Har Karin en smrgs? Nej, hon har fyra smrgsar. Har frken Strmbck en grd? Nej, hon har tv grdar. Har Sverige en hamn? Nej, det har tio hamnar. Har en vecka en
~?
10
Nej, den har sju dagar.
Unit 3
SWEDISH
Third Declension,
There are both EN and ETT words in this declension with many different endings in the singular. Practice C. Answer the questions negatively ahanging the underlined nouns into the plural form and substituting personal pronouns for names.
CVE Talar David om en restaurang?
Is David talking about one restaurant?
Nej, han talar om tv restauranger. Talar Karin om en station? Nej hon talar om tre stationer. Talar David om ett vin? Nej, han talar om mnga viner. Talar herr Dalgren om en advokat? Nej han talar om tv advokater. Talar John om en ingenjr? Nej han talar om fyra ingenjrer. Talar Maja om en cigarrett? Nej, hon talar om mnga cigarretter. Talar David och George om en
~!?
mnga
mnga
mnga
Nej, de talar om mnga nyheter.
Vnit
:5
101
SWEDISH
Fourth Deotension,
~e
102
B
She is eating an appte. She is eating t~o apptes.
Most ETT words that end in a vo~et belong to the fourth dectension. So far have not had any examples of nouns from this declension, ~here the plural. form is -n. Just a fe~ nouns betong to the fourth declension, hut some are quite common. At this point ~e ~ilt ont y give you an example:
Hon ter ett p~. Hon ter tv~ pplen.
Fifth DeclenBion,
The ETT ~ord8 of the This deolension contains both ETT ~ords and EN ~ords. The EN ~ords end in -are, -er fifth dectenBion al~ays end in a consonant. (denoting nationatity or profession), -ande or -ende (present participte referring ont y to people). Examptes:
Eltt hote I I - tv hote I I Eln lkare - tv lkare Eln belgier en musiker
tv belgier (a Belgian) tv musiker (a musician)
en ordfrande - tv ordfrande (a chairmanJ en gende
tv gende (a pedestrianJ
Unit 3
SWEDISH
Praatiae D. In this practiae we are using no uns familiar to you from the text J all from the fifth dealension. We are varying the verbs. Again J answer the questions negatively putting the underlined nouns in the plural form and substituting personal pronouns for the names.
eVE
Stannar George ett r? Nej. han stannar tre r. ett hotell? mnga hotell. 2 rum. 4 mnga
Is George staying for one year?
Reser Dal grens t i l l Nej,
de reser t i l l
Bestller
Ingrid ett rum?
Nej, hon best II er tv Kper Bo ett ~? Nej, han
kper fyra par.
Har Bo en sekreterare? Nej, ha n ha r tv sekreterare.
Ser Karin ett fartyg? Nej, hon ser mnga en lkare? tv lkare. fartyg.
mnga
Gr Bo ti II Nej,
han gr ti II
Unit 3
103
SWEDISH l _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _~04
Irregular Nourts
sjman b ro r bok son stad dotter sjmn b r de r bcker sner stder dttrar
In same of our hasia sentenaes there have been words with irregular plural forms. The stems of these no uns change in the plural. They are 2nd. Jrd and 5th declensian words. but it is easier to learn them as a separate group. Practiae E. Let's praatice the irregular nouns following the Bame pattern as in the previous praatices in this Unit. eUE
Har ni en bok Nej, v i har mnga bcker. Har Ingrid en bror? Nej, hon har tre brder. Har fru Strmbck en morbror? Nej, hon har tv morbrder. Har Karin och Lisa en farbror? Nej, de har tre farbrder. FInns det en stad I Sverige? Nej, det finns mnga stder I Sverige. mnga
3
2
Do you have one book?
mnga
Unit
SWEDISH
eVE
Finns det en sjman p bten? Nej, det finns tolv sjmn p bten. Har Lars en dotter? Nej, han har tre dttrar. Har George en
~
12
Nej, han har tv sner.
Ppaetiee F. In this ppaetiee we ape using nouns fPom all five deelensions. Read the question on the left aloud and answep it negative ly, putting the undeplined noun into the plupal. Find out how mueh you've leapned.
eVE
Finns det en klocka I rummet? Nej, det finns tv klockor Finns det en
~
Is there one cloek in the room?
rummet.
2
rummet?
Nej, det finns tv koppar i rummet. Har Dalgrens en flicka? Nej, de har tv flickor. Finns det en advokat I stan? Nej,
Unit :5
8
det finns tta advokater i stan.

105
SWEDISH
106
eVE
Har bten en sjman? Nej, den har tolv sjmn. Finns det en hamn i Sverige? Nej, det finns mnga hamnar I Sverige. Finns det ett vykort p hotellet? Nej, det finns mnga vykort p hotellet. Har George en morbror? Nej, han har tre morbrder. Finns det en lkare nrheten?
3 3
12
mnga
mnga
Nej, det finns tre lkare 1 nrheten. Finns det en grd dr borta? Nej, det finns tv grdar dr borta.
2
Practice G. In the chart on the next page write the nouns on the teft in each cotumn with the proper endings. All combinations won't work~ of course. In such a case mark the box with an X. There is an answer sheet fottowing~ but don't look at it untit you have finished the chart.
Vnit 3
SWEDISH
Noun
mnQa
IO(tiol
nQra
en, ett
f I e ra
I l te
ett Dar
rum pple k Ioc ka bII gng mnad namn vin kopp I kara b rd kv I I b ro r vecka
f
I i eka
ost tidning dotter
Unit 3
107
SWEDISH
manga rum Fin"IA" klnrknr
h i I"
108
Noun
10
(t lo)
nag ra rum FinniAn klnrkor hi

I '"
en, ett rum nnlA
flera rum dnnlpn
I ite
ett pa r
X
y
rum pple k locka bi I g ng m na d namn vin kap p

I ka r e
rum Finnlpn klnrknr

h i I '" r
rum nnlAn klnrknr

h i I ",r
klocka-- kloc:knr hi
I
X X
y
hi
I '"
,,!'.n"Ar mnader namn viner koppar

I ka re
"!In,,p .. mnader namn viner koppar

I ka re
,,!'.n"Ar mnader namn viner koppar

I
ej
"!'.n,, mnad namn vin ko pp

I ka re
,,!'. n" Amnader namn viner koppar lkare

X
"gn"" ..
X X
mnader __ namn viner
vin
X X
ko p pa r
I ka re
ka re
X
brd kv I I bror vecka f I I c ka ost tidning dotter
b rd
X X X
X
kvllar brder vec kor f I i c ko r ostar
kvllar brder veckor flickor ostar
kvllar brder veckor f I i c ko r ostar
kv I I b ro r vec ka f I i cka ost
kvllar brder veckor flickor ostar tidninaar dttrar ost
kvllar b rde r veckor flickor ostar
tldninqar tidninaar tidninqar tidninq dttrar dttrar dttrar dotter
tldninoar dttrar
Unit 3
SWEDISH
Point II. The Relative Pronoun SOM The pronoun SOM in S~edish is a relative pronoun. It comes in the beginning of a clause referring to a noun that has just been mentioned. In the phrases: "the girl ~ho ... ," "the book ~hich .. ," "the newspaper that ... " WHO, WHOM, WHICH, and THAT can all be translated with SOM in Swedish. Since there is only this one word you will soon find yourself using it [luently and easily. This will help you form longel' sentences in your conversation. Practice H. To introduce SOM in this practice we simply ask you to read the aentencea aloud adding SOM.
Restaurangen, Tidningen, Sjmannen, Stan,
F I I c ka n,
som
du tycker om, Gamla Stan.
ligger 1
The restaurant The

ne~spaper
which that whom that who
you like is in Gamla Stan. he works for is Dagens Nyheter.

~e
han arbetar fr, r Dagens Nyheter. vi trffade, r trevlig.

I I gger dr borta, r Skvde.
The sailor The city The girl
met is nice.
is over there is Skovde. is going to be 17 years old is my sister. we reserved Was not available. is Goming over there is my uncle.
fyller 17 r, r min syster. vi bestllde, var Inte ledigt. kommer dr borta, r min morb ro r.
Rummet, Han,
The room He (the man)
that
~ho
Unit
109
________________________________________________ SWEDISH
~11
Warning:
Do not confuse the relative pronoun SOM with the conjunction ATT. Both are translated as "that" in English. Examples:
Fl iekan, som arbetar hr, r ledig idag.
The girl that (who) works here is off today.

Han sger, att han kommer.
Be says that he is coming.

Han tror att rummet, som vi bestlTdEi, r ledigt.
Be thinks that the room that (which) we reserved is available.
Praotioe I. In this practice you make one sentenee out of the two sentences given, using SOM.
Fl iekan str dr. Hon r vr dotter.
The girl is standing there. daughter.

Fl iekan, som str dr, r vr dotter.
She is our
The girl (who/s) standing there is our daughter.

Bten I igger i Bten, som ligger I hamnen, r gammal. Stan hamnen. Bten r gammal. Stan r Skvde. I igger dr borta.
Unit 3
SWEDISH
Stan, som I igger dr borta, r Skvde. r bra. Mnga klockor kostar
10 kronor.
De r b ra.
Mnga klockor, Lkaren,
som kostar 10 kronor,
L ka ren tjnstgr p blen. Ka r i n s b c ke r

I i gger d r.
Han r min b ror. De r b ra. Hon r b ra.
som ljnstgr p bten, som I igger dr, som r gammal, som r bra.
r min bror.
Karins bcker,
r bra. r bra.
'1 i n sekreterare r gamma I .
Min sekreterare,
Jag har tv pipor. Det hr r vr son.
De r bra. Han heter Erik.
Jag har tv pipor,
Det hr r vr son, som heter Erik.
See how many questions you can ask and answer using noun plurals and SOM.
Unit :5
111
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ SWEDISH _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _-=..:112 ______
Point III.
Plaaement of Adverbs Swedes plaae the adverbs after the first verb in independent alauses with straight word order. Examples:
Lars dricker alltid vin. Bi II viii aldrig dricka vin.
Lars always drinks wine. Bill never wants to drink wine.
Praatiae J. Here we give you a short sentence and provide an adverb to be inserted correctly. Check your answers as uBual. CUE
David rker pIpa. David rker ofta pipa. Karin dricker mjlk. Karin dricker bara mjlk. George r i Amerika. George r fortfarande I Amerika. Bo r l Gteborg. Bo r tyvrr I Gteborg. Han dri cker l. Han dricker grna l. grna tyvrr fortfarande
David smokes a pipe. David often smokes a pips.
ofta
ba ra
Unit 3
SWEDISH
eVE
Dahlgrens tnker fara Dahlgrens tnker ti I I Amerika. Amerika. inte
inte fara ti I I
Frken Berg bestller kaffe. Frken Berg bestller alltid kaffe. Sven reser med bt.
a I It Id
ofta
Sven reser ofta med bt.

Stockholm Stockholm Lars vi II Lars vi I I Bo, Bo, ligger ligger komma. ocks komma. son, son, ter lunch. lunch. ocks i Amerika. i Amerika. ocks inte
inte
som r Karins som r Karins
a Idr i g
ter aldrig
Hotellet har en bra
restaurang.
Hotellet har ocks en bra restaurang.
Unit :5
113
-------------------------------------------In a question the noun and verb change places as you know from Unit I> Point III. The adverb remains where it was. Examples:
Ka r I n talar a Iltid svenska. Ta I ar Kar 1n a I I t i d svenska? Arne dricker a I I t i d I . Dricker Arne alltid l?
SWEDISH
114
Practice K. Now we'll practice the use of adverbs in questionB. you a short question and an adverb to be inserted correctly.
We'H give
eVE
Talar Bo lngsamt? Talar Bo alltid lngsamt? Kostar cigarretter nio kronor? Kostar cigarretter ngonsin nio kronor? Finns det en ledig taxi? Finns det aldrig en ledig taxi?
a I dr i g
Does Bo speak slowly? Does Bo aZways speak sZowZy?
a I It ld
ngonsin
SWEDISH
eVE
r Karin i Gteborg? r Karin fortfarande I Gteborg? Har Gunnar en bt? Har Gunnar ocks en bt? Stannar Ulla i Amerika? Stannar
UI
fortfarande
ocks
lnge
la lnge i Amerika?
Let's be very personal. Tell about your relatives and their occupations or make up fictitious ones. Ask your feZZow students about their friends and famiZy members. Let the teacher suppZy words for more famiZy memberB.
Vnit
:5
SWEDISH
UNIT 4
116
SEEING THE SIGHTS Basic Sentences Jack and Tom go sightseeing. first I have to go to the station first
J
Jack:
1.
frst Jag mste g tl I I stationen frst,
2.
then J later J afterwards bank (in order) to to change money and then to the bank to ch ange some money.
to know (to have knowledge about) know(s) to lie J to be located lie (s), is located Do you know where the station is?
sedan (sen) bank -en -er fr att att vxl/a -ar -ade -at pengar (plural) och sedan ti I I banken fr att vxla pengar. att veta, vet, visste, vetat vet att ligga, ligger, lg, legat I i gger Vet du var stationen I igger? >I
Tom:
3.
Jack:
4.
NO
I don't (know).
Nej, det vet jag inte.
Unit 4
SWEDISH
to ask askes) hoteZ cZerk (at reception desk) We'll ask the clerk. Pardon me~ where's the station?
stree t
att frg/a -ar -ade -at frgar portier -n, portieer Vi frgar portlern.
Tom:
5.
6.
Frlt,
var
I igger stationen?
CZerk:
7.
It is on Vasa street. long from here Is it far from here?

quite~ rather Yes~ it is quite far~
Den
gat/a -an -or I igger p Vasagatan.
Tom:
8.
lng -t -a hrifrn r det lngt hrifrn?
CZerk:
9.
far.
Ja,
ganska det r ganska
lngt.
10.
either ... or You can either take a bus or the subway. way down~ stairs~ entrance (the) other side The entrance to the subway is on the other side of the stree t~
antingen ... eller NI kan antingen ta (en) buss eller tunneJbana(n).
11.
nedgng -en -ar andra sid/a -an -or Nedgngen t i l l tunnelbanan andra sidan gatan,
ligger p
Unit 4
117
SWEDISH
co rne r and the bus stop is over there at the corner. map of. over Would you like (to have) a map of the city? Yes. please.
118
12.
hrn -et -0 och busshllplatsen r dr borta p hrnet. kart/a -an -or ver Vi II ni ha en karta ver staden?
13.
Tom: Clerk:
14.
15.
Ja tack, grna. Var s god! promenad -en -er genom Ska vi ta en promenad genom staden?
Here you are! walk through Shall we tak e a walk through town? sight. point of interest What's there to see here? palace museum famous Well. the Palace and the Vasa Museum are very famous.
Tom:
16.
Jack:
17.
sevrdhet -en -er Vad finns det fr sevrdheter hr? slott -et -(/) museum, museet, museer berm/d -t -da Ja, slottet och Vasamuseet r mycket bermda,
Tom:
18.
Unit 4
SWEDISH
to find but I can't find them on this map. that; those poLiceman We'LL ask that poLiceman. Excuse me, where is the PaLace? beautiful church to the right of The PaLace is over there; and therp, is abeautiful church to the right of the PaLace. to look to look at Oh, we'lL Look at that. train tomorl'OW Tomorl'ow we can taks the tl'ain to Uppsala. university cathedraL Thel'e the university is near the cathedl'al.
att hltt/a -ar -~de -at men jag kan Inte hitta dem p den hMr kartan. den dr, det dri de dr pol is -en -er Vi frgar den dr polisen. Urskta, var I I g ge r s lott e t? vacker -t, vackra kyrk/a -an -or till hger om Slottet I igger dr borta, och det I igger en vacker kyrka tl II hger om slottet. att tlttla -ar -ade -at att tittla p; -ar -ade -at Jas, den ska vi titta p. * tg -et -'/J imorgon Imorgon kan vi ta tget tll I Uppsala.
19.
Jack:
20.
Police:
21.
Tom:
22.
Jack:
23.
24.
universitet -et -'/J domkyrkla -an -or DMr ligger universitetet nra domkyrkan.
Unit 4
119
SWEDISH
librar'Y is said to, is supposed to Yes, and the libr'ar'Y is BUppose d to be very famous.
120
Tom:
25.
b i b I lotek -et -0 lr, lrde, lrt Ja, och biblioteket lr vara mycket bermt. fin -t -a hungrig -t -a Fint, men nu r jag hungrig. pa rk -en -er Det finns en bra restaurang p andra sidan parken.
Vi
Jack:
26.
fine hungry Fine, but now I'm hungr'Y. par'k Ther'e's a good restaurant on the other side of the park. We can have lunch there and then go to the Vasa Museum. It's near here. excellent, gr'eat then, at that time maybe, perhaps concert afternoon this afternoon Gr'eat. Then we can also go to Skansen. Maybe there is a concert there this afternoon. to think (to have an opinion) think(s) fe rr'Y Afterwards I think we ought to take the ferry to SluBsen.
27.
Tom:
28.
vi
kan ta lunch dr och sedan kan g p Vasamuseet . Det l I gger hr i nrheten. utmrkt -0 -a d kanske konsert -en -er eftermiddag -en -ar i eftermiddag Utmrkt. D kan vi ocks g p Skansen. Det r kanske en konsert dr I eftermIddag. >I att tyck/a -er -te -t tycke r frj/a -an -or Sedan tycker jag vI tar frjan till Slussen.
Jack:
29.
Tom: Unit 4
JO.
SWEDISH
one, you, they vie w from elevator You have abeautiful view from the Katarina elevator. to walk, to stroll The Old City Then we aan walk around in Gamla Stan and have dinner at a restaurant there. aharming part Good. It's a aharming part of Stockholm. I have a friend who lives there.
Jack:
31.
man utsikt -en -er f r n hiss -en -ar Man har en vacker utsikt frn Katarina-hissen. * att promener/a -ar -ade -at Gamla Stan Sedan kan vi promenera i Gamla Stan och ta mi ddag p en restaurang dr.
Tom:
32.
Jack:
33.
charmig -t -a del -en -ar Bra. Det r en charmig del av Stockholm. Jag har en vn som bor dr.
Unit 4
121
SWEDISH
UNIT 4 Notes on Basic Sentences
122
3.
I igger (lie/s) is often used in the sense of "is"~ "is located" when talking about geographical concepts and buildings. Vad f inns det fr ... ? is there?" Den ska vi titta p.
is an idiomatic expression, meaning "what kind of ...
17.
22. 23.
See Unit 2, Note 15.
Imorgon kan vi If the aentence starts with an adve~b (Imorgon, tyvrr, sedan, frst dr borta, etc.) ~emember that the ve~b comes in second place (ef. unit 2, Note 15). Skansen is a big open-air museum in Stockholm. Man har '" The impersonal pronoun man is used to exp~ess the idea of people in general, somewhat like the English use of "they" in "they say that ... " or "you" in "you can have good meal there, " or "one" in "one is never satisfied."
29.
31.
Unit 4
SWEDISH
UNIT 4 Points to Praatiae Point I: Adjeatives in the indefinite form (noun-adjeative agreement):
en stor baki
Point II:
ett stort rum;
tv stora btar
Demonstrative Expressions:
Det r en bok. Det hr r en bok. Det dr r en bok.

Point III: Personal Pronouns: dan, det, de
Unit 4
123
SWEDISH
Point I: Adjeatives in the indefinite form (noun-adjeative agreement)
124
There has to be agreement between adjeatives and nouns. Adjeatives modifying en words in the singular indefinite form take no-ending (basia form). Example: ~ stor bi I Adjeatives modifying ett words in the singular indefinite form take the ending -t (added to the hasia form). Example: ett stort glas Adjectives modifying plural nouns (both en and ett words) take the ending -a (added to the basia form). Examples: tv stora b i I ar tv stora glas Below is a list of adjeatives whiah have somewhat irregular endings: Adjeatives modifying en words
bl gr! ny god bred
Adjeatives modifying ett words

bI
Plural fOT'm
Translation
tt g rtt nytt gott brett rtt v l tt runt
bla gra nya goda b reda rda vita runda
blue gray new good wide red white

ro und
vit
rd
rund
Unit 4
SWEDISH
Adjectives modi[ying en wOl'ds
kort svart utmrkt gammal vacke r
I i ten
b ra
Adjectives modi[ying ett wOl'ds

kort svart utmrkt gammalt vackert I i tet
b
Pl u:r'a l [o :r'm
T:r'anslation
korta svarta utmrkta gamla vllckra sm

b
shol't black excetlent otd beauti[ut

smaH~
litHe
ra
ra
good
Pl'actice A. Let's practice using the indefinite [orm of the sure it agrees with the noun it modi[ies. eVE
adjective~
making
god, smrgs en god smrgs

ett gott
god, vin mnga, god, pple

roi
vin
mnga goda pplen

en rolig bok ett I itet barn poliser
ig, bok
barn pol
I iten, tre,
trevl ig, museum
is
tre trevliga
bermd,
Vnit 4
125
SWEDISH
eVE
ett bermt museum tv vackra kyrkor mnga fi na slott ett I ngt tg tv, vacker, mnga, lng, fin, tg kyrka slott
126
Adjectives coming after the verbs att vara and att bl i also agree with their subject nouns. Examples:
Bilen r stor. Rummet r stort. Mnga-bi tar r-stora. Mnga rum~r stora.
Dagen Tget tvlnga Mnga
b I i r J..~ng. b I i r I angt. dagar b I ir I nga. tg-blir lng~-:-
Practice B. Now practice using the adjective after the verb r. Put the cue noun in the definite form followed by r and the adjective~ making sure the adjective agrees with the noun.
eVE
taxi,
Taxin r ledig. Rummet r stort. Do t t e r n r s n I I . Namnet r kort.
Unit 4
ledig stor snll
rum,
dotter, namn, barn,
kort I i ten
SWEDISH
eVE
Barnet r I l tet. pplet r gott. Vinet r gott. Boken r b ra. Hote I I et r trevl igt.
pple, god vin, god bok, bra hotell, trevlig
Ppactice C.
Let's continue doing the same thing, using plupal nouns in

eVE
the indefinite form.
mnga, Mnga po I l s e r r trevliga. Mnga bcker r b ra. Mnga ba rn r sm. Mnga smrgsar r goda. Mnga k y r ko r r vackra. Mnga b i I a r r svartel. Mnga gator r breda. Mnga tg r lnga.
po I i s, trevlig
m ng a, bo k, b ra mnga, ba rn, I i ten
mnga, smrgs, god mnga, ky r ka , vacker
mnga, b i I, svart mnga, gata, bred mnga, tg, lng
Unit 4
127
SWEDISH
Point II: Demonstrative Expressions
det r det hr r det dr r
128
it is, the!} are this is, these are that is, those are
The demonstrative expressions det r, det hr r, det dr r are used to focus on noun phrases. They have only one form regardless of whether the nouns are en or ett words or plurals. Examptes:
Det
Det r en bok. hr r en bok. Det dr r tv btar.
Jt is a book. This is a book. Those are two boats.

det finns (there
i8~
You already know another demonstrative expression: are) .
the re
Practice D. Let's build up fluency on this point~ using the familiar technique. All you have to do is repeat aloud the demonstrative expression det r and add the proper indefinite articles or modifiers + the noun.
eUE
po I i s Det r en po I I s. Det r ett museum. Det r tv kartor. Det r mnga slott. museum tv, ka rta mnga, slott tre, hllplats
Unit 4
SWEDISH
eVE Det r tre hllplatser. Det r ett tg. Det r en stor buss. Det r tv tidningar. Det r ett I i tet hrn. Det r en s n I I pojke. tg stor, buss tv, tidning I i ten, hrn snll, pojke
Practice E. Now we'll uae the expression det hr r using the definite form of the noun.
eVE bt Det hr r bten. Det hr r kyrkan. Det hr r tget. Det hr r polisen. Det hr r slottet. Det hr r bibi ioteket. Det hr r gatan. Det hr r brdet.
Unit 4
ky rka tg po I i s slott b i b I i otek ga ta brd busshllplats

129
SWEDISH
eVE
Det hr r busshllplatsen. Det hr r boken. Det hr r tidningen. Det hr r rummet. bok tidning rum
130
Praetiee P. plura l.
Now we'll praetiee the expression det dr r with nouns in the
This lengthy repetition may seem a bit boring, but it is a good idea to get these expressionB firmly in mind before proeeeding to the next point. Besides, you are alBo praetieing your plural noun endings.
eVE
tre, bt Det dr r tre btar. Det dr r tv pojkar. Det dr r fyra lnga tg. tv, poj ke fy ra, lng, tg
tv, vacker, ky rka fem, smrgs tv, f i n, sevrdhet m ng a, rd, buss
Det dr r tv vackra kyrkor. Det dr r fem smrgsar. Det dr r tv fina sevrdheter. Det d r r mnga rda bussar. Det dr r t re utmrkta kartor.
Unit 4
t re, utmrkt, karta tv, god, vin
SWEDISH
eVE
Det dr r tv goda vIner. Det dr r tre trevl iga polIser. Det d r r tv gamla vykort. Det dr r tv svenska sjmn. Det d r r tre amerikanska bcker. t re, trevlIg, po II s tv, gammal, vyko rt tv, svensk, sjman tre, amerikansk, bok
Point III:
Personal Pronouns DEN, DET, DE
Den refers to
Examples:
~ words~
det to ett words and de to pturats.
Var r boken? - Den r hr. Var r vykortet?----Det r hr.. Var r Pellestidningar? De r hr.
Jet
Det is also used in other cases~ for instance in the demonstrative expressions r, det hr r, det dr r, which you have just Zearned. It is also used in impersonaZ expressions without any specific reference (unlike den which always refers to a noun).
Examples:
Det regnar.. Det r mndag idag. Det r sent.
It's raining. Today is Monday. It's late.
Vnit 4
131
SWEDISH
Only det ean be used in elauses where the verb is some form of att vara or att b-I-j-followed by a noun (predieate noun). Examples:
Det r en b i I . Det r ett tg. Det r tv pojkar.
132
It is a ear. It is a train. They are (lit.: it is) two boys.
If there is no noun but only a predieate adjeetive following the form of att vara or att bl i, den, det or de has to be used depending on what kind of noun the predieate adjeetive modifies. Examples:
r PellesffiI] stor? - Ja, Idetlr stor. - Det r en stor bil.
Is Pelle's ear big? - Yes,

r P e I I e s r umI s t o r t ? - J a,
is big.
~ ~s
It's a big ear.

s t o rt r u ffi
Is Pelle's room big? _ Yes,

r Pel les Ibtad stora?
Id e II ~ r
s t o r t. - De t r e t t
big. - It's a big room.
Ja,
Are Pelle's boats big? - Yes, they are big. - They are big boats.
~ r stora. - Det r stora btar.
To s ummari ;;e :
Det must be used as the subject when any form of att vara or att bl i is followed by a noun (predieate noun). This noun mayor may not have modifying adjectives.
Examples:
De t r e n b 1 I Det r ettr=um. Det r tv bKtar.
Det r en stor bi I. Det r ett stor~um. Det r tv stora bKtar.
This is the same as the demonstrative expression det r, whieh you have just learned, and should not be confused with the personal pronouns den, det, de.
Unit 4
SWEDISH
When the form oj" att va ra or att b I i is fo llowed by an adjective but no noun (predicate a dj e c t i ve) J the personal pronoun
den has to be used if the pronoun re j'ers to an en word; det has to be used i f the pronoun refers to an ett word; de
has to be used if the pronoun refers to plurals.
Practice G. In this practice you'll make two sentences based on the sentenee given in the left column using the adjective in the Cue column. In the first sentenee you use the personal prono~n den, det or de + r + the adjective in the right form. In the second sentenee you use the demonstrative expression det r + indefinite article + adjective + noun.
J
CVE
Det r en b I I Den r stor. Det r en stor b i I Det r ett slott. Det r vackert. Det r ett vackert 510tt. Det r ett rum. Det r I i tet. Det r ett I i tet rum.
Unit 4
stor
vacker
I I ten
13J
SWEDISH
eVE
Det r en bt. Den r vit. Det r en vit bt. Det r ett museum. Det r bermt. Det r ett bermt museum. Det r en taxi. Den r ledig. Det r en ledig taxi. Det r en kyrka. Den r gamma I
.
134
vit
b e rmd
ledig
gammal
Det r en gammal ky rka. Det hr r tv pplen. god
De r goda.
Det hr r tv goda pplen. Det dr r tv poliser. De r vnliga. Det dr r tv vnl tga pol i ser. vn II g
Unit 4
SWEDISH
eVE
Det d r r ett hotell. Det r nytt . Det d r r ett nytt hotell. Det dr r tv ostar. De r goda. Det dr r tv goda ostar. god ny
Ppactice H. Now we/tt ask some questions using VAD (what), VEM (who), and VAR (whepe). You can ppovide the answeps us~ng two sentences. Remembep to use han and hon fop peopte, det fop countpies and cities, which ape consideped to be ett wopds.
eVE
Vad r det dr? Det r en smrgs. Vem r det? Det r en f I i cka. Va d r det d r? Det r en g rd. Vem r det d r?
Unit 4
sm@rgs, god Den r god. flicka, Hon r vacker. g rd, gamma I Den r gamma I. tand I kare, bra
135
vacker
SWEDISH
eVE
Det r en tandlkare. Vem kommer dr borta? Det r f rken Berg. Vad r det dr? Det r en telefon. Vad r det hr? Det r en gata.
? Vad r det h"a r.
136
Han (hon) r bra. frken Berg, trevlig Hon r trev I Ig. telefon, svart
Den r svart. gata, kort
Den r kort. vykort, vacker Det r vackert. palls, vnlig
Det r ett vykort.
Verr> r det som kommer d r? Det r en po I I s. Han (hon) r vn II g.
Var ligger restaurangen? Den I I gge r dr bo rta . Va r I i gge r Vasamuseet? Det I i gge r n ra Skansen. Va r r din dotter? Hon r i Amerika. Va r I I gger Skvde1
Unit 4
dr borta
nra Skansen
Amerika
I Sverige
SWEDISH
eVE
Det Var Det Va r I i gger I l gge r I i gger
Sverige. Sverige
Stockholm?
Sverige. dr borta
I i gge r busshllplatsen?
De n I i gger dr borta.
LAT OSS TALA SVENSKA!

Letts have a general oonversation using the material you have aoquired by now.
Unit 4
137
SWEDISH
UNIT 5
A PLACE TO LIVE
138
Basic Sentences Gorodon Browning has seen an ad about an apartment and calls the manager. Gorodon:
1.
May I speak to Mrs. Stenmark? moment Just a moment. he lto Hello. Inga Stenmarok 8peaking. this moroning to see saw your adveroti8ement apartment to l'en t Hello. My name is Gordon Browning. This morning I saw YOUl' ad in Svenska Dagbladet about an apartment for rent. yes it i8 available.
Kan jag f tala med fru Stenmark? gonbl lek -et -0 Ett gonbl lek. hall (only used on the phone) D e t il r I n g a S t e nma r k
Voice:
2.
Mro8. S.:
3.
Ha I I
Gorodon:
4.
l mo rse att se, ser, sg, sett sg er, ert, era annons -en -er vnIng -en -ar att hyra, hyr, hyrde, hyrt Goddag. Mitt namn r Gordon Browning. I morse sg jag er annons i Svenska Dagbladet om en vning att hyra. *
Mr8.
S.:
5.
Yes~
Jaha,
Jaha den ilr ledig.
Unit 5
SWEDISH
ahild How large is it? We have two ahildren. Dur boy is five years old and our girl is eight. kitahen hall bathroom so probably It has five ~ooms and a kitahen, hall, and two baths, so it would probably suit you. whiah, what In what part of the aity is it? I work at the Ameriaan Embassy and would like to live a lose by. stairs, flight of stairs up The address is Karlavagen 10. fourth floor. That is in Ostermalm, and not at all fal' from the Embassy. to desaribe Could you desaribe the apartment?
ba rn -et -(Il Hur stor r den? Vi har tv barn. Vr pojke r tern r och v r t I i cka r tta.
Gordon:
6.
Mrs.
S.:
7.
kk -et -(Il hall -en -ar badrum -me t -(I) s nog Den r p tern rum och kk och hal I och har tv badrum, s den passar nog.
Gordon:
8.
vilken, vilket, vilka I vi I ken del av stan I igger den? Jag arbetar p amerikanska ambassaden och vi II grna bo i nrheten.
Mrs.
S.:
9.
trapp/a -an -or upp Adressen r Karlavgen 10, upp. Det r p stermalm, lngt frn ambassaden.
3 trappor inte alls
Gordon:
10.
att beskriv/a -er, beskrev, Kan ni beskriva vningen?
beskrivit
Unit 5
139
SWEDISH
again8t, toward to face face(s) south ligh t, brigh t
Bunny
140
Mros. S.:
11 .
It faces south. so it is light and sunny. spacious high ceiling. ro of It is an old. spacious apartment with high ceilings in all the room8. to moderniBe moderniBed I hop e it is moderonized. Of course. rent How mueh is the rent? The apartment eosts 2.000 el'owns a month. expensive That is expensive!
mot att ligga mot; ligger, lg, legat ligger mot sder ljus -t -a sollg-t-a Den I igger mot sder, s den r I jus och solig. * ryml hg tak Det r det r ig -t -a
-t -a -et -0
en gammal, rymlig vanlng, hgt i taket l alla rum. och
Il
Mros. S.:
12.
Gorodon: Mrs. S.:
13.
att moderniser/a -ar -ade -at modernlser/ad -at -ade Jag hoppas den r modernIserad. Javisst. hyr/a -an -or Hur stor r hyran? Vningen kostar tv tusen kronor I mnaden. dyr -t -a Det var dyrt!
14.
Gordon:
Mrs.
15.
16.
s.:
Gorodon:
1 7.
Unit 5
SWEDISH
ga8 (not gasoline) eleatI'iaity to be inaluded is inaLuded besides paI'tially to furnish fUI'nished Ye8, but it i8 a veI'Y fine apartment, and gas and eleatriaity are inaluded. Be8ide8, it is paI'tiaLly furnished. bed for per80n, people Good! Are theI'e beds foI' four people? Living room sofa comfortable armchaiI' lamp PeI'sian rug, caI'pe t flooI' Yes, there are. living room has two aomfortable two lamps and a sian I'ug On the
gas -en -er elektricitet -en 0 att Ing, Ingr, ingick, Ingtt Ingr dessutom delvis att mbler/a -ar -ade -at mbler/ad -at -ade Ja, men det r en vldigt fln vning, och gas och elektricitet ingr. Dessutom r den delvis mblerad.
MI'S . S.: 1 8.
GOI'don:
19.
sng -en -ar fr person -en -er S bra! Finns det sngar fr fyra personer? vardagsrum -met -0 sof fia -an -or bekvm -t -a ftlj -en -er lamp/a -an -or persisk -t -a mattia -an -or golv -et -0 Ja, det finns det. Och vardagsrummet har en soffa, tv bekvma ftljer, tv lampor och en stor persisk matta p golvet. *
MI's.
S.:
2 O
And the a Bofa and armahair8, large Pel'floor.
Unit 5
141
SWEDISH
to bring table chail' dining room Is the dining room fUl'nished J 01' should we bring our table and our chairs?
142
Gordon:
21.
att ta med; tar, tog, tagit bord -et -~ stol -en -ar matsal -en -ar r matsalen mblerad, eller ska vi ta med vrt bord och vra stolar?
Mrs. S.: 22.
breakfast nook bench NO J it isn't. But there is a breakfast nook in the kitchen with table and benehes. closet especially to need need(s) space J room J
matvr -n -r bnk -en -ar Nej, det r den inte. Men det finns en matvr i kket med bord och bnkar. * garde/-ob -en -er s rs k i I t att behv/a -er -de -t behver plats -en -er all, allt, alla sin, sitt, sina leksak -en -er Hur r det med garderober? Srskil t min pojke behver mycket plats fr alla sina leksaker. * var j e sovrum -met -~ I inneskp -et -0 serveringsrum -met -0 Det finns en stor garderob i varje sovrum och ett bra I inneskp I serveringsrummet.
place
all
Gordon: 23. his her their (reflexive) toy What about closets? My boy especially needs a lot of space for all his toys.
J J
Mrs. S.:
24.
every bedl'oom linen close t pan try There is a big closet in every bedroom and a good linen closet in the pantry.
Unit 5
SWEDISH
refrigerator Is there a refrigerator? freezer completely dishwasher Certainly, and a small freezer as well and a completely new dishwasher. laundry room basement washing machine drying cabinet The Laundry room is in the basement with two washing machines and a drying cabinet. to sound Boundfs) It sounds very good, and we'd love to come and look at the apartment. to move in into When would you like to move into the apartment?
Gordon:
25.
kylskp -et -I/; Finns det kylskp?

f rys box -en -a r alldeles diskmaskin -en -er Jad, och en I iten frysbox ocks och en alldeles ny diskmaskin.
Mrs.
S.:
26.
27.
-an -or kllare -en -I/; tvttmaskin -en -er torkskp -et -Qj Tvttstugan r i k II aren med tv tvttmaskiner och ett torkskp. *
tv~ttstug/a
Gordon:
28.
att lta, lter, lt, ltit 1 ter Det lter vldigt bra, och vi vill grna komma och titta p vningen.
att fly tt/a -ar -ade -at in

in i
Mrs.
S.: 29.
Nr skulle nI vilja flytta vningen?
in I
Unit 5
143
SWEDISH
the fiY'st OctobeY' fUY'nituY'e If we take it we could move in on OctobeY' 1st. OUY' furnitUY'e will be heY'e then. tenant out thing yesteY'day to buy have (has) bought house That suits (me) fine. OUY' otheY' tenant moved out yesteY'day with all his things. Be has bought a house in Djursholm. at home today houY' I will be at home today. Would you like to oome in an houY'? Does 4 o'clock suit (you)? Then I'll come with the whole family. I'm looking fOY'waY'd to seeing you then. den frsta oktober mbel -n, mbler Om vi tar den kunde vI flytta In den frsta oktober. Vra mbler r hr d. * hyresgst -en -er ut sak -en -er Igr att kp/a -er -te -t har kpt hus -et -0 Det passar utmrkt. Vr andra hyresgst flyttade ut Igr med al la sina saker. Han har kpt ett hus I Djursholm.
144
Gordon:
30.
Mrs. S.: 31.
32.
hemma Idag t l mm/ e - e n - a r Jag r hemma Idag. om en timme1
VI I I ni komma
GOY'don:
33.
Passar det klockan fyra1 jag med hela familjen.
D kommer
MY's. s.: Unit 5
34.
Vlkomna d!
SWEDISH
UNIT 5 Notes on Hasia Sentencea 4a.

I morse, "this morning," indiaates past time. verb in the past tenae.
It is therefore used only with a
4b.
9.
Svenska Dagbladet is a daily newspaper in Sweden. Tre trappor upp or p tredje vningen means 4th floor. vningen (b.v.> or nedre botten (n.b.>. Sder. Hgt
First fLoor is botten-
11. 12. 17.
Other aompass points are norr (north)J
ster (east)J
vster (west).
taket is an idiomatia expression for "high aeiUng{sJ."
Det var dyrt. The Swedes often put exalamatory expr88sions like this in the past tense. (af. Unit J Nate 20.) Ja, Nej, det finns det. det r den
20.
22. 23.
See Unit 3 J
Nate 2. Nate 2.
inte.
See Unit 3 J
Sina leksaker.
See Points to Practice I c.
Unit 5
145
SWEDISH
146
25.
Finns det kylskp? Swedes do not normally use an artiale with a noun when refers to a alass of nouns ~n general, rather than to a partiaular one.
it
Examples:
Han kper b i I. Han
He's buying a aar (beaause he needs transportationJ. He's buying a new aar (one aar in partiaularJ.
(torktumlare -n
kper en ny bi I.
27.
Torkskp.(a heated aabinet) is more aommon in Sweden than a dryer
-0).
30.
oktober. The names of the months in Swedish are: januarI, februari, mars, apri l, maj, juni, juli, augusti, september, oktober, november, december. Note that,
like the week days,

34.
they are not aapitalized.
Vlkomna d. Note that the plural form of vlkommen is used to indiaate a welaome to all the family members. (af. unit 2, BaBia Sentenae Note 1)
Unit 5
SWEDISH
UNIT 5 Points to Practice
Point I.
Possessives a. b. c. preceding a noun as pronoun Possessive reflexives sin. s I tt. s I na
Point II. Point III.
Verbs of the [irst conjugation Word order
Unit 5
247
SWEDISH
Point I. a. Possessives preceding a noun
148
EN
(j ag)
ETT
bi bi bi bi bi bi bi I I I I I I I mitt ditt hans hennes v rt ert deras namn namn namn namn namn namn namn
Plural
mina dina hans hennes v ra era deras bi bi bi bi bi bi bi Ia r Ia r Ia r Ia r Ia r Ia r lar
( d u) (ha n) (hon) (v i) (n I ) (de)
mi n din hans
henne~
v r er deras
Here are the possessives in Swedish. As you see~ most of them conform to the EN, ETT or plural form of the noun just as the adjectives do. Names or nouns just add an -s at the end to indicate possessive form. Example8: Karins bok. Karin's book. Pojkens namn. The boy's name (the name ~ the boy). Bi lens-frg. The color ~ the ear.
Unit 5
SWEDISH
Praotioe A. Form a sentenee with a possessive, using present tense of the ve1'b att vara.
eUE
Jag, namn, George Brown Mitt namn r George Brown. Vra barn r snlla. Vrt vardagsrum r ljust. Hennes sng r ny. Hans pojke r i USA. Din dotter r vacker. Er vning r stor. Deras adress r Karlavgen 10. Ert kylskp r hgt. Hans ftlj r bekvm. Deras kk r ryml igt. Pojkens far r ingenjr. Husets kk r ljust. Bos mor r journalist. Mina syskon r hemma. v i, barn (plU1'.J, sn I I
vi ,
va rdags rum,
I jus
hon, sng, ny han, paj ke, USA
d u, dotter, vacker n i , vning, stor de, adress, KarJavgen 10 n i, kylskp, hg han, ftlj, bekvm de, kk, rym I i g pojke, far, hus, kk, ingenjr
ljus
Bo, mor, journalist jag, syskon (plu1'. J hemma
Unit :;
149
SWEDISH
P~actice
150
p~ope~
B.
Answe~
the questions, using the
possessive
fo~ms.
eVE
Ligger Karins vning i Stockholm? Ja, hennes vning I igger i Stockholm. r mi tt hotel I rum tv trappor upp? Ja, ditt hotellrum r tv trappor upp. r vra bcker i vardagsrummet? Ja, era bcker r l vardagsrummet. Flyttar ni Ja, vi in i ert hus snart? flyttar in I vrt hus p mndag. i tidningen? Ja Ja, p mndag Ja Ja Ja
Sg George fru Stenmarks annons
Ja, han sg hennes annons i tidningen. r Stenmarks sngar bekvma? Nej, deras sngar r inte bekvma. Behver du di n bi I idag? Nej, jag behver inte mIn bil Hittade du Pell es klocka? Ja, jag hittade hans klocka. Idag. Ja Nej
Nej
Unit 5
SWEDISH
Point I.
b.
Possessive pronouns
MIN Det r min b i

I
MY~
MINE
I t is my ear.
Bilen r min. Bordet r ditt. Stolarna r vra.
The ear is m,ine. The table is yours. The chairs are ours.
Det r ditt bord. Det r v ra stolar.
It is your table. They are our chairs.
As you can see in the ehart~ the Swedes make no distinction between possessive adjectives and possessive pronouns. We'll have a short practice on this. Praatice C. Answer the
questions~
using the ownership indicated by the cue.
eVE
r det Bos bli? Nej, det r min. r det din frysbox? Nej. det r hennes.
Vnit 5
lSl Nej. jag
Nej. hon
SWEDISH
eVE
r det h r herr och fru Stenmarks hus? J a, det r deras. r det hr din diskmaskin?
J a,
J a,
152
de
Ja, jag
det r mi n. Ja, han
r det hr Pe I les klocka? Ja, det r hans. r det hr era bcker? Ja det r vra. r det hr Karlns smrgs? Nej, det r din. r det hr Lenas glas? Nej, det r ditt.
J a,
vi
Nej, d u
Nej, d u
Point I.
e.
Reflexi~e
possessives, SIN, SITT, SINA
These reflexive possessives are used instead of hans, hennes, deras i f they aj occur in the same clause as the subject; bJ modify the objeet in the ~lause; and ej refer to the subject in the clause. Sin (sitt, sina) is never used to modify the subject in the clause.
Unit 5
SWEDISH
Examples:
Han tycker om sin hund.

He likes his (own) dog.
Han tycker om hans hund.

He 2ikes his (someone el8e's) dog.
Hans bt! 19ger 1 hamnen.

His boat is in the harbor.
: - -- =
Karin beskriver sitt rum.

Karin describes her room. (The room belongs to Karin.)
Karin beskriver hennes rum.

Karin describea her room. (The room belonga to someone else.)
Lars och Lena talar om sina barn.

Lars and Lena are talking about their children (their own).
Lars och Lena talar om deras barn.

Lars and Lena are talking about their children (another family/s),
Unit 5
155
SWEDISH
P1'aatiae D. Look at the list of possessions below. Describe (using the ve1'b att tycka om) how Maja likes he1' things, Erik likes his, and they both like their joint belongings. Go through the three lists beginning with Maja/s. The answers will be found on the next page.
Majas saker I inneskp soffa bord stal vning matta torkskp kllare diskmaskin sovrum Erlks saker ftlj lampa matta ga rde rob badrum tidning
bI I
154
Deras saker frysbox sngar kylskp tvttmaskIn hus mbler ba rn (plu1'al) kk va rdags rum bt
bcker klocka pengar
Model:
Maja tycker om sitt linneskp. Erik tycker om sin ftlj. De tycker om sin frysbox.
De tycker om sin teve (TV).
Unit 5
SWEDISH
Answers to Practice D.
Maja tycker om: sitt linneskp sin soffa sitt borrJ sin stol srn vning stn matta sitt torkskp sin kllare sin diskmaskin sitt sovrum
Erik tycker om: sin ftlj sin lampa sin matta s i n ga rderob sitt badrum sin tidning
si n b i I
De tycker om: sin frysbox sina sngar sitt kylskp sin tvttmaskin sitt hus sina mbler sina barn sitt kk srtt vardagsrum sin bt
sina bcker sin klocka sina pengar
Practice E. In this practice we will use all the third person possessives. You fill in the right one in the blank space. Use your cardboard sheet as usual to cover the correct answer below each sentence.
George och hans fru tittade p

si n
vning.
George beskrev vningen fr

si n
hustru.
Bo och Kari n flyttade in sina Karln och hennes

Unit 5
mbler.
barn tittade p en ny soffa.
155
SWE!DISH
156
Stenmarks och dera s Stenmarks bor med sin Stenmarks hyr hans Lars r p bten med
son bor
Djursholm.
son
huset.
(Pelles) vning.
ror.
sin Lars tittar p hennes Bo och Ingrid och

d e ras
( Ka r i n s)
bt
far kom ti II bten.
Bo och I ngr i d mtte sin

I eftermiddag flyttar Lars
far
yrd
bten.
mb I er. sina
(Lars) diskmaskin r alldeles ny. Hans
Unit
fj
SWEDISH
Point II. Verbs of the first conjugation Swedish verbs come in four conjugations. Three of these conjugations follow definite patterns. The fourth conjugation contains all irregular verbs. The same form is used for all persons in each tense.
1.
More than half of the verbs in Swedish belong to the first conjugation. All of the verbs in this conjugation end in -a in the infinitive form. All new verbs that come into Swedish from other languages belong to this conju.gation. Examples:
att mblera, att modernisera, att organisera (to organizeJ, att jogga (to jog), att missa (to miss, to failJ.
Examples of this include all verbs with the French derived suffix -era. Letts take a look at the verbs of the first conjugation that have occurred in some of our units. Below is a chart showing how the first conjugation operates.
First Conjugation
att baka (to bake)
PY'esent tense: Past tense: Supine: Past paY'ticiple:
jag, etc. Jag, etc. jag, etc. den, det, de h a r, hade

r,
ba ka r bakade bakat bakad bakat bakade
bake(sJ, am (aY'e, isJ baking baked, was (were) baki ng have, had baked, have, had been baking
bI i r
Unit 5
157
SWEDISH
Note: The supine is a form of the verb used tagether with har, hade. It aZways ends in -t. Examples: Jag har bakat brdet. Jag hade bakat brdet. These phrases are called respectively the present and past perf~ In Swedish the supine form is different from the parti~iple which is used and declined as an adjective. Examples:
Kakan r bakad. Brdet r bakat. Kakorna r bakade.
158
The cake is baked. The bread is baked. The cakes (cookies) are baked.
We will deal with the particip le in a later unit.
In Unit I We made a comparison between Swedish and English with regard to the lack of the continuouB form of the verb in Swedish. Here is a more extensive chart: Swedish Present tenae: Past tense: Present perfect (h a r + supinej: Past perfect (hade + supinej:
Han arbetar. Han arbetade. Han har arbetat. Ha n hade arbetat.
English
1. 2.
1. 2. 1. 2.
lie works. lie is working. He worked. He was wOI'king. He has worked. He has been working. He had worked. lie had been working.
L 2.
From the chart it looks like English has two forms for each tense, ~hereaB Swedish has only one. This is true, and it is very important for you to understand, be cause it means that the Swedish verb form arbetar, for exampZe, is uSBd where an English speaker would say "works" ~ "is working". The
Unit 5
SWEDISH
English rules about !Jhen one says "works" and when one says "is working" are complex~ but Swedish has no such difficulty. Arbetar simply expresses the idea of a person or persons working in present time, and that's all there is to it. If you try to work forms of att vara inta other Swedish verb forms just because English uses forms of "to be" in this way, you will be successfut in confusing the Swede to whom you are talking. So that you get a good start at tearning this right~ we have made an expanded chart of Swedish verb forms with English equivalents. Study this chart thoroughly~ and then try to trans late the English forms on the right to the Swedish forms on the left without looking at the Swedish. Do this until you are completely comfortable with it, and then make up some simple English sentences of your own and try to trans late them into good Swedish.
Present tense:
svenska. ~avid talarlofta. i kv I I.
David { David David David
speaks Swedish.
is speaking Swedish.
speaks often. is speaking tonight.
Past tense:
,..svenska. IDavid taladeimed oss tre gnger. p telefon nr Mary kom in.
{ David
~D_a_v_~~'d~_s~p_o_k~e~ Swedish.
:;,D:",a:...:v--,~i-' -:::.s. cp.. ::o:.. ;.k.:. :e::.. t o d::;,
was speaking Swedish. U s t h re e t i me s . David was speaking on the phone when Mary came in.
Unit 5
159
SWEDISH
Present perfeet (har + supine):
_______~_ med Ma ry. \Davld har talatimed oss tre gnger. i tre timmar.
160
pavid has spoken to Mary. { David has been speaking to Mary. ;;"D~a...:.v--;i.-'d.;.-,h;--a,,-,-s p-'o_k_e_n_ t o u s t h r e e t i me s . -;-s..... David has been speaking for three hours.
Past perfeet (hade + supine):

,...---, s ven s k a
IDavid hade talatimed Mary, men det hjlpte inte. om Mary, nr hon kom In.
David had spoken Swedish. { David had been speaking Swedish. David had epoken to Mary, but it didn't help. David had been speaking about Mary, when she came in.
Unit S
SWEDISH
Practice F. Complete the following sentences in three different tenses: present, past, present perfeet (har + supinej.
CVE
Maj
Sverige.
worka in Sweden. is working in Sweden. worked in Sweden. Was working in Sweden. has worked in Sweden. has been working in Sweden.
arbeta
Maj arbetar l Sverige.
Maj { Maj Maj Maj arbetade i Sverige. { Maj Maj har arbetat i Sverige. Maj { Maj
Bo
sin vn.
trffa
Bo trffar sin vn. Bo trffade sin vn. Bo har trffat sin vn. John sin fru. presentera
John presenterar sin fru. John presenterade sin fru. John har presenterat sin fru. Dah Ig rens
i
augusti.
flytta
Dahlgrens flyttar i augusti. Dahlgrens ,flyttade i augusti. Dah I grens har f I yttat l augusti. Kaffet mycket. kosta
Kaffet kostar mycket. Kaffet kostade mycket. Kaffet har kostat mycket.
Unit 5
161
SWEDISH
eVE
Ingrid p sin lunch. vnta
162
Ingrid vntar p sin lunch. Ingrid vntade p si~ lunch. Ingrid har vntat p sin lunch. Astrid om sitt barn.
bertta
Astrid berttar om sitt barn. Astrid berttade om sitt barn. Astrid har berttat om sitt barn. Erik om hyran. f rga
Erik frgar om hyran. Erik frgade om hyran. Erik har frgat om hyran. David med advokaten.
tala
David talar med advokaten. David talade med advokaten. David har talat med advokaten.
Unit S
SWEDISH
Practice G. In the following story, put the verbs that oacur in the present tense into the past tense. The new version follows on the next page.
George flyttar till Sverige med sin familj och arbetar p en stor amerikansk tidning. En dag, nr han vntar p bussen, trffar han en gammal Lars presenterar George
vn frn Norra Latin, Lars Holm, och hans far.
fr sin far och frgar, om George har tid att titta p en vning, som hans far vntar p. Han flyttar in den frsta oktober och mblerar den med Lars berttar, att hans far moderniserar den delvis.
sina gamla mbler.
George frgar hur mycket vningen kostar och var man hittar en s fin vnIng.
Unit 5
163
SWEDISH
Answer to Praatiae G.
George flyttade ti II Sverige med sin fami Ij och arbetade p en stor amerikansk tidning. En dag, nr han vntade p bussen, trffade han en gammal Lars presenterade George
164
vn frn Norra Latin, Lars Holm, och hans far.
fr sin far och frgade, om George hade tid att titta p en vning, som hans far vntade p. med sina gamla mbler. vis. Han flyttade in den frsta oktober och mblerade den Lars berttade, att hans far moderniserade den del-
George frgade, hur mycket vningen kostade och var man hittade en
s fin vning.
Practice H. In this practiae, put the verb given in the aue inta the present perfeat form (har + supine).
eVE
Bo sin vning. modernisera
Bo har moderniserat sin vning. La rs Maj. trffa
Lars har trffat Maj.
Unit 5
SWEDISH
eUE
Bo tillbaka till USA. flytta
Bo ha r f IYt t a t t i I I ba ka t i I I USA. Karin p tidningen i tre r. a rb eta
Karin har arbetat p tidningen i tre r. Maj vningen. mblera
Maj har mblerat vningen. Erik boken.

hi
tta
Erik har hittat boken. David Inte sin far. frga
David har inte frgat sIn far. Stenmarks inte in i sin vning.
f lytta
Stenmarks har inte f.yttat in i sin vning. _____ du dina pengar p banken? vxla
Har du vxlat dina pengar p banken? du lunge? vnta
Har du vntat lnge? Lars med mig mnga gnger.

tala
Lars har talat med mig mnga gnger.

Unit 5
165
SWEDISH
Point III. Word Order If you/re getting a feel for Swedish already, you will have noticed in these last praetiees that the verb always eomes in seeond place in the sentence. As was explained in the Basic Sentence Note #16 in Unit 2, the verb always eomes before the subjeet in a main clause when the clause starts with a direet or indirect object, an adverb, or i f it is preceded by a subordinate clause. This is erueial, beeause it is fundamental in Swedish word order.
166
Example8:
Det vet jag
inte.
(direet object) (adverb)

hon Erik.
Igr trffade David sin farbror. Nr Maj flyttade ti II
Stoc~holm, trffade
(subordinate clause)
Det hMr mste man komma Ihg!
Unit 5
SWEDISH
Practice I. Now we'll practice word order. Restate the sentenae on the lett using the cue at the beginning of the sentence.
eVE
Vi flyttar in i vr vning. Idag flyttar vi in i vr vning. igr idag
David hittade sin bok. Igr hittade David sin bok. Karin tittade p Peters bt. I morse tittade Karin p Peters bt. Lars talar med sin vn frn Amerika. Nu talar Lars med sin vn frn Amerika. Jag talade med Peter. Fr tre veckor sedan talade jag med Peter. VI trffas i parken. Varje dag trffas vi
i
morse
nu
fr tre veckor sedan
varje dag parken. varje morgon
Erik vntar lnge p bussen. Varje morgon vntar Erik lnge p bussen. George hade en vning p Karlavgen. Nr vi var i Stockholm, hade George en vning p Karlavgen.
Unit 5
nr vi var I stockholm
167
SWEDISH
eUE
168
Sven arbetar p amerikanska ambassaden. Nu arbetar Sven p amerikanska ambassaden. Maja vxlade sina pengar p banken. Igr vxlade Maja sina pengar p banken. VI hittade en klocka. Nr vi var p Skansen hittade vi en klocka.
nu
igr
nr vi var p Skansen
Praactice J. We arae including a floara plan of the aparatment at Karalavagen 10. Discuss the raooms in raelation to each other and describe the furniture you know the words for in each room. If you want to complete the furnishings ask your teacher for morae vocabulary. Ask each other' the following questions about the apartment:
Var ter man frukost i vningen? I vilket rum kan man ta middag? Var str kylskpet? Ligger vningen mot norr? Har vningen ett badrum? r kket till hger om hall en? Hur r vardagsrummet mblerat? Finns det mbler I matsalen? Var I igger tvttstugan? I vilken tidning sg Gordon annonsen? Nr kan Brownings flytta in? Var kan pojken ha sina leksaker?
Unit 5
SWEDISH
Karlavgen 10
Sder
Matsal
Vardagsrum
.a
1! ~
e .~
Sovrum
S
liten Badrum
Garderob
ster
Serveringsrum
t----oI
Toalett
Hall
Hall
Vster
Kk
Sovrum
Badrum
Sovrum
Norr Unit 5
169
SWEDISH
170
LAT OSS TALA SVENSKA!

No~ you can describe your o~n houBe or apartment and the home you hope to find in S~eden.
Unit 5
SWEDISH
UNIT 6 TRUE AND FALSE
Unit 6 is a aomprehension quiz. Turn on the tape or listen to your teaaher read the true or false questions. Using the numbered blanks below, mark T (true) or F (false) after eaeh sentenee. All of the voeabulary used in the quiz is from Units 1-5. We suggest that you divide up the quiz and aomplete only part of the questions at a time. You will find the answers an pages 172 - 178. Good Luakl
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13.
14.
15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20.
21. 22. 23. 24. 25. 26. 27. 28. 29. 30. 31. 32. 33. 34. 35. 36. 37. 38. 39. 40.
41. 42. 43. 44. 45. 46. 47. 48. 49. 50. 51. 52. 53. 54. 55. 56. 57. 58. 59. 60.
61. 62. 63. 64. 65. 66. 67. 68. 69. 70. 71. 72. 73. 74. 75. 76. 77. 78. 79. 80.
Unit 6
1? 1
SWEDISH
Appendix A. Answers to the unit 6 quiz.
I.
172
Fyra och Flickor i
sju r elva. Amerika talar alltid svenska. en restaurang.
T
F F
2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. II. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17.
En sjukskterska arbetar p Gteborg r en stad i
Sverige.
T T
F
En sjman tjnstgr p en bt. Jrnvgsstationen I igger i domkyrkan.
Det finns mnga hotell Man kan inte vxl a pengar
en stor stad.
T T
F F
en kyrka.
Det r aldrig vackert vder Bo tycker om att ta l. Mnga hus
i New York.
Amerika
r vackra.
T
F
Amerikaner dricker inte kaffe. I Amerika finns det mnga parker.
T T T
Amerika. F
Lars kan
inte dricka brd. en restaurang.
Man kan ta mi ddag p Nu Ni
fr tiden r Stockholm en tandlkare vet hur mycket tta och tv r.
Unit 6
SWEDISH
18.
Man kan antingen ta buss eller tunnelbana Ett r har tio mnader. Min fars bror
~r
Washington.
T F
F
F F F
19.
20.
min moster.
21.
22.
Det finns inga bIlar i Chicago. Pol iser ger barn garderober. En I iten garderob
~r
23.
24.
mycket rymlig.
Inga btar gr till Gteborg. En vecka har sju dagar. Man kan skriva bcker om Sverige. MIn far och min mosTer
~r
F T
25.
26.
T
F
27
mina
fr~ldrar.
28.
29.
30.
Bussen stannar vid hllplatsen. Man

~ter
T
F
F
middag p morgonen.
Ingen Ingenjr vet hur mycket tolv och tretton r. Det r bra att ha bekvma sngar. I Amerika kostar en kopp kaffe fem re. Herr Hanssons namn
~r
31.
32. 33. 34. 35.
36.
T
F
F
Herr Dalgren.
Det f l nns i nga barn i Skvde. Man kan dricka vin till middagen. En sekreterare talar aldrIg p telefon.
F
T F
Unit 6
173
SWEDISH
37. 38. 39.
Matsa I en I i gger
i
174
F
kket.
I Amerika tycker man om att resa med bi I. Lars Holm tjnstgr p~ Mnga en bAt
GTeborgs hamn.
T
T
F
40.
41
pojkar heter Peter.
Bibliotek r en stad Man gr tl II banken
Sverige.
42.
fr att vxl a pengar.
T
F F
43.
Frken Strmbck r herr Hanssons syster. Vi kan hyra rum p tunnelbanan. frn New York i l morse.
44.
45.
Han gick t i l l Det finns Alla
Sverige
F F F
46.
47.
inte ngon kyrka
Philadelphia.
vningar har
fem vardagsrum. ihg sin vn George Brown.
48.
49.
Lars Holm kommer
Man behver mnga stolar p universitetet. Polisen vet var stationen Stora barn r vldigt sm. Busshllplatser Det f i nns mnga ligger.
T
T
F F
50.
51
52. 53.
54. 55.
Amerika r alltid vackra.
rum
i ett hote I I.
stder.
George Brown ska skriva en bok om svenska Journalister brukar skriva I tidningar.
T
T
Unit 6
SWEDISH
56. 57. 58. 59. 60. 61. 62. 63. 64. 65. 66. 67. 68. 69. 70. 71. 72. 73. 74. Sjukskterskor och Gamla Stan lr vara lkare arbetar ti Ilsammans. en charmIg del av Stockholm. frn New York t i l l Stockholm.
T T
F
Det tar fem veckor att resa med Det finns mnga bilar
flyg
Amerika.
T T
F F F
Alla hller med om att qet r bra att ha ett kylskp. Svenska Dagbladet r ett bermt museum. De reste tt Il Sverige i Bn ftlj.
Fl yget gr ti II
parken.
En bror knner sin syster. Om man r hungrig vi II Bussen gr p Mattan I igger gatan. man ::lta.
T T T
F
taket.
Soffan str
vardagsrummet.
T T T T T
F F
175
Svenskar tycker mycket om goda smrgsar. Man behver Halv tolv r inte frga om man 11:30. sger man god dag. resa med lastbt. redan vet ngot.
Nr man trffas,
Alla tycker om att Man gr ti l!
garderoben
fr att hyra en vning.
Unit 6
SWEDISH
Det finns bara en restaurang I San Francisco. Det r ro I I gt att hitta ett trevligt hus att bo I. Portlern kan ge oss en karta. Det finns Inga sevrdheter i Stockholm. Eri k Dalgren r en annonS. Bo Dalgren presenterar sin fru tr George.
176
75. 76.
77 .
T T
78. 79. 80.
F
F
If you are in doubt about the meaning of a sentence you can check the tran8lation below.
1.
2.
S.
4.
5. 6.
7. 8. 9.
10. 11.
12. 13.
14.
15.
16.
17. 18. 19.
Four and 8eVen are eleven. Girls in America always speak Swedish. A nur8e works in a restaurant. Gothenburg is a city in Sweden. A sailor work8 on a boat. The railroad station i8 located in the cathedral. There are many hotels in a big city. You can't change money in a church. The weather is never beautiful in New York. Bo likes to eat beer. Many houses in America are beautiful. Americans don't drink coffee. There are many parks in America. Lars can't drink bread. You can have dinner in a restaurant. Nowadays stockholm is a dentist in America. You know how much eight and two are. One can either take the bus or the subway in Washington. A year has ten months.
T F F T T F T T F F T F T T T F
T T
Unit 6
SWEDISH
20.
21. 22. 23. 24.
25. 26. 27. 28. 29. 30. 31.

32. 33. 34.
35. 36.
37. 38.
39. 40. 4lo 42. 43. 44. 45. 46. 47. 48. 49. 50. 51. 52. 53. 54. 55. 56.
57.
My father's brother is my aunt. There are no cars in Chicago. PoLicemen give chiLdren cLosets. A smalL cLoset is very roomy. No boats go to Gothenburg. A week has seven days. One can write books about Sweden. My father and my (maternal) aunt are my parents. The bus stops at the bus stop. One eats dinner in the morning. No engineer knows how much tweLve and thirteen are. It's good to have comfortable beds. In America a cup of coffee costs 5 are. Mr. Hansson's name is Mr. Dalgren. There are no chiLdren in Skovde. You can drink wine with your dinner. A secretary never talks on the phone. The dining room is in the kitchen. In America people Like to traveL by ear. Lars Holm serves (works) on a boat in the Gothenburg harbor. Many boys are named Peter. Library is a city in Sweden. You go to the bank to change money. Miss Stromback is Mr. Hansson's sister. We can rent a room in the subway. He walked to Sweden from New York this morning. There is no church in PhiladeLphia. All apartments have five livingrooms Lars Holm remembers his friend George Brown. They need many chairs at the university. The police know where the station is. Big children are very small. Bus stops in America are always beautifuL. There are many rooms in ahoteL. George Brown is going to write a book about Swedish citieB. Journalists usuaLLy write for newspapers. Nurses and doctors work together. Gamla Stan is supposed to be a charming part of StockhoLm.
F F
F
F T T F
T F
F T
F
F F T F F T
T
T
F T F F
F
F F T
T
T
F F T T
T T
Unit 6
177
SWEDISH
58. 59. 60. 61. 62. 6:3
178
64.
65. 66. 67. 68.
69. 70. 71.

72. 73.
74. 75.
76.
77. 78. 79.

80.
It takes five weeks to go by plane from New York to Stockholm. There are many cars in America. All agree that it is good to have a refrigerator. Svenska Dagbladet is a famous museum. They traveled to Sweden in an easy chair. The flight goea to the park. A brother knows his sister. If you're hungry you want to eat. The bus goes on the street. The rug is in the ceiling. Xhe sofa is in the livingroom. Swedes like good sandwiches very much. You don't have to ask i f you already know it. Half past eleven is 11:30. When people meet they say "hello". Everybody likes to travel by freighter. You go to the closet to rent an apartment. There is only one restaurant in San Francisco. It's fun to find a nice house to live in. The hotel clerk oan give us a map. There are no interesting sights in Stockholm. Erik Dalgren is an advertisement. Bo Dalgren introduces his wife to George.
F
T T F
F
F T T T F T T
T
T T F F F T
T
F F T
Unit 6
SWEDISH
UNIT 7 AT THE OFFICE Basic Sentences Bill Smith arrives at his new office in the afternoon. receptionist service, favor Hello. What can I do for you? (May I help you?) successor offi-ce I' m Bill Smith, successor to Peter White. Can you tell me where my office is (located)? take (imperative) elevator' second floor Yes, of course. Take the elevator to the third floar. hall, corridor third door Go down the hall straight ahead. It's the third door on the right. receptionist -en -er tjnst -en -er Go d d a g . Va d k a n j a g s t t I I I t j n s t med? .. eftertrdare -n -0 kontor -et -0 Jag r Bill Smith, eftertrdare tl I I Peter White. Kan ni sga mig var mitt kontor I i gger? ta hiss -en -ar a nd ra vning -en -ar Javisst. Ta hissen till vningen.
Rec. :
1.
Bill:
2.
Rec. :
3.
..
andra
4.
korridor -en -er tredje drr -en -ar G korridoren rakt fram. Det r tredje drren till hger.
179
U'YJit 7
SWEDISH
Secr'etar'Y:
180
5.
Welcome to Stockholm, Mr. Smith. I'm really going to like it here. What a nice office! to pre fe!' pr'efe!'r'ed desk by wall under', below window Peter' pr'efe!'!'ed to have the desk by the wall below the window. natur'ally closer bookcase But naturally we can move it closer' to the big bookcase. to s tand tand (s) to place, to put (upr'ightJ put(s) No, it's fine where it ~8. But I think I'll put the lamp he!'e.
s
Vlkommen tl II Stockholm, Herr Smith.
Bill:
6.
Ja, hr kommer jag skert att trivas. Vi Iket trevl igt kontor! att fre/Jra(ga) -drar, -drog, -dragit fredrog skrivbord -et ~~ vid vgg -en -ar under fnster, fnstret,-~ Peter fredrog att ha skrivbordet vid vggen under fnstret.
Seco :
7.
8.
naturl igtvis nrmare bokhy I Ila -an -or Men vi kan naturligtvis flytta det nrmare den stora bokhyllan. att st, str, stod, sttt s t r att stiiia -er -de -t stller Nej, det str bra dr det str. Men jag tror jag st II er I ampan hr.
Bill:
9.
Unit 7
SWEDISH
typewriter also~ I need a typewriter.
skrivmaskin -en -er Och s behver jag en skrivmaskin. papperskorg -en -ar askfat -et -0 Ja, och en papperskorg. 'Rker ni? Ska jag stlla in ett askfat?
Bill:
10.
And
See. :
11.
wastebasket ashtl'ay Yes~ and a wastebasket. Do you smoke? Shall I put in (get) an ashtray? ugh No, ugh.
good~
Bil.l.:
12.
Do you smoke?
effective~
usch Nej, usch.
Rker nI ?
See. :
13.
competent to stop to usually (do something), to be in the habit of used to pack~ package a day No, I have been good and have stopped smoking. I used to smoke a pack a day. to
finish~
duktig -t -a att slut/a -ar -ade -at att bruk/a -ar -ade -at brukade paket -et -0 om dagen Nej, Jag har varit duktIg och har slutat rka. Jag brukade rka ett paket om dagen. mottagning -en -ar hos a~bassadr -en -er Hur dags r mottagningen IkvMI I hos ambassadren?
Bill:
14.
reception at~ with ambassadol' At what time is the reception tonight at the Ambassador's?
Unit 7
181
SWEDISH
residenee At 6 o'clock in the new residence. informal dress Is it informal? gentleman, man the Foreign Office to caLL, to phone has phoned to lay, to put put (past tense) little, small message Yes, i t is. And a gentleman from the Foreign Office has phoned. I put the little message on your desk. meeting early (in the ~orning) date what Oh, i t was Olle Lindah r. We are going to have a meeting with him early tomorrow morning. What date is i t today? Bixth It's the Bixth of November.
182
Sec. :
15.
residens -et -er KIockan sex i det nya res idenset .
Bill :
16.
vardagskldsel -n 0 r det vardagskldsel? man -nen, mn Utrikesdepartementet (UD> at1 ri ng/a -er -de -t har ringt att lgg/a -er, laCde), lagt laCde)
I i II a
(definite form sing.)
Seco :
17.
meddelande -t -n Ja, det r det. Och en man frn UD har ri ngt. Jag I ade det I i II a meddelandet p skrivbordet. *
Bi ll:
18.
sammantrde -t -n bitti datum -et -0 vad ... fr Jas, det var Olle Lindahl. Vi ska ha ett sammantrde med honom imorgon bitti. Vad r det fr datum idag? *
Seco :
19.
sjtte Det r den sjtte november.
Unit 7
SWEDISH
dark to turn on. to light light, aandle It is already beginning to get dark. ShaZl we turn on the Zight? early at this time of year Yes, it gets dark early at this time of year. Do you want a cup of eoffee?
mrk -t -a att tnd/a -er, tnde, tnt ljus -et -0 Det brjar redan bli mrkt. Ska vi tnda ljuset?
Bill:
20.
See. :
21.
tidig -t -a s hr rs Ja, det bl ir mrkt tidIgt s hr rs. VI II ni ha en kopp kaffe? ,.
Unit 7
183
SWEDISH
184
UNl 'j' 7 Nates on Basic Sentences

1.
Vad
kan jag st ti II
tjnst med?
Jdiomatic expY'ession.
3.
Andra vni ngen .. See Unit
5,
Basic Sentenee Note 9.
17a. 17b.
Det r det.
See Points to Practice III.
Man. mn,
Nate that the noun man is iY'Y'egulaY' and does not quite follow any of the five declensian patteY'ns explained in Points to PY'actice I; man, mannen,
mnnen.
18.
Vad ... fr? Instead of the inteY'rogative vi Iken (vi Iket, vi I kal Swedish of ten usel; vad ... fr in the spoken language.
Examples:
Vad r det fr
datum
i dag? = V i I ket datum r det
i dag?
(What date is it today?)

Vad r det fr dag idag? Vilken dag r det idag?
(What day is it today?)

Vad behver du fr bcker?= Vi I ka bcker behver du?
(What books do you need?)

21. s hr rs -
idiomatic expY'ession.
Unit
'1
SWEDISH
UNIT 7
Points to Practice Point I. Point II. Point III. Point IV. Point V. Definite form plural Definite form of the noun with adjeatives
Det r det.
ligga, lgga, sitta stta, ete.
Ordinal numbers
Unit ?
185
SWEDISH
Point I. Declension Definite fopm plural
186
I
1.
-or; -ar; -er; -n;
lampa, hiss,
lampor, hissar,
lampor~
hissar~ korridorer~
2.
3.
korridor,
korridorer,
4.
5.
rr.eddelande,
meddelanden, meddelandena
-0;
ljus, ljus, ljusen lkare, lkare, T1lkarna
a.
Most Swedish nouns form the definite plural by simply adding -na to the indefinite plural form. Examples: fl ickor~, middag~, ambassadr~ruil. In the fourth declension the indefinite form plural already enda in -n,
so all you add is -a in the definite form.
b.
Examples:
c.
meddelande~, sammantrde~.
ETT words in the fifth declension~ which have the same form in the indefinite singular and the indefinite plural take -en as an ending in the definite form plural. Examples: kontor@, askfat~, ljusB.
d.
EN words in the fifth declension (no uns that end in -are, -er, -ande) add -na in the definite form plural. Note~ however~ that the final -e in the -are wopds is dropped before the -na ending is added. Examples: lkare - lkarna; sekreterare - sekreterarna, but ordfrande - ordfrandena (ch~irman) ---
Unit 7
SWEDISH
Praetioe A. Ch ange the unde~lined nouns f~om the indefinite fo~m plu~al into the definite form plural.
Erik stller lampor p bordet. Erik stller lamporna p bordet. Bo kper ostar. ostarna George tittade p kontor p ambassaden. kontoren Bo lgger cigarretter I papperskorgen. cigarretterna Ambassadren beskriver sammantrden. sammantrdena Eva lade meddelanden p skrivbordet. meddelandena Sjukskterskor hjlper Sjukskterskorna
~kare.
lkarna
Kontor behver sekreterare. Kontoren sek rete ra rna
Unit 7
187
SWEDISH
188
Ppactice B. Now we eontinue with the definite pLupaL fopm in the same way, but hepe the undeplined. noun is given in the singulap. FoLLow the exampLe. Remembep to adjust the adjectives to the pLuraL nouns. Example:
La rs best I I de rummet p hote I I et.
Lars pesepved the poom at the hotel. Lars reserved the rooms at the hotel.
Lars bestllde rummen p hotellet. Hsten Hstarna Aret gick Aren gick Klockan,
i i
Sverige r kort. Sverige r korta. lngsamt fr lngsamt fr flickan. flickan. var bra. var bra. skri ver utmrkt svenska. skriver utmrkt svenska.
som kostade mycket,
Klockorna,
som kostade mycket,
Journa I i sten,
som arbetar p Dagens Nyheter,
Journalisterna,
som arbetar p Dagens Nyheter,
Mannen p gatan vntade p bussen. Mnnen Flickan p gatan vntade p bussarna.
receptionen var trevlig. recept i onen va r trev I i ga. i Amerika. I Amerika.
F I i ckorna Lkaren och Lkarna och Vggen
ingenjren hade varit
ingenjrerna hade varit
rummet r bl.
Unit 7
SWEDISH
Vggarna I rummet r bla. Slottet Slotten Sverige lr vara bermt. Sverige lr vara bermda.
Brodern var tandlkare i Skvde. Brderna var tandlkare i Skvde.
Point II.
Definite form of the noun with ad,iectives the door is high the table is big the doors are high the tables a!'e big
drren r hg bordet r sto rt drrarna r hga borden r stora den hga drren det s to ra bordet de hga drrarna de stora bo rde n
the high door the big table the high doors the big tables
~
,
'
"~
"
Look carefully at the chart above. Observe what happens to the definite form of a Swedish noun when it is preceded by an adjective. a. The noun gets an additional definite article placed in front of the adjective, ~ for EN words, ~ for ETT words, ~for plurals. The definite article at the end of the noun remains. The adjective gets the ending
~
'
" "'-
b.
c.
fOl' all forms.
~~ ~
189
Unit
l'
SWEDISH
Practice C. Using the cue word(s), put the subject noun form when preceded by an adjective.
~n
190
its proper definite
eUE
Boken I igger p bordet. Den stora boken I igger p bordet. Klockan I igger p bordet. Den gamla klockan I igger p bordet. Cigarretterna I igger p bordet. De korta cigarretterna I igger p bordet. Brdet ligger p bordet. Det goda brdet I igger p bordet. Smrgsen I igger p bordet. Den fina smrgsen I igger p bordet. Tid..!:Llllgen. ligger p bordet. Den svenska tidningen I igger p bordet. Mannen str vid hrnet. Den trevliga mannen str vid hrnet. Lkaren str vid hrnet. Den vnj iga lkaren str vid hrnet. v n I i g trevlig svensk
f i n
s to r
gammal
kort
god
Unit 7
SWEDISH
eUE Hotell et I igger vid hrnet. Det nya hotellet ligger vid hrnet. Taxin str vid hrnet. Den lediga taxin str vid hrnet. Paketen str vid hrnet. De stora paketen str vid hrnet. Bilarna kostar mycket pengar. De amerikanska bi larna kostar mycket pengar. Vinerna kostar mycket pengar. De fina vinerna kostar mycket pengar.
~et
ny
ledig
stor
amerikansk
fin
kostar mycket pengar.
dyr
Det dyra let kostar mycket pengar. Vykortet kostar mycket pengar. Det intressanta, gamla vykortet kostar mycket pengar. intressant, gammal
Unit ?
191
SWEDISH
PY'actice D. Many mOY'e examples to lJoY'k fY'ont of the wOY'ds that aY'e undeY'lined.
on.
192
InseY't the cue adjective(s}

eVE
1-1l
P promenaden i Gamla Stan sg vi flera gamla kyrkor. P den korta promenaden 1 Gamla Stan sg vi flera gamla kyrkor.
ko rt
George och hans fru tycker om vdret i Stockholm. George och hans fru tycker om det vackra vdret George behver advokaten, som du talade om. George behver den duktiga, svenska advokaten, som du talade om. Flera bussar stannade vid hamnen. Flera bussar stannade vid den gamla hamnen. Kyrkorna i stan I igger nra slottet. De intressanta kyrkorna i stan I igger nra slottet. Mannen i kket var Lars farfar. Den charmiga, gamla mannen l kket var Lars farfar. Skrivmaskinen str p bokhyllan vid fnstret. Den nya skrivmaskinen str p bokhyllan vid fnstret. Mannen tittade p smrgsarna och let. Den hungriga mannen tittade p smrgsarna och let. Stockholm.
vacker
duktig, svensk
gammal
intressant
charmig, gammal
ny
hungrig
Unit ?
SWEDISH
eUE
Imorgon tar Er i k tunnelbanan t i I I pa rken i ngby. Imorgon ta r Erik tunnelbanan tl I I den stora parken i ngby. Arbetar La rs fortfarande p restaurangen i Gamla stan? Arbetar La rs fortfarande p den trevliga restaurangen i Gamla Stan? Har du varit p residenset? Har du varit p det gamla residenset? Flickorna tog Katarinahissen fr att se utsikten. De amerikanska fl iekorna tog Katarinahissen fr att se utsikten. Sekreteraren lade meddelandena Sekreteraren lade meddelandena Morbrderna kom p middag igr. De snlla morbrderna kom p middag igr. papperskorgen. den hga papperskorgen.
stor
trevl ig
gammal
amerikansk
hg
s n I I
LITEN,
LITET,
LILLA,
SM)\.
(little small)
Swedes use the adjective "little" quite often because it's also used as an endearment. Examples: I i II a gumman, I III a gubben (sweetie, dear. Gumm/a -an -or actually means "old lady" and gubb/e -en -ar "old man".) Also remember LITE (a little bit, 8ome) from the vocabulary list in Unit 1. ExampZe: Vill du ha lite brd, lite mjlk?
Unit 7
193
SWEDISH
This common Swedish adjective is irregular, as you can see from the char t below. LILLA is only used in the definite form singular, SMA for all plural forms. a little
gi~l
194
en ett sm
liten
flicka
den det
l i l l a flickan I i I I a barnet flickorna
the little girl the little chi ld the little girls the little children
a little child little girls little chi ldren
I i tet barn flickor
de sm
sm barn
de sm barnen
Practice E. Change the in the definite form.

Bibi ioteket Bibi ioteket Marie kper I igger nra
follo~ing
sentences so that the underlined part is
en
liten restaurang. I i Ila restaurangen.
I igger nra den ett det litet glas.
lilla glaset. I itet lilla ljus. ljuset.
Sekreteraren tnder ett det Vad kostar en den
I i ten k locka? lilla klockan?
Sm barn dricker grna mjlk. De sm barnen
Unit ?
SWEDISH
Sm b t a r r t r ev I i g a at t ha .
De sm bta rna Berti I vi Ile ta sm smrgsar. de sm smrgsarna. Nu ska Ingrid skrIva ett det I Itst brev.
I i I la brevet.
liten svensk tidning.
Herr Pettersson var journal ist p en den
I I I la svenska tidningen.
Vi
bor
en trevlig
I iten stad. I i II a staden.
den trevl iga De bor
trevl iga sm stder. de trev I I ga sm stderna.
Unit 7
195
SWEDISH
Point III.
Det r det.
196
To answer questions with the equivalent of: Yes, it is; no, it isn't; yes, he does; no, he doesn't, etc. the Swedes have a format which you must learn. The cue is Ja, det . ; nej, det . i jo, det . Jo is used to ansUJer a negative question-in the affirmative.
Question
r det hr Stockholm? r det hr en skrivmaskin? Kommer Karin snart? Stannar David lnge? Ska du inte ta lunch? Ska ni Inte ta lunch? Vi I I Peter trffa henne?
Answer
Ja, Nej, J a, Nej, Jo, Nej, Ja, det r det. det r det inte. d et g r h o n . det gr han inte. det ska jag. det ska vi inte. det vi II han.
Unit 7
SWEDISH
When the question contains an auxiliary verb J the main verb is not repeated in the anslJer. Examples:
Ska du ta lunch? - Ja, det ska jag. Ja, det har jag. jag.
Har du talat med Peter? Vi II du komma? - Ja,
det vi II
If the question has ett vara, att bl i, or att ha as the main verb J is repeated in the answer. Examples:
r det hr en skrivmaskin? - Ja, Blir det mrkt klockan fyra? det r det. det blir det.
this verb
- Ja,
Har du pengar? - Ja, det har jag.
gr (gjorde)
If the question does not contain an auxiliary verb J for the verb. Examples:
Talar du
~venska?
the anslJer substitutes
- Ja,
det
~r
jag.
Talade du svenska? - Ja,
det gjorde Jag.
Practice F.
nej,
Using
t~a
det kan hon inte;
cue lJords anSlJer the questions lJith ja, det jo, det gr vi, etc.
~r
han;
eUE
r Lars svensk? Ja, det r han. ja
Unit 7
197
SWEDISH
eVE
Kan Karin stanna Nej, lnge i Amerika? nej
198
det kan hon inte. nej
Tjnstgr Lars Holm fortfarande p bten? Nej, det gr han inte.
Kan tandlkare skriva bcker? Ja, r Jo, det kan de.

d~t
ja
inte Lars Holm?
jo
det r det. nej
Fr Peter rka 1 kket? Nej, Kan Jo, det fr han inte.
inte en advokat titta p det? det kan han. Inte p domkyrkan?
jo
Tittar de tv fl lekarna Jo, det gr de.
jo
Var det inte vackert? Jo, det var det.
jo
r du hungrig? Ja,
Unit 7
ja
det r jag.
SWEDISH
eUE
Vl I I Nej ni komma med det vi II i b i I en? nej tack
tack,
vi
i
inte. nej
Ska George stanna Nej, det ska han du
Sverige?
inte. nej tack
Vi I I
Nej
i nte ha en kopp ka He?

det vi II jag inte.
tack, ni
VIII
J a,
komma ombord?
ja
grna
det v i I I
vi
grna. ja
Ska Bos J a,
fru mblera vningen?
det ska hon. ja
r d et hr din syster? Ja, det r det. inte din morbror, som kommer dr borta?
r det Jo,
jo
det r det.
Unit 7
199
SWEDISH
Point IV.
LIGGA, LGGA, SITTA, STTA, etc.
200
Transitive lay place ITO

PUTI
Intransitive
lgga st I I a stta hnga I i gga
He
st sitta hnga
stand sit hang ITO BEl
set hang
In describing the location of objects and the placement of them, Swedes use very specific words. In English we are usually satisfied with the verbs "to be" and "to put". As we pointed out in Unit 4, Basic Sentence Note 3, att I i gga is used in the sense of "is", "is located" in reference to geographical concepts, buildings, etc. Examples:
Var I igger stationen? Bten I igger i Gteborgs hamn. Stockholm I igger i Sverige.
Where is the station? The ship is in the Gothenburg harbor. Stockholm is in Sweden.
Unit 7
SWEDISH
Att sitta, att I igga, att st, att hnga are used to describe the whereabouts of all sorts of things in a place. Examples:
Klockan sitter p vggen. Lampan hnger ver soffan. Boken I igger p bordet.
The clock is on the wall. The lamp is(hanging) over the sofa. The book is on the table.
There is more logic in this usage than one might think at first. Things with legs usually str, flat objects I igger, and so do buildings and places.
Practice G. BeZow are some intransitive and transitive verbs that we are going to practice. Choose the appropriate verb from either column and complete the sentences. Your choice consists of: Intransitive Transitive
l i gger st r sitter hnger

Note:
lgger stller stter hnger
att st I I a and att stta are often interchangeabl-e.

lampan ver soffan.
David
David hnger I ampa n ver soffan. Be rt i I lampan p bordet. stller (stter) Gu n vo r bckerna stller (stter)
Unit 7
bokhyllan.
__--w-
_
201
SWEDISH
Lena lgger Sjukskterskan st r
T~get
202
bckerna p bordet.
vid nedgngen til I tunnelbanan.
p stationen. st r
Jag
kopparna p matsalsbordet. stller <stter)
Museet I i gger Mi n mo rb ror
nrheten av parken.
I soffan. sitter
Bos farbror I i gger Lampan hnger Mamma
p sngen.
taket.
middagen p bordet. stter <stller)
Unit 7
SWEDISH
Point V.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Ordinal Numbers
11 12 13 14 15 16 17
10
frsta andra tredje fjrde femte sjtte sjunde ttonde nionde tionde
18 19
20
e I f te to I f te trettonde fjortonde femtonde sextonde sjuttonde artonde nittonde tjugonde
21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
tjugofrsta tjugoandra tjugotredje tjugofjrde tjugofemte tjugosjtte tjugosjunde tjugottonde tjugonionde trettionde trettiofrsta
-de
13 14 15 16 17 18 19 100 1000
-nde
7 9 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
"'irreguLar"
1 2 3 4 5 6 8 11 12
trettonde fjortonde femtonde sextonde sjuttonde artonde nlttonde hundrade tusende
sjunde nionde tionde tjugonde trettionde fyrtionde femtionde sextionde sjuttionde ttionde nittionde
frsta andra tredje fjrde femte sjtte ttonde e I f te to I f te
Nate: a. b.
The article den is always used with dates. There is no preposition between the ordinal number and the month.
Example: Unit 7
Det r den fjrde jul I.
It's the fourth ~ July.
SWEDISH
VI TALAR SVENSKA
Now your Swedish has expanded considerably and is becoming more sophiBticated. Let's use it in questions and answers, talking about things in the room and outside . Example: L i gger den
204
stora boken p bordet?
Ja, det gr den.
You oan also ask eaoh other questions which involve dates.
. ..... @)" , .!; ...
, ,,
""
Unit ?
SWEDISH
UNIT 8 SHOPPING FOR CLOTHES Basio Sentenoes where (where to) to shop man's suit dress don't you?, isn't it?, etc. Where are we going shopping? I need a suit and you want to look at a dress, don't you? department store Let'8 go to one of the department stores in town. probably ready to Bew BeWn ready made You are buying a ready made Buit, arBn't you?
to pay morB than more than Yes, I don't want to pay morB than 800 crowns.
John:
1.
vart att handl/a -ar -ada -at kostym -en -er klnning -en -ar el I er hur? Vart ska vi g och handla? Jag behver en kostym och du vi I I titta p en klnning, eller hur? >I varuhus -et -0 VI gr till ett av varuhusen i stan.
Mary:
2.
3.
vl frdig -t -a att sy -r -dde -tt sydd, sytt, sydda frdig/sydd -sytt -sydda Ou tnker v I kpa en frd i gsydd kostym? >I att betal/a -ar -ade -at mer n mer n Ja, Jag vi I I tnte betala mer n tta hundra kronor.
John:
4.
Unit 8
205
SWEDISH
206
Mary:
5.
to afford can afford We can prohably afford that. busy Hello, are you busy? I need a suit, and my wife wants to look at a dress. lady clothes, wear Ladies' wear is on the next floar. up, upstairs clerk, salesperson to show The clerk up there can show the dresses. color to have in mind, to imagine had in mind good-looking gray What color did you have in mind? Here is a very goodlooking gray suit.
att ha rd med; har, ha de, haft har rd med Det har vi nog rd med. upptag/en -et -na Goddag, r ni upptagen? Jag behver en kostym och mi n fru vi II se p en klnning. dam -en -er klder (plural) Damklder finns en trappa upp.
John:
6.
Clerk:
'l.
8.
uppe expedit -en -er att vis/a -ar -ade -at Expediten dr uppe kan visa klnninga rna. frg -en -er att tnk/a sig; -er -te -t hade tnkt sny 99 -t -a gr -tt -a Vi Iken frg hade ni tnkt er? en mycket snygg gr kostym.
9.
Hl:lr har vi
Unit p
SWEDISH
navy blue I think I proefel' something in navy blue. There is a nice suit (hanging) avel' thel'e.
No~
John:
10.
marinbl -tt -a Nej, jag tror jag fredrar ngot marinbltt. Det hnger en snygg kostym dr borta. * att prov/a -ar -ade -at bda att sitt/a -er, satt, suttit sitter Jag provar bda, och s tar jag den som sitter bst. skrddare -n -0 att ndr/a -ar -ade -at I ngd -en -er byxor (plural) Vr skrddare kan ndra lngden p byxorna. Utmrkt. Nr blir de frdiga?
11.
to try on both to sit, to fit fi t (s) I'll try on both, and then I'll take the one that fits the best.
Clel'k:
12.
tailor to alter, to change length pants Our tailor can alter the length of the pants. Fine. When wi II they be ready?
John:
13.
Clerk:
14.
to open You can pick them up on Tuesday. We open at nine o'clock. shirt Thank you. I need a couple of shirts too.
att ppn/a -ar -ade -at Ni kan hmta dem p tisdag. klockan nio.
VI ppnar
John:
15.
skjort/a -an -or Tack. Jag behver ett par skjortor ocks.
Unit 8
207
SWEDISH
to dress dress(es) spring to use sleeve How do you dress here in the spring? Can you use shortsleeved shirts? aoZd summer
warm
208
John:
16.
att kl sig; -r -dde -tt klr sig vr -en -ar att anvnd/a -er, anvnde, anvnt rm -en -ar Hur klr man sig hr p vren? Kan man anvnda skjortor med kort rm?
Clerk:
17.
sometimes size No, you aan't. It's too aold. But in the summer it gets warm sometimes . What size do you take? beaause, [01' number, size the same aB, like same as I don't know, beaause the sizes are pl'obably not the same here as in the U.S. measul'e to meaSUl'e I can measure you.
ka I I -t -a sommar, -en, somrar varm -t -a ibland storlek -en -ar Nej, det kan man inte. Det r fr kallt. Men p sommaren blir det varmt ibland. Vilken storlek har ni?
John:
18.
fr nummer, numret -0 densamma, detsamma, desamma som samma som Jag vet I nte, fr numren r v I inte desamma hr som i Amerika.
"
Clel'k:
19.
mtt -et -0 att ta mtt p; tar, tog, tagit Jag kan ta mtt p er.
Unit 8
SWEDISH
pure, clean
ren -t -a bomu I I -e n 0 mycket kval ite -n -er absolut att stryk/a -er, strk, struk l t fri -tt -a strykfri -tt -a Hr har vi en utmrkt skjorta l ren bomu I I. Mycket b ra kva I i te och abso I ut strykfri.
Clerk:
20.
ca tton very quaZity absolutely to iron free non-iron Here we have an excellent ahirt, pure cotton. Ve1"Y good quaUty and absolutely non-iron. "light blue If you have it in light blue I'l"l tak e it. something, anything else tie underwear sock, stocking glove hat Do you need anything else? Perhaps a tie? Underwear~ socks~ gloves, 01" a hat? shoe Yes, I would like to look at a pai1" of shoes.
John:
21.
ljusbl -tt -a Om den finns i ljusbltt s tar jag den.
Clerk:
22.
ngonti ng annan, annat, andra si ips -en -ar underklder (plural) strump/a -an -or hands k/e -en -ar hatt -en -ar Behver ni ngonting annat? Kanske ngon 51 ips? Ngra underklder, strumpor, handskar eli er en hatt?
John:
23.
Ja,
sko -n -r jag vi II grna se p ett par skor.
Unit 8
;,f
O9
SWEDISH
de par tmen t shoe department escalator The shoe department is to the right on the fourth floor. You can take the escalator over there. to have time have (has) time I don't think I have time today. I have to go and see what my wife is doing. well. I'LL be ... evening gown Welt. I'll be .... you bought an evening gown! pretty. cute. sweet darling favori te co lol' Yes. can you imagine? I've found a very pretty red dress, my favorite coLol'. to hear hear (imperative). listen suede jacket Listen. should we Look at a suede jacket too?
avdelning -en -ar skoavdelning -en -ar ru I I trapp/a -an -or Skoavdelningen ligger t i l l hger p tredje vningen. Ni kan ta rulltrappan dr borta.
210
Clerk:
24.
John:
25.
att hinn/a -er, hann, hunnit hInner Jag tror inte jag hinner idag. Jag mste g och se vad min fru gr.
26.
nej, men aftonklnning -en -ar Nej, men har du kpt en aftonklnning!
Mary:
2?
st, stt, sta lskling -en -ar lsklingsfrg -en -er Ja, kan du tnka dig, jag har hittat en vldIgt st rd klnning, min lsklingsf rg.
28.
att hra, hr, hrde, hrt hr mocka - n 0 jack/a -an -or Hr du, ska vi titta p en mockajacka ocks?
Unit 8
SWEDISH
to shop enough Don't you think that we have shopped enough foro one day? to read read (past tense) sale, priae reduation furaoat store, shop furrier square, market plaae Maybe, but I read in the paper this morning that theroe is a sale at the furrier's on the square. as you know, of course center of town, downtown OK, let's take the bus downtown.
John:
29.
att shopp/a -ar -ade -at tillrckligt Tycker du Inte att vi har shoppat 1'111r:kl igt fr en das? att ls/a -er -te -t lste rea (real isation -en -er) pls -en -ar affr -en -er plsaffr -en -er torg -et -\1l Kanske det, men jag lste l tidningen J morse att det r rea i p I sa ffren vid torget.
Maroy:
30.
John:
31.
centrum -et, centra OK, vi kan ju ta bussen ti II centrum.
Ju
Unit 8
211
SWEDISH
212
UNIT B Nates on Hasic Sentences l. el ler hur? (always at the end of a sentenceJ is an expressian corresponding to a great variety of English "tag questions": don't you, haven't you, isn't it, hasn't he, aren't they, etc. It is similar to the German "nieht wahr?" and the Freneh "n'est-ce pas?" vl is sometimes added in a Swedish sentence in order to express a wish for eonfirmatian. English speakers frequently do this by stressing the first verb and adding a "tag question" sueh as "isn't it?" nog (see Nate 3) is used similarly in Swedish and has no exaet English equivalent, although "probably" eomes elose. Nog indieates a slight reluetance in stating some thing. In this case "I guess we can afford that". vi Iken frg. Here are the most common colors in Swedish: gr, grtt, gra gray svart, svart, svarta black vit, vitt, vita white g u I, g u I t, g u I a ye II ow b I , b I t t, b I a b l ue grn, grnt, grna green rd, rtt, rda red brun, brunt, bruna brown beige, beiget, beigea beige skr, skrt, skre pink rosa, rosa, rosa pink, rose-colored I i I a , I i I a, I i I a p u rp l e ljusgrn, ljusgrnt, ljusgrna light greEn mrkbl, mrkbl~tt, mrkbla dark blue The ett-form of the adjective is used to make the adiective a noun.
J.
5.
9a.
Unit B
SWEDISH
9b.
hade ni tnkt er.

have in mind".
The reflexive att tnka sig is here used in the sense of "to It sometimes means "to imagine" as in Basic Sentence 27. In
10.
det hnger ... You are familiar with the expression det finns (there is/are). Swedish a similar construction is used with many other intransitive verbs.
Examples:
Det h ng e r en kostym d r. Det sitter en man p trappan. Det I i gger ett meddelande p bordet. Kommer det ng ra journal ister i kv I l? Str det ngon kopp i kket?
There is a suit (hanging) there. on the steps. There's a message (lying) on the table. Are the re any journalists coming tonight. Is there any cup (standing) in the kitchen. There is a man (sitting)
In these expressions, det finns, det str, det kommer, etc., det has only one form, regardless of whether the no uns are en or ett words or plural. See Unit 4, Points to Practice II. 18a.
desamma.
refers to. Examples:
Note that the pronoun is declined in Swedish according to the noun i t
Boken r densamma. Huset r detsamma. Bckerna r desamma.
The book is the same. The house is the same. The books are the same.
18b.
fr numren ... The direct translation of "because" is drfr att or emedan. The latter is hardly ever used in the spoken language. Drfr att-rs of ten replaced by fr which means "for." It will be useful for you to remember that fr intro~uces a main cZause, whereas drfr att and emedan, aB well as the English "because, "
~ntroduce
Bubordinate cZauBeB.
Unit 8
SWEDISH
26.
Nej,
01'
214
It expresses surprise men .. - an expression you often hear in Swedish. a mild protest. It corresponds to "How about that?". "Well. I'll be ... ". "I declare ... ". "My gosh!".
31.
ju - (see Note 3). Another Little fill.er word! Ju impZ-ies that the Z-istener is already aware of the information given and that the speaker is confirming it.
The wards vl, nog and ju are difficult to transl.ate since the English translation is usually much stronger. It is sometimes better not to try to trans late these words at all.
Unit 8
SWEDISH
UNIT 8 Points to ppactice Point I: Point II: Inteppogative pponoun VILKEN (VILKET, VILKA) Indefinite pl'onouns and adjectives
NAGON (NAGOT, NAGRA) INGEN (INGET, INGA)

Point III: Point IV: Point V: Adverbs indicating rest and motion Second eonjugation vepbs Third conjugation vepbs
Unit 8
815
SWEDISH
216
Point I.
Interrogative Pronoun VILKEN (VILKET, VILKA) - which, You are already familiar with two interpogative pronouns, VEM (who) and VlID (what). These are nevel" declined. Now we/ll introduce the interrogative pronoun and adjective VILKEN. This pl"onoun and adjective is declined according to the en, ett 01' plural wOl"d it l"epl"esents as a pronoun or the noun it modifies as an adjective. &:;amples:
Vilken klnning kpte fru Johnson?
whi~h
one(s)
Which dress did Mrs. Johnson buy?

V i I ken kpte hon?
Which one did she buy?

Vilket varuhus gick de till?
Which department store did they go to?

Vilket gick de till?
Which one did they go to?

V II ka skjortor ti ttade herr Johnson p?
Which shirts did MI'. Johnson look at?

Vilka tittade han p?
Which ones did he look at?
Unit 8
SWEDISH
Praatiae A. Restate the following sentences in question form, the aorreat form of vi Ike~ with the underlined noun. using
En slips ligger p stolen. Vilken slips ligger p stolen? En

kos~
A tie is on the chair. Which tie is on the chair?
kostar 800 kronor.
Vi Iken kostym kostar 800 kronor? Han dricker ett vin. Vi Iket vin dricker han? Peter kper tv skjortor. Vi Ika skjortor kper Peter? Plsaffren ligger p Norrmalmstorg. Vilken plsaffr ligger p Norrmalmstorg? Expediten visade klnni ngarna. Vilka klnningar visade expediten? Han kan anvnda badrummet. Vi Iket badrum kan han anvnda? Fru Stenmark hmtade barnet. Vilket barn hmtade fru Stenmark?
Unit 8
SWEDISH
Ppactice B. In this ppactice you pead the sentenee and ask a question about it using v i I ken, v i I ket, v i I ka as inteppogative pponouns (op vem, vad i f they ape apppoppiate) instead of the undeplined wopd.
218
Lena kpte en hatt.
Lena bought a hat. Which one did she buy?
vr I ken kpte hon?

Bo ringde frn affren. Vem ringde frn affren?
Herr Stenmark talade om Amerika. Vad talade herr Stenmark om? De kpte en
~.
Vi I ken kpte de? Bjrn tycker om kaffe. Vad tycker Bjrn om? Ingemar talade om Lena. Vem talade Ingemar om? Fru Berg hmtade en av bilarna. Vi lken hmtade hon?
Unit 8
SWEDISH
Point II. Indefinite Pronouns and Adjectives
NAGON, NAGOT, NAGRA NGONTING
INGEN,
INGET,
INGA
INGENTING
-Ngon and ingen are used both as pronouns and as adjectives and are according to the en, ett or plura~ words they represent or modify.
Ngontjn~ dec~ined
and ingenting are used only as pronouns and are never declined. Pronouns
ngon ngot ngra ngonting
someone, somebody, anyone, anybody Bomething, anything some, any something, anything
ingen inget inga ingenting
no one, nobody nothing none nothing
Unit 8
219
SWEDISH
220
Adjectives
ngon (fl icka) ngot (hus) ng ra (bcker)
some, any, a (girl) some, any, some, a (house)
ingen (fl icka) inget (h us ) inga (bcker)
no ( gi r l) no (house) no (books)
any (books)
A.
As Subje cts: All forms of the indefinite pronouns and adjectives listed above can be used as subjects or as adjectives modifying subjects in independent and dependent clauses. Pronouns
Har ngon en tidning?

Does anyone have apaper?
Ingen sg mig.
No one saW me.
Ngot lg p bordet.
Something was on the table.
I nget kom i gr.

Nothing came yesterday.
Ngra av dem rker fr mycket.

Some of them smoke too much.
tnga av pojkarna kommer idag.

None of the boys are coming today.
Ngonti ng mste ha kommit.

Something must have come.
Ingenting har kommit.

Nothing has come.
Unit 8
SWEDISH
Adjectives
Har ngon fl icka varit hr?

Has a (any) girl been here?
Ingen jacka r snygg.

No jaaket is good-looking.
Finns det ngot rum med bad?

Is there a (any) room with bath?
Inget hus hade hiss.

No house had an elevator.
Ngra kk har diskmaskin.

Some kitchens have dishwashers.
Inga skor var bruna.

No shoes were brown.
Note:
Ingen as Bubject or aB an adjective modifying a subject poses no problem whatsoever.
Unit 8
221
SWEDISH
222
of i ngen, a.
Inte ngon, Inte ngot, inte ng roa, inte ngont i ng must be used i nget, inga, ingenting in:
instead
main cLauses with compound verb forms (auxiLiary + ExampLes: Bob ska inte kpa ngon ny b i I. Bob is not going to buV a (any) new ear.
Peter v i I I inte gra ngonti ng.
ma~n
verb);
Peter doesn't want to do anything ..

Bo har inte trf fat ngra f I i ekor.
Bo has not met a;Y-girLs.

Lena kan inte hitta ngra snygga skor.
Lena can't find any good-Looking shoes. b. main eLauses with verb +
~articLe
or preposition;
ExampLes: Lars kommer inte ~ ngonting. Lars doesn't remember anything.

Ingrid tycker inte om ngon av jackorna.
Ingrid doesn't Like-any of the jackets.

Per talade inte med ngon.
Per spoke to no one.

Bo s e r i n t e E! n g n a n n a n n U 1 I a Bo doesn't Look at anyone eLse but ULLa.
Unit 8
SWEDISH
o.
all dependent elauses. Examples: Han sa att det inte fanns ngra snygj@~ortor. Re said that there were no good-looking shirts.
Bi II gick nr han
inte hade ngon bi I. dricker han te.
Bill walked when he didn't have a ear.
Nr Per inte har ngot kaffe,
When Per has no eoffee he drinks tea.
Ingen (inget, inga) and ingenting in the objeet position may only be used in main clauses with simple verb forms.
Examples:
Han ser ingen.

Re sees no one.
Lars hittade ingen bra bok.

Lars didn't find any good book.
Stenmarks har inget hus.

The stenmarks have no house.
Bjrn kpte inga skjortor.

Bjorn bought no shirts.
Peter hr ingenting.
Peter hears nothing. However, inte ngon, inte ngot, Inte ngra, inte ngonting can always substitute ingen, inget, inga, ingenting in the object position. Examples:
Han ser ingen.; Han ser inte ngon. Lars hittade ingen bra bok. = Lars hittade inte ngon bra bok.
Unit 8
223
SWEDISH
Stenmarks har inget hus. = Stenmarks har inte ngot hus. Peter hr ingenting.
Note:
=
224
Peter hr inte ngonting.
Swedes sometimes substitute ngon, ngot for the indefinite artiele en, ett in questions and negative statements. Examples:
Har Eva ngon rd klnning? Does Eva have a red dress? Eva har inte
~~
rd klnning.
Eva doesn't have a red dress.
Har inte Eva ngon rd klnning? Doesn't Eva have a red dress?
(ef.
Eva har en rd klnning.

Eva has a-red dress.)
Unit 8
SWEDISH
P~actice
C. as adjective.
He~e
is a p~actice on the use of ngon both as p~onoun and Insert the prope~ly declined fo~m of ngon in the open space.
John kpte
skjortor
affren. affren.
John bought some shirts in the store.
John kpte,ngra skjortor Kpte de - - - - _ ? ngonting (ngot) Fick Holms ng ra rum

(plu~.)
p hotellet?
Nej, vi har ingen bil, har du - - - _ ? ngon Kostade det ngot Kpte Mary ngon Och strumporna? Finns det ngot
(p l-u~.)
att ringa?
klnning p varuhuset?
Kpte du
--.--- ? n~gra
varuhus i Stockhol m?
kom och n g ra
(pl-ur.) g i ck.
Ng ra
Unit 8
225
SWEDISH
(sing.)
226
vntar p dig p kontoret.
Ngon vningar r ljusa. Ngra kk (plur.) hade inte diskmaskin. Ngra

(sing.)
flyttade In en trappa upp.
Ngon Sa han - - - - ? ngot (ngonting) vn brukar alltid mta henne vid flyget. Ngon pojkar och flickor rkte l korridoren. Ngra
Unit 8
SWEDISH
Practice D. Now we'll practice some examples of ingen in its adjective form. Here ingen modifies the object noun in main clauses with simple verb forms HO you may use both ingen and inte ngon. Do this practice twiae~using Ingen the first time and Inte ngon the seaond time. Insert the proper form in the blank space and repeat the complete sentence.
De ha r barn (plur.).
They have no children.
De har Inga (inte ngra) barn. Holms har vning. ingen (inte ngon) Lars vxlade pengar p stationen. inga (inte ngra) Fru Stenmark kpte klnning igr. ingen (inte ngon) Hon hade vningar att visa. inga (inte ngra) Kontoret har inget Det fanns
(i
fnster (sing.) mot sder. nte ngot)
kostym som passade. ingen (inte ngon)
Gran kpte
bcker. inga (inte ngra)
Unit 8
227
SWEDISH
228
Praetiee E. We 'tZ eontinue vith examptes of ~ both as adjective and pronoun. Substitute the proper form of ingen for the underlined vord, or insert it into the blank spaoe. Ingen appears both as subjeat and objeat in main clauses vith simple verb forms.
Lars har varit hr.. Ingen har varit hr. Stenmarks kom, Inga
Lars has been here.

No one has been here.
nr Lena fyllde tio r.
Bo hrde mycket om Stockholm. inget (ingenting) Hans syster har mnga barn. Inga Ska du komma med? ingen Greta var hemma, Ingen Hon hade ingen
lust att g ut.
nr vi kom.
Unit 8
SWEDISH
rum lg mot sder. Inget (Inga) Erik behver pengar man han fr inga Berti I har tre sner, men i nge n kommer att tycka om det hr kket. Ingen ser ut som sin far.
Practice F. In this practice ingen is in the objeot position. the ~entences using the cues.
CllE
Restate
Ulla hade ingen tid. Ulla har inte haft ngon tid. De sg ingen polis. De har inte sett ngon polis.
Ulla had no time. Ulla has had no time.
har haft
har sett
Lena skriver ingen bok om svenska stder. Lena ska inte skriva ngon bok om svenska stder.
ska skriva
Unit 8
229
SWEDISH
eVE Bob trffade inga svenskar. Bob har inte traffat ngra svenskar. De hr ingenting. De kan inte hra ngonting. De minns ingenting. De sger att de inte minns ngonting. Bill sg ingen flicka i rummet. B i I I sg i nte p ngon f I l cka Birgitta frgade ingenting. Birgitta frgade Inte om ngonting. rummet. frgade om sg p De sger att minns kan hra har trffat
230
Unit 8
SWEDISH
Practice G. UBB forms of V I LKEN, VEM, VAD in the blank spaces in the questions on the lett and proper forms of I NGEN, INTE NAGON in the answerB on the right. Questions: Answers:
pojkar tog bussen tIll museet?

V i I ka
pojkar tog bussen. Inga
har tnt ljuset p kontoret? Vem soffa kpte sten? Vi I ken Ingen
har tnt ljuset.
Han kpte
soffa. ingen (inte ngon)
- - - - har ni talat om idag?

VBd (vem) vnner ska Bo fara ti II?
Vi I ka
Vi
ha r
talat om inte ngonting (ngon) f a ra ti I I inte ngra vnner.
Bo ska
sg honom? Vem talade Lars med? Vem pls tycker Mary om? Vi I ken
Unit 8
sg honom. Ingen Han talade inte Hon tycker Inte om ngon

231
med ngon. pls.
SWEDISH
Questions:
skriver Eva ti I l? Vem tnker han gra? Vad
232
Answers:
Hon
skriv~r
t i I I
ngon.
Hon skriver inte t i l l Han tnker
gra
Han tnker inte gra ngonting.
LT OSS TALA SVENSKA!

Use your imagination and give a reason for the responses on the right in Practice G. Example:
I nga pojkar tog bussen, tr de hade I nte ngra pengar; tr de vi II e l nte se museet, etc.
~-~-
--
---
-- -
Unit 8
SWEDISH
Adverbs of Place Indicating Rest and Motion In this Unit you meet a group of adverbs denoting place which have two distinct forms in Swedish. One form, Group A, is used with verbs of rest (indicating a stationary situation). The other, Group B, is used with verbs of motion (indicating movement to or from a place). Rest at a Place (A)
VAR?
Point III:
Motion to or from a Place (B)

VART?
Inne ute framme uppe nere h'r dr borta hemma

Nate:
in out there up down here there away at home hame
in ut f ram up p ner hit dit bort hem
It is important to remember that the single word hemma means at home. The most common verbs of motion to or from a place are:
The most common verbs of reat are:
att vara st I i gga sitta stanna finnas bo trivas
att g komma fa ra resa ka (to go, to travet)

f lytta
springa (to run) kra (to drive) flyga (to fZy)

233
Unit 8
SWEDISH
Examp~es:
234
Margareta is here. Margareta is coming here. Mother is Btaying (at) home. Mother is going home.
A.
B. A.
B.
Margareta r hr. Margareta kommer hit. Mamma stannar hemma. Mamma gr hem.
Practiae H. Let's praotiae adverbs from Group A. ahoosing the aorreat adverb given in the cue.
eomp~ete
the sentenae,
eUE
Ka r i n r Karin r hemma.
Ro I f r
Karin is at home.
hem, hemma
bort, borta borta
Sven r hr Maria r inne Sov rummet I i gger uppe Din mormor sitter ute i kket. I huset.
hr, hit
in,
inne
p andra vningen.
upp, uppe
ut, ute
Unit 8
SWEDISH
eUE
Bten ligger ne re Nr r vi
hamnen.
ner, nere
---- ?
framme
f r a m,
f r a mm e
Expediten str dr Hur lnge stannar du
dr, dit
- - - -?
hr bst.
hr, hit
bra men Borta hemma
Swedish proverb: There's no plaoe like home.
bort, borta; hem, hemma
Unit 8
235
SWEDISH
Practice I. Now we'tt practice adverbs from Group B.
238
eVE
Sven gr ut Lena kom hem Hissen g r upp Fa r han med dit Han g r ner Nr kom Bergs fram Hur dags kom Lars hem
i g r?
?
Sven is going out.
ut, ute
hem, hemma
upp, uppe
'1
d r, dit
t i I I hamnen.
ne r, nere
f ram, framme
hem, hemma
Unit 8
SWEDISH
Praatice J. In this practice. exchange the underlined verb in the sentence for the cue verb keeping the same tense as in the original sentence. Use the correct adverb with the aue verb.
eUE
Fru Andersson sitter hr. Fru Andersson kommer hit.
Mrs. A. is sitting here. Mrs. A. is coming here.
komma
Bo gr upp p a nd ra vningen. Bo r uppe p a nd ra vningen. Herr Borg var framme klockan 4. Herr Borg kom f ram klockan 4. Lenas bror sitter Inne 1 vardagsrummet. Lenas bror g r i n i va rdags rummet. Kar i n krde hem. Karin var hemma. Vi r uppe p andra vningen. Vi tar hi ssen upp tl II andra vningen. lars
va ra
komma
va ra
ta hissen tll I
.s..!.r.:
ut
parken.
sitta
La rs sitter ute i pa rken. Margareta r hemma idag. Margareta kommer hem Idag. komma
Unit 8
237
SWEDISH
eVE
Herr Johnson r hr och kper en kostym Herr Johnson far hit och kper en kostym. Fru Berg tar en taxi dit och kper ett par skor. Fru Berg r dr och kper ett par skor. KatarIna kommer hit. Katarina stannar hr. Vi r borta ikvll. Vi gr bort ikvll. Fru Blomkvist gr hem tidigt. Fru Blomkvist r hemma tidigt. Bilen str dr. Bi len kr dit. kra va ra g stanna va ra fara
238
Unit 8
SWEDISH
Let's give some special attention to the question words VAR, VART, where where to.
VAR (where) is used with verbs indicating rest. VART (where to) is used with verbs indicating motion to or from a place.
Examples:
Var r du? Vart gr du?
Where are you? Where are you going (to)?
Practice K. coveredl
ker Bo? Vart ker Bo?
Add the proper adverb VAR, VART in the space. Where is Bo going?
Keep the answer8
I igger slottet? Var
Unit 8
239
SWEDISH
gick Anna? Va rt str Va r vill Va rt har du hrt det? Va r sitter han? Va r bor din morbror? Var ska ni Vart ska vi Var ligger Skansen Va r ta middag lkvl l? flytta du fara? lampan?
240
I oktober?
1 Stockholm?
Unit 8
SWEDISH
Point IV.
Ve~bs
of the Second Conjugation
2a
2b to eaU call(s) called have, had caHed
att h a r, hade
ringla ring/er ring/de rlng/t
att har, hade
kpa kp/er kp/te kp/t
to buy buy (s) bought have, had bought
P!'esent tense Ve!'bs of the Second Conjugation add -er to the stem to Examples: Note:
fo~m
the present tense.
att ringa -
ring~;
att kpa -
kp~
If the stem left out. Example8:
al~eady
ends in -r the uBual present tense ending -er is
att hra - hr att fara - far att kra - kr
Past tense In the past tense the ve!'bs of the Second Conjugation have -de (2a) and -te (2b). Unit 8
t~o
different forms,
241
SWEDISH
2a. The stems of the verbs in 2a end in a voiced consonant~ such as -I, -m, -ng, -r, -v. The past tense is formed by adding -de. Examples:
242
-n,
att att att att att
stlla - stll de knna - knde (Second m or n ringa - ringde hra - hrde behva - behvde
~s
dropped before d and t.)
2b.
The stems of the verbs in 2b end in voiceless consonants~ such as -k, -p, -s, -t. Here the past tense is formed by adding -te. Examples:
att att att att
tycka - tyckte kpa - kpte resa - reste mta - mtte
Supine Verbs from both 2a and 2b form the supine by adding -t to the stem. Examples:
att ringa - har (hade) ringt att kpa - har (hade) kpt
Unit 8
SWEDISH
Pr>actice L. This is a pr>actice on 2a ver>bs (past tense: -de). Change the pr>esent tense to the past tense. Be sur>e to sound the ending ~oud and c~ear>. Remember> that Swedish has no 1/8i~ent e" WOT'd ending (see Guide to Swedish Pronunciation).
Karin f yl ler koppen med kaffe.
Kar>in fills the cup with coffee. Kar>in

fi~~ed
Kari n fy II de koppen med kaffe. Lasse stl ler stolen stllde Marianne fyller sjutton r fy I I de Journalisten tnder sin pipa. tnde Mamma behver en ny klnning. behvde Pappa
the cup with coffee.
hrnet.
hst.
ringer alltid hem frn kontoret. ringde
Fru Borg knner Pe I I es morbror. knde David bestller alltid l. bestllde
Unit 8
243
SWEDISH
Vi behver inte fara hem. behvde Eva hr Peter komma. hrde Sekreteraren ri nger till UD. ringde 011 e kr ofta mell an Stockhol m och Gteborg. krde
244
Practice M. In this practice change the underlined verb from the present tense to the present perfeet tense (har + supinej.
Karin knner Lars. Karin har knt Lars.

Bo s t I I e r
Karin knows Lars. Karin has known Lars.
b o k e n D b o k h Y I I a n
har stllt Mamma tnder I ampan l matsa I en. har tnt Han behver inga pengar. Han har inte behvt ngra pengar.
Unit 8
SWEDISH
Gsta ringer hem. har ringt George
~
en vning I Stockholm.
har hyrt Stenmarks knner Lars Holm. har knt Anne-Marie fyller vinglaset. har fyllt Gustav bestller middagen. har best I I t Erik hr Ingenting. Erik har inte hrt ngonting.
Practice N. This is a practice on 2b v6rbs (past tense: -te). underlined verb to the past tense.
Lisa lser sin bok. Lisa lste sin bok. Viktor tnker p sin far. tnkte
Change the
Lisa
~s
reading hel' book.
Lisa read (was reading) hel' book.
Unit 8
245
SWEDISH
Damen kper en bl klnning. kpte Advokaten rker alltid sin pIpa. rkte George Brown tycker om att tala svenska. tyckte om
246
Praotiae O. Change the undertined verb from the present tense to the present perfeet tense (har + supine).
Lisa lser om Sverige. Lisa har lst om Sverige. George tnker skrIva hem. har tnkt Pe I I e kper en f I n ny kostym. ha r kpt Vilken klnnIng tnker du ta? har du tnkt ta Vi I ken f I i cka tycker du bst om?
Lisa is reading about Sweden Lisa has read (has been reading) about Sweden.
har du tyckt bst om
Unit 8
SWEDISH
Bo tycker bst om att lsa. har tyckt bst om Sven rker aldrig cigarretter. har aldrig rkt
Practice P. In this practice there are verbs from both 2a and 2b. them from the present tense to the past tense.
Change
Fru Johnson behve r en ny klnning. Fru Johnson behvde en ny klnning. La rs kper en frdigsydd kostym. kpte Herr Berg knner Stenmarks. knde Tycker fru Alm om sina nya skor? Tyckte Lars och Bo bestiiller vin till middagen. best I I de George rker inte cigarrer. rkte
Mrs. Johnson needs a new dress. Mrs. Johnson needed a new dress.
Unit 8
247
SWEDISH
Vi lser matsedeln och lste bestller middagen. bestllde som de tycker om. tyckte om kaffe och stller den p bordet. stllde men Erik hr den hrde inte.
248
Dahlgrens ~ en vning, hyrde Viktor fyller koppen med

f Y I I de
Telefonen
ringer, ringde
Bergs
kr t i l l krde
Arlande och mter Peter. mtte
Praetiee Q. Let's vary the praetiee a bit. Fill in the empty spaces with either the present perfeet or past perfeet form of the eue verb (har or hade + supine).
eVE
Vilken Vilken vning Lars
----?
Whieh apartment has/had Lars rented?

varuhuset.
hy ra
vning har/hade Lars hyrt? Karin sina klder p kpt Inte telefonen. hra kpa
Har/hade Min sekreterare
Vnit 8
SWEDISH
eVE
Min sekreterare har/hade inte hrt telefonen. Johan har/hade Fl ickan har/hade rest Advokaten har/hade Lasse har/hade knt Gran en ny Volvo. har/hade best I I t bestlla
1 nte
inte lst
Svenska Dagbladet.
lsa
till Gteborg.
resa
sitt kontor. ringt Dah I grens I Ameri ka.
rInga
knna
Unit 8
249
SWEDISH
Point
250
v.
Verbs of the Third Conjugation
att har, hade
tro trolr tro/dde t roi tt
to believe believe(s) believed have. had believed
The verbs in this conjugation have no infinitive -a ending. They are usually one-syllable words. The stem is identical with the infinitive form. The present tense ending is -r, the past tense ending is -dde, and the supine form ending is -tt. -There are very few verbs in this conjugation. ones you know already. We will only practice the
Practice R. past tense.
Change the tense of the underlined verb from the present to the Remember the word order.
Mati Ida
sin jacka.
Matilda is sewing her jacket. Matilda sewed her jacket.
Matiida sydde sin jacka.
Sven tror att Maj tycker om honom. trodde tyckte om
Unit 8
SWEDISH
lars bor i GBteborg. bodde Lkaren sa att Maja mr bra. mdde Vi tror att Eva r hemma. trodde var Ume.
Fami Ijen Karlstrm bor bodde
Practice S. Let's practice the supine form. Change the verbs in the sentences below from the past tense to the past perfeet tense (hade + supine).
Min mor sydde en klnning t mig. Min mor hade sytt en klnning t mig. George trodde att han knde sin vn. hade trott
My mother sewed a dress for me.

My mother had sewn a dress
for me.
Eva frgade hur Lars mdde nr han var borta. hade mtt Karin bodde i Uppsala. hade bott
Unit 8
251
SWEDISH
Eva sydde sin jacka sjlv. hade sytt Sjmannen bodde p bten. hade bott
252
Praetiee T. Complete the following story, filling in the blanks with the appropriate forms of the verbs given in parenthesis. The verbs are from both the second and third conjugations. You'll find the correet version on the following page.
Nr Eva
(fylla) 14 r och
(bo) Hon
Stockholm hade hon redan (tycka om) att sy.
(sy) flera klnningar t sig sjlv. Hon
(m) bra, nr hon satt vid symaskinen (the sewing maehine) och (sy). Hon (tnka) p trevliga vnner som hon (knna).
Naturl igtvis mamma
(lsa) hon inte s mnga bcker nu fr tiden, och hennes (tycka) inte, att hon (bo) (behva) s mnga klnningar. Men lnge samma hus, och som hon (bestlla) klnningar
flera av flickorna, som hade (knna) vl, hos Eva. De
(ringa) p telefonen och (tnka)
lnge p hur klnningarna skulle se ut, och s Ibland (tro) hon nstan
(sy) Eva fina klnningar t dem.

{almost},
att hon var Frken Dior sjlv.
Unit 8
SWEDISH
Co~~ect ve~8ion
of
P~actice
T.
Stockholm hade hon redan sytt flera Hon mdde bra, klnningar
Nr Eva f yl Ide t sig sjlv.
14 r och bodde
Hon tyckte om att sy.
nr hon satt vid syNaturligttyckte inte,
maskinen och sydde. vis lste hon
Hon tnkte p trevliga vnner som hon knde. fr tiden, Men och hennes mamma
inte s mnga bcker nu
att hon behvde s mnga klnningar. lnge

j
flera av flickorna, ringde

p~
som hade bott
samma hus,
och
som hon knde vl,
telefonen och bestllde s
kl!3nningar hos Eva. sydde Eva
De tnkte
lnge p hur klnningarna skulle se ut, och
fina kl!3nningar t dem.
Ibland trodde hon nstan att hon var Frken
Dior sjlv.
Unit 8
253
SWEDISH
UNI']' 9 EATING IN A RESTAURANT
254
Hasic Sentences Bill Jones, ne~ly arr'ived in S~edenJ has lunch ~ith Erik Dalgren. lectUr'e real-ly That ~as a long lectur'B. It's already a quarter past one, and I' m really hungry. What do you say about having lunch togethel'? to taste Yes, that ~il-l be fine (that ~ould taste fine). Where shall ~e go? good, better, best food The Stadshotell, of course, has the best food (here) in
to~n.
Erik:
1.
fredrag -et -0 rIktigt Det var ett lngt fredrag. Klockan r redan en kvart ver ett, och jag r riktigt hungrig. Vad sger du om att g och ta lunch tillsammans? * att smak/a -ar -ade -at Ja, det skulle smaka bra. Vart ska vi g?
2.
Bi U:
3.
Erik:
4.
b ra, bttre, bst mat -en 0 Ja, Stadshotell et har ju den bsta maten hr i stan.
Unit 9
SWEDISH
elose (near), eloser, elosest Besides, it eouldn't be eloser. to le ave, to go not until Fine. My train does not leave until foul' o'eloek. really rush, hU1'ry opposite, aeross from Yes, there's really no rush. The station is aeross from the hote 'l.
nra, nrmare, nrmast Dessutom kunde det i nte I i gga nrmare. att g -r, gick, gtt inte frrn Fint. Mitt tg gr inte frrn klockan fyra. * verkl igen brdska -n (Il m'ltt emot Ja, vi har verkl igen ingen brdska. Stationen I igger mitt emot hotellet.
Erik:
5.
Bill:
6.
Erik:
7.
Bi'l'l :
8.
inc'l'edib ly fast (adverb) Are we the'l'e already? went incredibly fast.
That
otroligt fo rt r vi redan framme? fort. *
Det gick otrol igt
Erik:
9.
outerwear (overcoats, etc.) to leave checkroom, closet head waiter We can leave our hats and coats in the check room. There is the head waiter.
ytterklder (plur.) att lmn/a -ar -ade -at garderob -en -er hovmstare -n -0 Vi ka n j u I mna ytterk lderna garderoben. Dr r hovmstaren. *
Unit 9
255
SWEDISH
Read waiter:
10.
256
A table for two? far, farther, farthest entranae Yes, please. Closer to the window, if it's possible, and a little farther away from the entl'anae. to ask, to requBst list right away May I have the menu and the wine list? We'd better (it is best) order right away. what (kind of) main course What main courses do you have today? to recommend unusually fish filet potato mashed potatoes salad, lettuce We can reaommend an unusually good fish filet with mashed potatoes and salad.
Ska det vara ett bord fr tv? lng -t - a j lngre, lngst ingng -en -ar Ja tack. Nrmare fnstret, om det gr, och lite lngre bort frn ingngen. *
Erik:
11.
12.
att be -r, bad, bett I i stia -an -or genast Fr jag be om matsedeln och vlnl istan? Det r bst vi bestller genast.
Bill:
13.
vad fr varmrtt -en -er Vad har ni fr varmrijtter Idag?
Read wai ter:
14.
att rekommender/a -ar -ade -at ovanligt fisk -en -ar flle -n -er potatis -en -ar potatismos -et 0 sallad -en -er Vi kan rekommendera en ovanligt god fiskflle med potatismos och sallad.
Unit 9
SWEDISH
fried veal, ealf chop boi Zed vegetable The (pan-Jfried veal chops with boiled potatoes and vegetables are also very good. usual meat bun meat ball bean baked beans lingonberry jam, preserves Then we have, as usual, meat balls with baked beans and lingonberry jam. shaZZ we take the fish filet then? fresh It is fresh,
stekt -~ -a kalv -en -ar kotlett -en -er kokt -0 -Cj grnsak -en -er De stekta kalvkotletterna med kokt potatis och grns?ker r ocks mycket b ra. >I
Head waiter:
15.
16.
vanlig-t-a ktt -et 0 bull/e -en -ar kttbull/e -en -ar bn/a -an -or bruna bnor I i ngon -et -0 sylt -en -er S har.vi, som vanligt, kttbullar med bruna bnor och lingonsylt.
Erik:
17.
Ska vi
ta
fiskfilen
d?
Bill: Head waiter: Erik:
18,
isn't it?
frsk - t -a Den r vl frsk?
19.
20,
to guarantee Oh yes, I can guarantee that. Maybe we shouZd have a glass of white wine with the fish.
Ja,
att garanter/a -ar -ade -at det kan jag garantera.
Vi skulle kanske ha ett glas vitt vin t i l l fisken.
Unit 9
257
SWEDISH
gladly, rather, preferably BiLL:
21.
grna, hell re, helst Fr min del skulle jag hellre vilja ha ett glas l.
258
For my part, I would rather have a glass of beer. smorgasbord
Erik:
22.
Shall we start with the smorgasbord? drink of aquavit What do you say about a drink of aquavit with the smorgasbord? No thanks, not for me. speOich to hold, to give he ld, gave to give a spee ch That was an interesting speech that Lindahl gave, wasn't it? sure(ly) inte lligen t to think, to be of the opinion suggestion, proposition ehance to sucoeed Yes, sure he's intelligent. But do you really think that his proposition has a chance to sucaeed?
Vi
smrgsbord -et -0 brjar vl med smrgsbordet?
23.
snaps -en -ar Vad sger du om en snaps ti II gsbo rd et?
smr-
Bill:
24.
Nej tack,
i nte fr mig.
Erik:
25.
tal -et -0 att hll/a -er, hll, hllit h I I att h I I a ta I Det var ett intressant tal som Lindahl hll, eller hur?
vIsst i ntell igent att anse -r,
-0
-a ansg.
ansett
Bi ll.:
26.
frslag -et -0 chans -en -er att lyck/as -as -ades -ats Ja, vi sst r han i ntell i gent. Men anser du verkligen att hans frslag har en chans att lyckas?
Unit 9
SWEDISH
chee1's!, he1'e I s to you! Re1'e ' s No, I' m af1'aid not. Chee1's, Bill! the food. Oppo1'tunity like this, this way Cheers! I hope we/ll have man y opportunities to meet like this. next dessert Next time we/ll take our wivlZs a long. Do you want dessert? No thanks, just coffee. waiter check (in 1'estau1'antJ same Waiter, may we have two coffees and the check at the same time. hand to take care of I'd like to take care of the check.
s k I ! Nej, tyvrr Inte. Skl, Bill!
E1'ik:
27.
Hr kommer maten.
Bin:
28.
tillflle -t-n s h r Ja, sk l! Jag hoppas att vi fr mnga ti II fllen att trffas s hr. ,. nsta efterrtt -en -er Nsta gng ska vi ta med vra fruar. VI I I du ha efterrtt? Nej tack, bara kaffe. vaktmstare -n -0 not/a -an -or samma Vaktmstaren, kan vi f tv kaffe och s notan p samma gng? ,. hand -en, hnder att ta hand om; tar, tog, tagit Notan ska jag be att f ta hand om.
E1'ik:
29.
Bill:
;50.
Erik:
31.
Bill:
32.
Unit 9
259
SWEDISH
queBtion gueBt That is out of the question. You are my gueBt.
260
Erik:
33.
frgla -an -or gst -en -er Kommer aldrig p frgan. gst.
Du r min
Bill:
34.
to thank In that aase, muah.

To the waiter:
thank you very
att tackla -ar -ade -at D fr Jag tacka s mycket.
Erik:
35.
tip Is that with the tip? per aent (%) Yes, that's with fifteen peraent. even Thank you very muah. ahange (it is even).
dricks -en Ql r det med dricks? procent -en -0 (%> Ja, det r med femton procent.
waiter:
36.
Erik:
37.
Keep the
jmn -t -a Tack s mycket.
Det r j mnt s.
~~ ~- ~m
......
...
"ni..
c." - ... ,.
$<t.......04
_~
i.......t.~
_.el'
Unit 9
SWEDISH
UNIT 9 Nates on Basic Sentences 2a.

om att g ... Swedish uses verb afte~ a preposition.
the infinitive where English uses the -ing form of the
2b.
The constI'uction using two verbs joined by och is very common in g och ta Swedish. att sitta och p rata to sit and chat ExampZes: to (stand and) wait att st och vanta att g ut och g to JO for a walk Mitt tg gr ... Nate
th~t
6.
"to leave" has several equivalents in Swedish. The train leaves at seven. We are leaving now. We are leaving noW (by same means of You can leave your jacket here. We left Sweden yesterday.
t~an8porta
Tget gr klockan sju. Vi gr nu. VI ker nu. Vi far nu. VI reser nu. Du kan lmna j lekan hr. Vi lmnade Sver-ige igr.
tion).
Att lmna really means

8.
"~o
leave behind".
o t 1"0 I i g t f o r t . Same adJactives take on the opposite me aning when the prefix is added. Examples: t ro I 19 - ot ro I I g credible - incredible vnlig - ovnlig friendly - unfriendly trevl i9 - otrevl ig nice - unpleasant mj I l g - omj I i g possible - impossible
0-
Unit 9
261
SWEDISH
9.
262
ytterklderna. Swedes use the definite article instead of a possessive when describing parts of the body or clothing.
Example:
11.
Peter borstar tnderna varje kvl I.
Peter brushes his teeth every night. Another example is:
om det gAr.- idiomati~ expression meaning "if it is possible". Det gAr inte. It's not possible; it doesn't work. Det gick inte. It wasn't possible; it didn't work.
13.
Vad har ni fr ... See Unit 7, Basic Sentence Note 18. The expression vad fr slags has the meaning "what kind of". Example: Vad fr slags te tycker du om? What kind of tea do you tike? potati s - can be used as a non-eount
15.
noun in Swedish, like "coffee", "fruit", eta.
28.
s hr - here meaning "like this". In the beginning of a sentence sA hr is translated "this is how", "this is the way". Vaktmstaren ... This is usually the word used to address a waiter. Another translation for "waiter" is kypare -n -0, but this word is never used in addressing him. p samma gAng. Nate that English uses the definite article "the" with the word "same". The Swedish word samma is always without the definite artiele when samma modifies a nOUr!. The noun is always in the indefinite form.
31a.
31b.
Examp1.es:
(ef. Unit 9
Jag vi I l betala p samma gng. I want to pay at the Bame time. Det r samma sak. It's the same thing. Vi bor i samma hus som ni bodde I. We live in the same house as you lived in. Unit 8, Basic Sentenee Note 18)
SWEDISH
37.
Det r jmnt s. If a service charge of 12~% or 15% has been added to the bill it is customary to round out the amount to the nearest crown (or even five crowns i f it is a sizeable amountJ.
Unit 9
863
SWEDISH
264
UNIT 9 Points to Praotiae Point I. Point II. Point III. Comparison of adjectives Formation and oomparison of adverbs Possessives and certain other words hetore adjective + noun
unit
SWEDISH
Point
r.
Comparison
of Adjectives
positive
ka I I
Comparative
kallare
Superlative
kallast
{eo ld}
{colder}
{eotdest}
Most Swedish adjeetives are compared like kal I. form and -ast in the superlative form. Examples:
Vintern r kall i Stockholm, den r kallare 1 Lappland, och den r kallast i Sibirien. Maj r vnl ig, Ulla r vnoch Tom r vnt igast.
They add -are in the eomparative The winter is cold in Stoekholm~ it is eolder in Lappland~ and i t is the eoldest in Siberia. Maj is friendly, Ulla is friendlier~ and Tom is the friendliest.
tg~,
Note that Swedish superlatives usually do not take the definite article and form unIess followed by a noun. Examples: Unit 9
Ulla r vnligast. Ulla r den vnligaste flickan.
Ulla is (the) friendliest. Ulla is the friendliest girl. 265
SWEDISH
The regular comparative has only one form, ~ . whether it is used with en or ett words, in the singular or plural, and in the indefinite or definite form. Indefinite form
en kallare vinter ett kallare rum kallare vintrar kallare rum
266
Definite form
den kallare vintern det ka I I a re rummet de kallare vintrarna de ka I I are rummen
The regular superlative has two forms. In the indefinite form the superlative ends in m:!j. In the definite form the superlative ends in lastel. Indefinite form
Vintern r kallast i Lappland. Det r dyrast a~flyga.
Definite form
Den ka I I aste v i ntern r Det dyraste flyget. Lappland.
Nate:
When the adjective ends in unstressed -el, -en, or -er the e is left out as you add the -are for the comparative and the -ast in the superlative. Examples: vacker, vackrare, vackrast enkel, enklare, enklast (simple)
A very small group of adjp.ctives takes just -re in the comparative and -st in the superlative. These adjectives (except hg) also change vowels in the com-
parative and superZative forms.

Examples:
stor, st~rre, strst tung, tyng~, tyngst ung, yngre, yng~ lg, lgre, lgst lng, lngre,-Ingst hg, hgre-,-hgst-
big heavy young low long high
Unit 9
SWEDISH
A few adjectives in this group are completely irregular, i.e. the aomparative and superlative forms are related to each other but bear no resemblance to the positive form. Examples:
gammal 11 ten mnga mycket d I l g d I i g god b ra
ldre mindre fleda) mer(a) smre v rre bttre bttre
ldst minst flest mest smst v rst bst bst
old small many much bad, less good, least good bad, worse, worst good good
Nate:
The comparative and superlative forms of god are often godare. godast. when they refer to food (onlyJ.
The camparatives of this group of adjectives have also only one form whether they precede en-words, ett-words, or plurals in the definite or indefinite form. Indefinite form Definite form
en mindre vning ett mindre rum mindre vningar mindre rUm
den mindre vningen det mindre rummet de mindre vningarna de mindre rummen
The irregular adjectives have two superlative forms just like the regular adjective8. The indefinite form ends in -st. The definite form ends in -sta. Indefinite form De fini te form
Den hr boken r bst. Det hr hotell et r smst. -De hr bckerna r bst.De hr hotell en r S1lmst.
Unit9
Den bsta boken. Det ~ a hotel I et. De bsta bckerna. De sms ta hote I I en.
267
SWEDISH
These irregular adjectives are extremely You know some of the m already. Nate:
common~
268
so memorize them right away.
All ra added to a superlative gives the sense of very + superlative. Example: den all ra bsta boken (the very best book)
Practice A. Complete the sentences by filling ~n the blank with the comparative form of the adjective given as cue. CVE
Bo r
n Ka r i n
snllare
Bo
~s
kinder than Karin.
s n I I
Mblerna var dy ra re Fisken r frskare Peter var

h u ng r i g a re
p NK.
dyr
p fredagarna n p mndagarna.
f rs k
n sin syster.
hungrig
Bo tyckte att det var

roi igare Maj kunde inte vara vnl igare
att ta
i kket.
roi i g
vn I i g
unit 9
SWEDISH
eVE
Det r enklare Maten r f i na re Det r varmare Britta r stare Smr och brd ti II frukost r vanl igare Det n bruna bnor. van I I g n Stina. st Afrika n Alaska. varm p Operakl laren. att flyga. enkel
f i n
I i I I a rummet r
ljusare
n va rdags rummet.
I J us
Allt har blivit dyrare Den stora ftljen r
nu fr tiden.
dy r
_ bekvmare
n soffan.
bekvm
Ha I I en r
_ sol igare
p morgonen.
so I l g
Unit 9
269
SWEDISH
Practice B. Now we'll use some adjectives with irregular comparative forms.
270
eVE
ta r vgen ver Sdertlje. F I e r (a) En Volvo r strre Vinet var smre Kalvkotletterna r bttre Den
I d re
More (people) take the road via Sodertalje.
mnga
och ty ng re
1973.
n en Volkswagen.
sto r, tung
d I j g
n kttbullarna.
b ra
dotte rn va r vack ra re vningen. mindre
n den
gammal, vacker, ung
Lars hyrde den
I i to en
Stadshuset r lgre Den yngre pojken var
n Kaknstornet.
lg
n systern. lngre
ung,
lng
Unit 9
SWEDISH
eVE
Varmrtterna r bttre Man fr mer
p den hr restaurangen.
b ra
mat p den mindre
restaurangen.
mycket,
liten
Practice C. Now Let's practice the superLative form of the adjective. Put the aue adjective in the indefinite superLative form. First the reguLar superLatives with the ending -ast.
eVE
Peter va r
klassen.
Peter was the most inte Higent in the aLass.
i nte I I i gent
intell igentast Det r dyrast Stadshote I I et r finast Vintern r mrkast Det r hos Ulla. trevl igast
Unit 9
271
i
f i n
att flyga frsta klass.
dy r
decembe r.
mrk
trevlig
SWEDISH
eVE
Vr pojke r _ p morgonen. hungrigast Barn tycker att efterrtter r godast god hungrig
272
Practice D. Now we'll practiae the regular superlative form in the definite form. Remember -aste.
eVE
Den eleven talade bra svenska. duktigaste Mrta hade den kortaste Ake kpte den jackan. rym I i gaste Man fr det finaste v i net p Grand Hote I I
f in
The smartest student spake good Swedish.
duktig
klnningen.
kort
ryml i g
Vnit 9
SWEDISH
CUE
Det
J r
vara det all ra nyaste
hst.
ny
I Smland bor de staste
flickorna.
st
Familjen Svensson har alltid den godaste
maten.
god
Fractice E. Let's praatice some irregular superlatives, form. All are from the group that ends in -st.
firat in the indefinite

CUE
Peter r ldst
och lngst
gammal,
lng
Han tyckte att fiskfi len var smst Han hyrde huset som var strst Lena r yngst
unit 9
p mndagarna.
d I i g
stor
och
mi
klassen. nst
ung,
liten
273
SWEDISH
eVE
Smrgsbordet r bst Karin har gjort mest fr att hjlpa familjen. mycket p Gyllene Freden.
b ra
274
Ppactice F.
Now fop same ippegulap superlatives
~n
the definite fopm.
-sta.
eVE
Kaknstornet r den hgsta Johan r den minsta Man har den bsta Det lngsta Staffan har den lngsta bordet r ocks det ldsta vgen ti l I arbetet. lng lng, gammal utsikten frn Kaknstornet.
b
byggnaden
Stockholm.
The Kaknas Tower is the tallest building ~n stockholm.
hg
e I eve n
klassen.
I i ten
ra
Unit 9
SWEDISH
eVE
r det verkl igen den lgsta De flesta Han visste det mesta
stolen?
lg
restaurangerna har goda efterrtter.
mnga
om Stockholm.
mycket
eomparison of the adjeotive with mer (more) and mest (most). All adjeotives ending in ~form the oomparative by plaoing ~ before the adjeotive. They form the superlative by plaoing mest before the adjeative. (Note the similarity with the aompal'ison with "more" and "most" in English.) Examples:
fantastisk typisk energisk sympatisk
me r mer mer mer

freshJ
mest mest mest mest
fantastia typioal energetio likeab le
Exaeption:
frisk -a re -ast
(healthy~
Mer and mest are also used with the aomparative and superlative forms of past partioiples used as adjeatives.
Example:
Den mest bermda boken (the most famous book).
The past partioiple will be disoussed in Vnit 14. Unit 9

875
SWEDISH
Practice G. Let's practice comparatives of adjectives ending in -isk. the adjective given in the cue in the comparative form. eUE
En
276
Put
amerikan finns Inte. mer typisk
A more typicaL American is not to be found.
typisk
Eva r mer energisk
n UI I a.
energisk
Bo och hans vnner r mer sympatiska

En
n ke.
sympatisk
bok kan man inte tnka sig. mer fantastIsk Sverige r det mer typiskt
fantastisk
att ta kttbullar n att ta pizza. typisk
Practice H. And now to the superLatives. superLative form.
Put the cue adjective in the eUE
Eva r mest energisk
p morgonen
energisk
Unit 9
SWEDISH
CUE
Hennes systrar
~r
p eftermiddagen. mest energiska
energisk
Den
~Idsta
sonen r mest sympatisk
familjen.
sympatisk
Det var den
bo ken mest fantastiska
pe
bokhy I I an.
fantastisk
Practice I. We'll now have a mixed praatiae on all the adjeatives, regular, irregular, adjectives ending in - i sk, etc. Change the adjective (s) in the cue to the comparative or superlative form as indicated. CUE
sa var den
sekreteraren p konsulatet. mest energiska
Asa Was the most energetic secretary at the consulate.
energisk (superl.)
Det var den kallaste Soffan var tyngst Huset p

h~rnet
vintern som ngon kunde minnds.
ka I I (supel'L.)
av alla mblerna.
tung (superl.)
r ldre
n stenmarks hus.
gammal (comp.)
Unit 9
277
SWEDISH
eVE
Maten r dyrare rjan hade aldrig lst en bok. vrre (smre) Pojkarna tyckte att det var ro I Ig a re
B i I I s s Y s t e r var de n
278
nu fl)r tiden.
dyr (comp.)
dlig (comp.)
att ka tg.
ro I i g (comp.)
f I i c ka n I r umme t . staste
st (superl.)
De flesta Det r det
amerikaner har bi I.
mnga (super'l..)
ma n minsta
kan
g l) r a .
I i ten (super1,.)
Det lgsta Det strsta Den dy ra re

Unit 9
huset lg p den lngsta huset var bst bilen var inte
gatan.
lg,
lng (super'l..)
siar, bra (supert.J
- - - - n en Saab.
lngre
d Y r,
I n g (comp.)
SWEDISH
Point II. Formation and Comparison of Adverbs
Adverbs are words that modify verbs, adjectives~ other adverbs o~ clauses -never nouns. Many are not depived from other wopds (e.g. here~ now~ very~ etc. ).
1.
Some adveI'bs are formed by adding [JJto the basic form of the adjeative. (Campare the usage of adding -ly to form an adverb from an adjective in English. ) Example: Tala lngsam:!:.! (Speak slowlyl) A few adjectives that end in -I ig form adverbs by adding: a.
~ to the basia form of the adjective
2.
Examples:
van I i g
tyd I i g verklig tro I i g mj I i g s Iut I i g
usual obvious real probab le possible final
vanl igen
tydligen verk I i gen trol igen mj I i gen slutligen
usually obviously really probab ly possibly finally

279
Unit 9
SWEDISH
b.
280
to the ett-form of the adjective

I Y ck I i g tro I i g naturlig mj I i g van I i g
Examples:
happy probable natural possible usual
Iyckl igtvis troligtvis naturligtvis mjligtvis vanligtvIs
fortunately probably naturally possibly usually
As you can see from the examples, with some words both forms are acceptable.
(troligen troligtvis; mjligen mjligtvis; vanligen vanligtvis)
Practice J. Here is a practice on the formation and use of adverbs. Make The adjective a new sentence from the one given, using the verb in the cue. in the given sentence will then become an adverb.
eVE
Eva r vacker. Eva gr vackert. Hotellet bl ir fint. Hote I I et I i gger f i nt.
Eva is beautiful. Eva walks beautifully.
11 gga
Mannen r vnl ig. Mannen talar vnligt. Maten r dlig. Maten smakar d I i gt.
tala
smaka
Vnit 9
SWEDISH
eVE
Karin r dlig. Karin bor dligt. Lars r duktig. Lars arbetar duktigt. arbeta bo
Practice K. As you noted. in all the above examples the adverbs modified verbs. Now we'll give you some examples of adverbs that modify adjectives. Make an adverb of the aue adjective.
eVE
George r otroligt Peter r vldigt
Bi I I
duktig.
George is incredibly aapable.
otrolig
s n I I
vldig
va r riktigt
hungrig.
riktig
Fiskfilen var ovanligt

UI f r
god.
ovanlig
st i I i g. fantastiskt
fantastisk
Unit 9
281
SWEDISH
eVE
De r
282
i nte I I 1genta. ot ro I i gt
otrol19
Det r
svenskt. typiskt
typisk
Practice 0. Finallyashort practice on the adverbs that are formed by adding -en or -tvis to the adjective. Form an adverb from the cue adjective.
CVE
Kan Fredrik komma i kv I l?
Can Fredrik possibly come tonight?
mj I i 9
mjligen (mjligtvis) Maj r verk I i gen Erik kommer tydl igen var han inte hemma. Naturl igtvis Britta far troligen till Gteborg. tro l i 9 naturlig Inte. ty d I i g v n I I g. verkl19
(troligtvis)
Unit 9
SWEDISH
eVE
Kan
du
mjligen
hjlpa mig? (mjligtvis) fisk p fredagarna.
mj I i g
ter vi Vanligtvis (vanligen) kom de Lyckl igtvis Maten hr r verkl igen
va n I 19
tid.
I yck I i 9
god.
verkl19
The eomparison of the Adverb Adverbs that have been formed by adding -t to an adjeative have the same aomparative and superlative forms as the adjective. Note that the -t is droppe d before the aomparative and superlative endings. Examples:
Han sjunger vackert. (He sings beautifuUy.) Hon sjunger vackrare n John. De sjunger vackrast p kvllen.
Two adverbs not derived from adjeatives alBo take the -are and -ast endings: fort, fortare, fortast fast, faster, fastest ofta, oftare, oftast often, more of ten, most often
Vnit 9
283
SWEDISH
Like the adjectives a few adverbs have irregular comparative and superlative forms. They are very frequent and you already know several of them. The following adverbs are irregular:
284
bra, bttre, bst grna, hellre, helst mycket, mer(a), mest nra, nrmare, nrmast dl igt, smre, smst dligt, vrre, vrst lnge, lngre, lngst (time) lngt, I~ngre, lngst (space)
weZZ, better, best gladly, rather, preferably much, more, most; very, more, most close, closer, closest badly, less well, least well badly, worse J worst long (time)J longer J longest far, farther J farthest
Note that adverbs that end in -en and -tvis have no comparative or superlative forms.
Practice M. adverbs.
Here is a practice using the comparative form of some common
eVE
Det gick fortare Stadshote l I et I i gger nrmare Det r lngre till Malm n till Gteborg. lngt n ra att g n att ta taxi.
It was faster to walk than to take a taxi.
fort
Vnit 9
SWEDISH
CUE Det tog me r Maten smakar alltid bttre
VI
n tre tImmar att ka dit.
mycket
nr man Mr hungrig.
ra
vill sitta n rma re
ingngen, om det gr.
n ra
Han drack
h e II re
Vi
te n kaffe.
g rna
stannade
I ng re
n vi hade tnkt.
lnge
Practice N. This is a practice on the superlative form of the adverb. are examples of both regular and irregular forms.
CUE Viveka sitter n rmast Jag kan komma tidigast klockan tolv. utgngen.
There
Viveka is (sitting) the clasest to the exit.
n ra
tidigt
Unit 9
285
SWEDISH
eVE
Det gr bst Johan kr fortast Lisa tnker mest
Bo v i I l e
286
om man gr det lngsamt.
b ra
p de stora vgarna.
fort
p pojkar.
mycket
g hem. helst
grna
Peter tar oftast
t get t i I I Gteborg.
ofta
Vad tr slags grnsaker tycker du minst
om?
I i te
Unit 9
SWEDISH
Point III: Adjectives before Nouns
If an adjective comes before a noun in Swedish, the word preceding and modifying the adjective wiLL influenee the form of both the adjective and the noun. There are three different patterns, depending on whether the modifying word is: 1. 2.
3.
an indefinite artiele or pronoun; the definite article or demonstratives;

a possessive,
or
or eertain pronouns and adjectives.
Unit 9
287
SWEDISH
l. Indefinite form of the adjective and indefinite form of the noun
Ett "'ords ett inget ngot ett annat ett s dant vilket (l) varje
288
En "'ords en ingen na gan en annan en sadan vilken (I) va r j e
Plural
tv inga ng ra a nd ra sdana vilka (I) aIIa mnga f l e ra f (few)
If i n
b i
II
Ifint husl
Ifina bilarl Ifina husl
2.
Definite form of the adjective and definite form of the noun
En "'ords den den hr den dr
l f i na
b i I enl
Ett words det det hr det dr
Plural
lf i na
husetl
de de hr de dr
lf i na
bilarnai
If i na husen
J.
Definite form of the adjective and indefinite form of the noun

Ett words mitt ditt hans, sitt hennes, sitt v rt ert deras, sitt Lenas detta samma nsta fljande vilket (?)
En words mi n din hans, sin hennes, sin v r er deras, sin Lenas denna samma nsta fljande vilken (?)
Plural
mina dina hans, sina hennes, sina v ra era deras, sina Lenas dessa samma ns ta fljande vilka (?) mnga
Iflna
bIl!
!fina husl
'fina bilar! 'fina husl
Unit 9
SWEDISH
Den hr (det hr, de hr) and denna (detta, dessa) both mean "this" dessa) is used more in the written language. Den hr (det hr, de hr) is followed by the noun in the definite form while denna (detta, dessa) is foZZowed by the noun in the indefinite form. If
("these~oenna (detta,
Note:
an--Qdjective precedes the noun, the adjective takes the definite form in both cases. Examples:
Den hr nya boken. Denna nya bok.
This new book.

Det hr nya bordet
This new book.

Detta nya bord.
This new table. -De hr nya bckerna.
This new table.

Dessa nya bcker.
These new books-.---
These new book~
Unit 9
289
SWEDISH
PY'actice O. We wi ~ ~ begin with a pY'actice on GY'oup 1. with the cOY'Y'ect fOY'm of vacke~.
en
Fi~~
290
in the spaces
dag
vacker
ett vackert ett vackert

en
hus
ta I
ingng
vacker
V i I ken
utsikt!
vacker
ett sdant
vackert
ba
rn
ingen
vacker
aJIa
pojke
flickor
vackra
en annan
vacker
Unit 9
sevrdhet
SWEDISH
Practice P. This time we'tt practice adjectives + nouns in the definite form from Group 2. Use the adjective ~.
eUE
den, b i I den nya b l I en den hr nya slipsen det dr nya unTversitetet den d r nya klockan det h r nya hotellet den nya parken de hr nya vinerna de nya rummen den h r, s I l ps det d r, universitet
den d r, klocka det h r, hote I I den, park de h r, vin d e, rum
Note:
Exceptionatty in Group 2 (definite form of the adjective + definite form of the noun)~ the first definite articte~ den, det, de~ is omitted: 1.
2.
i f the adjective + noun is considered to be a ptace name. Examptes: Gamla Stan, Amerikanska ambassaden, Vita Huset; before ordinal numbers. Examples: frsta, andra, tredje gngen; before he I {whole} and halv {half}. Examples: hela dagen {all day}~ halva natten (half the night).
291
J.
Unit 9
SWEDISH
292
Let's now look at Group 3. This is a pT'actice on the use of the PY'actice Q. Vsing the wOY'ds given in the possessives followed by an adjective and a noun. cue co lumn, make a phrase with the aPPY'opriate possessive and the correct fOT'm of the adjective and noun.
eVE
v i, vra bruna skor deras nya b i I hennes fina middag de, hon, jag, du, han, ni, han,
b r u n,
s ko r
ny,
bi I middag dotter pojke fiskfile hotell far vaktmstare brd
fin,
yngst, liten, god,
min yngsta dotter din I i Ila pojke fiskfile
hans goda
strst, gammal,
ert strsta hote I I hans gamla far
hotell, ni, vi, god,
duktig, svensk, bord bra,
hotell ets dukti ga vaktmstare ert goda svenska brd
bst,
vrt bsta bord Lindahls bra Eriks rda fredrag
Lindahl, Erik, Eva,
fredrag
rd, svart,
skjorta jacka
skjorta
Evas svarta jacka
Unit 9
SWEDISH
Practice R. Now for a really challenging mixed practice with the three groups together so that you get used to their differences. Put the cue adjective and the cue noun in their eorrect forms in the blank spaees in all three groups~ reading aeross the page. Work on this practice until you can do it automaticaHy. Group 1. Group 2. Group J.
eVE
f I n,
b
en
f i n
den
bi I
--f i na b i I en
min
--fina i
I
bi I
det fint hus f i na de hr vackra flickor en god fiskfile mnga hungriga pojkar ett lngt fredrag flera stora rum de stora rummen det lnga fredraget den vackra flickorna huset
mitt
--f i na hus
v ra vackra f I i ckor Karins fiskfilen deras hungriga pojkarna hans lnga fredrag slottets stora rum stor, rum hungriga pojkar lng, fredrag go da fiskfile hungrig, pojke god, fiskflle
---goda
de dr
Vnit 9
293
SWEDISH
Group 1. tv sm garderober en kokt potatis (plural) bruna bnor va r j e kort annons ett sdant gammalt bo rd al I a duktiga m n ingen mrk kv I I den mrka kvllen de de bruna bnorna den hr I,orta annonsen den dr kokta potatisen sina Group 2. de hr Group 3.
e ra
294
eVE
I i ten, garderob
sm garderoberna
sm garderober dessa kokta potatisar kokt, potatis
-----bruna bnor
brun, bna
fljande korta annons samma
kort, annons
--gamla borden
--gamla bord
gamma I. bo rd
de d r
--duktiga mnnen
v ra duktiga mn nsta
duktig, man
--- --mrka k v I I
mrk, kvll
Unit 9
SWEDISH
Practice s. No~ a mixed practice ~ith many examples from all three groups. Where there is a personal pronoun or a name~ ohange it into a possessive. eUE
jag, mIn nya skola den billigaste bilen din trevliga man det so I i ga rummet den, du, det, vi, ett, det, ni, ny, skola bil
bi II igast, trevlig, sol ig, yngst, man rum son barn barn pojke
vr yngsta son ett det
i ten,
iten, snll,
I i tet barn I i I la barnet
er sn II a pojke samma mrka hrn den hr gamla klnningen
samma,
mrk,
hrn klnning
den hr, denna, det, vi. ni,
gammal, bok rum
ny,
denna nya bok det dyraste rummet vrt amerikanska universitet era svenska kyrkor
dyrast.
amerikansk. svensk,
universitet
kyrkor moster
Erik,
gammal,
Erlks gamla moster hans sista sommar
h a n,
den,
s I s t, s o mm a r
bst, bok
Unit 9
295
SWEDISH
CUE
den bsta boken de hr sm barnen nsta intressanta resa de hr, nsta, liten, barn intressant, resa
296
det, strst, hus va r j e, alla, i nte I I i gent, snll, barn
det strsta huset varje intelligent person alla snlla barn Eriks gra Kostym tv rda stolar ett gammalt kk de hr snygga lamporna
person
Erik, gr, kostym tv, rd, stol kk lampa frslag
ett, gamma I,
de hr, snygg, dessa, utmrkt,
dessa utmrkta frslag
Unit 9
SWEDISH
UNIT 10 GETTING READY FOR AN EVENING OUT
Basic Sentences Johan and Margit Larsson are di8cus8ing plans for the evening. be happy abou t I'm really looking forward to going to Dramaten tonight. So am I. what is it we're going to see exactly? But Johan! "Miss Julie" is being given. Don't you remember that? memory Zately My memory has been Of course. a bit poor Zate"Ly. to Zook forward tO J
gladde, glatt Jag riktigt glder mig t att g p Dramaten ikvll. * att gldja sig t, 4; glder,
Margit:
1.
Johan:
2.
Ja, det gr jag ocks. ska se egentl igen?
Vad r det vi
Margi t:
3.
Nej men Johan! Kommer du inte
De ger ju "Frken Jul ie". ihg det?
Johan:
4.
minne -t -n p sista tiden Javisst ja. Mitt minne har varit dligt p sista tiden.
lite
Unit 10
297
SWEDISH
ought to, shou~d play instead of TV You should have read the play last night instead of sitting and looking at TV. to remind before by the way I would have (done itY if you had reminded me before dinner. By the way, where ar'e we going to meet the Browns? head mai n entrance after performance, show somewhere At the mai n entrance, at seven thirty. Af ter' the show we/re going out to eat somewhel'e (remember?) . to receive, to get, to have received, had sma~l herring (from the Bal tic) the day before yesterday What (wouZd you say) about "KB"? I had very good herring there the day before yeBterday.
br, borde, bort; 4 pjs -en -er istllet fr teve -n, teveapparater Ou borde ha lst pjsen igr kvll istllet fr att sitta och titta p teve.
298
Mal'git:
5.
Johan:
6.
att pmi nna, 2a fre aprop det Det skulle jag ha gjort, om du hade pmi nt mi g fre mi ddagen. Aprop det, var ska vi trffa Browns?
Mal'gi t:
7.
huvud -et, huvuden huvudingng -en -ar efter frestllning -en -ar ngonstans Vid huvudingngen klockan halv tta. Efter frestllningen ska vi ju g ut och ta ngonstans.
att f, fr, fick, fick strmming -en -ar
ftt;
Johan:
8.
I frrgr Vad skur le du sga om "KB"? vldigt fin strmming dr i
Jag fick frrgr.
Unit 10
SWEDISH
to forge t forget (imperative) before late Yes~ that is close and conDon't forge t to venien t. caZZ and reserve a table before it's too late. comfortable work How nice No~ I'lZ do that. that tomorrow is Saturday and that Idon't have to go to work.
a tt g I mma, 2 a glm innan sen -t -a Ja, det I igger ju nra och bra. Glm inte att ringa och bestlla bord innan det bl ir fr sent.
Margit:
9.
skn -t -a arbete -t -n
Johan:
10.
Nej, det ska jag gra.
Vad sknt att
det r lrdag imorgon och att jag inte behver g ti II arbetet. J\
Margit:
11.
to not have to ticket row (of seats) ~ bench orchestra (section) No~ you don I t have to do that. Imagine how lucky that I was able to get ticke ts in the third row in the orchestra.
wonderful re ady You are wonderYes~ darZing. Is the coffee ready? ful.
att slippa, slipper, slapp, sluppit; 4 b i I jett -en -er bnk -en -ar parkett -en -er Nej, det slipper du. Tnk s bra att jag lyckades f bi Ijetter p tredje bnk p parketten.
Johan:
12.
underbar -t -a klar -t -a Ja, lskl ing, du r underbar. kaffet klart?
Unit 10
299
SWEDISH
aome (imperative) to sit down sit (imperative) Everything is on the kitahen tabLe. Just aome and sit down. on the way home to aheak, to find out Laundry dry aLeaning, dry aLeaner's re ady Johan, on your way home tonight, oouLd you aheak i f the dry aLeaning is ready? hair beauty parLor (hair dresser) I don't have time. I must go to the beauty parLor before the theater.
300
Margit:
13.
kom att stta sig, 4; stter, satte, satt stt All t str p kksbordet. Kom och stt dig bara.
p hemvgen att ta reda p, 4; tar; tog, tagit tvtt -en -ar kemtvtt frdig -t -a Johan, p hemvgen i kl,t I I, kan du ta reda p om kemtvtten r frdig?
14.
15.
hr -et Ql hrfrisrsk/a -an -or J a g h a r i nt e t i d J a g m s t e g t i I I hrfrisrskan fre teatern.
Johan:
16.
past to aLose to hurry Yes, I'U drive by. I hope they don't aLose before Bix o'aLoak. Now I've got to hurry.
frbi att stnga, 2a att skynda sig, I Ja, jag ska kra frbi. Jag hoppas ~tt de inte stnger fre klockan sex. Nu mste jag skynda mig. *
Uni t
10
SWEDISH
to troy to change (cLothing) to shave Can you troy to get home a LittLe earLier today so that you'LL have time to change and shave? boring, Bad to roush punctuaL It'8 80 annoying to rush and we should be punctual. to proomise kiss I promise to do my best. I have to run now. Do I get a kiss before ILeave? caLl (imperative) more, else Bye, bye. CaU me if the re' s something else. Johan leaves and Marogit calls the beauty partor.
annoying~
Margi t :
17.
att frska, 2b att kl om sig, 3 att raka sig, I Kan du frska komma hem lite t:digare idag s att du hinner kl om dig och raka dig? >I
trkig -t -a att jkta, I punktlig -t -a

Det r s trkigt att jkta, och vi br vara punktliga.
18.
Johan:
19.
att lova, I kyss -en -ar Jag lovar att gra mitt bsta. Nej, nu mste jag springa. Fr jag en kyss i nnan jag gr? ring mer(a) Hej d. Ring mig om det r ngot mer.
Margi t:
20.
Unit 10
301
SWEDISH
heLLo (only on the phone) shampoo set Hello, this is Mrs. Larsson. Could I make an appointment for a shampoo and set at foul' o'clock this afternoon? Who takes care of you, usuaLly? Mrs. OLsson. Is she free then?
ha I I tvttning -en -ar lggning -en -ar Hall. Goddag, det r fru Larsson. Skulle jag kunna f bestlla tid ti II en tvttning och lggning klockan fyra i eftermiddag. *
Vem brukar ta hand om fru Larsson?
302
Margit:
21.
Hair dresser: 22. Margi t:

2:3.
Fru Olsson.
r hon
ledig d?
Hair dresser: 24.
to check, to see Just aminute. I'll check. Yes, that 's fine. We' II see you then, Mrs. Larsson.
att se efter, 4; ser, sg, sett Ett gonbl lek. Jag ska se efter. Ja, det gr utmrkt. Vlkommen d fru Larsson.
Uni t 10
SWEDISH
UNIT 10 Notes on Basic Sentences la. From now on we will indicate which conjugation each new verb belongs to by placing a number after the verb instead of giving the endings. First aonjugation: I Second aonjugation with -de ending: 2a Seaond aonjugation with -te ending: 2b Third conjugation: 3 Fourth aonjugation: 4 However, we will aontinue to aonjugate the irregular verbs of the fourth oonjugation.
lb. 3a. 3b.
Dramaten refers to Kungliga Dramatiska Teatern, The Royal Dramatio Theater. Frken Jul ie is a play by August Strindberg. De ger "Frken Julie". Att ge (to give) is often used in the sense "to show" with regard to films, plays and other performanaes. Example: De ger en bra f i Im p teve ikvll. They are showing a good movie on TV tonight. KB <Konstnrsbaren> is a medium-priaed restaurant a five-minute walk from Dramaten. Vad sknt. When vad is followed by an adjeative it is used as an exclamation, like the English "how". Examples: Vad trevl igt! How niae! Vad vackert! How beautiful! Vad bra! Good!
8.
10a.
Unit 10
303
SWEDISH
lOb.
304
adve~bs p~ecede the ve~b . We will p~actice this
... att man inte behver. In a subo~dinate clause same The most common ones a~e: Inte, alltid, aldrig, kanske. usage late~ on. ... att de inte stnger.
See Nate lOb .
16.
17.
kl om. When om is a ve~b pa~ticle and is st~essed the verb takes on the meaning of changing or ~epeating.
Examples:
att att att att
tnka om mblera om lsa om gra om

fo~
to think again to ~ea~~ange the fu~nitu~e to ~ead again to ~epeat. to do again washing
you~ hai~
21. 22.
tvttning.
Shampoo used
is called schampo.
fru Larsson. The haird~esser addresses her custome~ in the third person. This used to be a standard fo~m of add~ess in Sweden until a few years ago. You still hea~ it. especially in impersonal ~elation8hip8.
Unit 10
SWEDISH
UNIT 10 Points to Praatiae Point I. Point II. Point III. Point IV. Point V. Reflexive verbs Auxi liary verbs Imperative
D, sedan innan
Fre,
Unit 10
305
SWEDISH
Point I. Reflexive Ver>bs We call a veT'b reflexive when the subject and the object are the same peT'son. You can T'ecognize this fOT'm in English with veT'bs that are followed by "myself", "youT'self", etc. Example: Bill see s himself in the mirT'or. Swedish, howeveT', uses this form differ>ently fr>om English, and much more frequently. In Swedish a reflexive ver>b is followed by the objective form of the personal pronoun in the first and second persons (singular and plural) and by the reflexive form SIG in the third peT'son (singular and plural) and in the infinitive. Examples:
att stta sig jag stter mig du stter dig han/hon stter sig Erik/Ingrid stter sig vi stter oss ni stter er de stter sig Larsans stter sig
306
So
Hd-('\
\"n
C,.
S:.3 .
to sit down (to sea t oneself) I sit down (seat myself) you sit down (seat yourself) he/she sits down (seats himself/herself) Erik/Ingrid sits down (seats himself/herself) we sit down (seat ourselves) you sit down (seat yourselves) they sit down (seat themselves) the Larsons sit down (seat themselves)
Uni t
10
SWEDISH
Here is a list of some of the most common Swedish verbs that are often reflexive. As you notice, same of them occur in our Basic Sentences.
att att att att att att att att att att att att att att att att att att att tvtta sig, kamma sig, raka sig, I kl (p) sig, 3 kl av sig, 3 kl om sig, 3 ta p sig, 4 ta av sig, 4 stta sig, 4 lgga sig, 4 bry sig om, 3 knna sig, 2a skynda sig, I lra sig, 2a frlova sig (med), I gifta sig (med), 2b gldja sig t, 4 ngra sig, I gmma s i g, 2a
to to to to to to to to to to to to to to to to to to to
wash comb (onets hair) shave dress undress change (clothes) put on take off sit down lie down, to go to bed care about fee l hurry learn get engaged (to) marry be happy aba ut, to look forward to regret, to change onets mind hide
Practice A. Insert the correct form of the reflexive verb given in the cue. Vse the past tense.
eVE
J ag
innan jag
tvttade mig kldde mig d I I g. knde sig
tvtta sig, kl sig
Eva
knna sig
Vnit 10
307
SWEDISH
eVE
Vi
308
I en kyrka gifte oss
Smland.
g i fta s I g
Flickorna satte sig Peter och Olof
I bilen och krde hem.
stta sig
att skyndade sig kl om sig svenska. lrde du dig (Note wopd opdep.
skynda sig, kl om sig
Nr du var p F.S. I.
lra sig
By now you ape familiap with the vepb in the 2nd place pule, pealizing that only two wopds pevepse. In this case aftep a subopdinate clause.)
Om du il:1te
honom skulle det vara trkigt. brydde dig om
bry sig om
S ung du var nr du frlovade dig Johan rakade sig Larssons gladde sig
Vnit 10
frlova sig
innan han gick p teatern.
raka sig
t att se Frken Jul ie.
gldja sig
SWEDISH
eVE
Hunden gmde sig Pappa lade sig Barnen skyndade sig Fru Persson satte sig p trappan. stta sig t i I I skolan. skynda sig p soffan. lgga sig
J
ga rde rob en.
gmma sig
Practice B. This is a translation practice. Cover the leJt part of the page and check your answers as you go. Think of the verb tenses.
eVE
Alan is getting married tomorrow.
Alan gifter sig imorgon. De frlovade sig i maj. Jag bryr mig inte om det. Vi klr om oss fre middagen. Han tar p sig en slips. Erik skyndade sig hem.
Unit 10
They got engaged in May.

I
don't care about that.
We change beJore dinner. Be puts on a tie. Erik hurried home. They sat down on the soJa.
309
SWEDISH
eVE
De satte sig p soffan. Han knde sig sjuk. Du lr dig svenska. Ni lgger er tidigt.
Be fe l t sick. You are learning Swedish. You (plur.) go to bed early.
310
You (sing.) comb your hair often. They got married yesterday. Be took off his hat.
Du kammar dig ofta. De gifte sig igr. Han tog av sig hatten.
vnit 10
SWEDISH
Point II. Auxiliary (HelpingJ Verbs You have already learned about and practiced some auxiliary (helping) verbs in the previous Units. In this unit we are expanding the list of helping verbs. These verbs are followed by an infinitive without att. The auxiliary verb is conjugated, the infinitive remains the same.
att kunna to be able to kan br ought to (att skola) att v i I j a to want to att f to have to, to be able to att lta to let ska wi 2.l
vi I I
f r may
I te r
kunde borde s ku I I e
v i II e
kunnat bo rt
velat
f tt
f i ck
Tnfinitive of verb without att
lt
ltit
mste must lr
is sa1:d to
mste
(mst)
Uni t 10
311
SWEDISH
Nate that the helping vepb mste is not conjugated. It is uH~d only in the ppesent and past tenses and pemains the same. The supine fopm mst is papely used. lr is used only in the ppesent tense. In this Unit we ape also intpoducing sevepal fpequently used vepbs that behave like helping vepbs without peally being tpue auxiliapies. They also ppecede an infinitive without att. Repe is a list of some of these vepbs:
b ruka r att b ruka to usually (do something) att br j a to be gin to att behva to need to att tnka to plan to att hinna
to have time to
312
brukade brjade behvde tnkte hann orkade slapp
brukat brjat behvt tnkt hunnit orkat sluppit vgat frskt
brjar behver tnker hinner orka r
+ Infinitive of vepb
without att
att orka
to have the strength to
att s I i Ppa slipper to not have to
att vga vgar vgade to dape~ to have the courage to att frska to try to frsker frskta
Unit 10
SWEDISH
We want to pemind you that, as a rule, an infinitive preaeded by another verb (not a helping verb) always has att in front of it. Examples:
Eva tycker om att lsa. VI fredrar att ta tget.
Eva likes to read. We prefer to take the train.
paragraph 2?
Att komma att + infinitive is a way of expressing future time. See Unit 2, This expression always takes att in front of the infinitive.
Practice C. Now we'll practice the use of the auxiliary verbs and verbs that hehave similarly. Put the verbs given in the aue in the rast tense. Remember that all verbs following the helping verb are in the infinitive form. Be sure to read aloud so that you beaome aaaustomed to the way it sounds. CUE
Johan brukade Margit vi t le

Vi
kl sig
smoking.
Johan used to dress a tuxedo.
~n
b ruka
kl om sig Innan hon gick ut.
vi Ij a
kpa biljetter tillIIFrken Julie". mste
mste
Browns
fick
vnta p Larssons en hel timme.
Unit 10
313
SWEDISH
eVE Man borde Karin visste inte att Bo
s ku I I e
kunna best II a bord p "KB".
br
komma s snart.
ska
De
ta klockan elva. brjade
br j a
Per och Anna frskte Larssons brukade Pjsen

s ku I I e
komma
ti d.
frska
inte stanna ute s sent.
bruka
brja klockan tta, s vi mste
skynda oss.
ska, mste
Hon slapp Margit hann Johan
lra sig att tala svenska.
s I i ppa
Inte tvtta hret innan hon gick ut.
hinna
kra frbi tnkte
kemtvtten p hemvgen.
tnka
Unit 10
SWEDISH
Remember that adverbs in a main clause come af ter the verb. In the case of a helping verb plus a main verb J the adverb comes right after the helping verb J that is bet~een the helping verb and the main verb. This is not an exception: the pule is that the adverb comes after the conjugated verb. Practice D. This is a mixed practice using auxiliary verbs J verbs that be have similarlyJ and ordinary verbs ~hich keep att in front of the infinitive. Fill in the spaces with the cue verbs in the proper form. Vse the present tense.
eVE
Johan tnker kra Ha n 1nte smoking ta p sig inte behver Eva frsker lsa Johan s I i P per j agga Hon glder sig t atT g p Dramaten I kv I I gldja sig t, g nr det r varmt. 51 ippa, jogga skynda oss tv bcker varje mnad. frska, lsa behva, skynda sig
ikv~:ill.
ti"
Lund imorgon.
tnka, kra
vi IJa, ta p sig
vi I I
Vi
Uni t 10
315
SWEDISH
316
eVE
Pojken ber att f Han
en leksak.
b e, f
kaffe. tycker om att dricka
tycka om, dricka
Bo
behver
aldrig pminna
h en ne
behva, pminna
De
kommer att flytta Hrfri srskan
ti I I Sverige I hst.
komma att, flytta
innan hon gr hem. tycker om att kl om sig
tycka om, kl om sig
Vi
bord p restaurangen. brukar best I I a
bruka, bestlla
Man br
Vi
inte ta inte orkar g inte hinner
fr fort.
br, ta
I ng re.
orka, g
UI f
biljetter. kpa
hinna, kpa
unit 10
SWEDISH
CUE
Margit tycker om att g Det kommer att b I l Bo och Mrta vill
Pe I I e
b
p teatern.
tycka om, g
ra.
k o mm a a t t, b I I
Inte frlova sig
vi IJa, frlova sig
inte vgar flyga inte

bi I
vga, flyga
Man behver
stockholm.
behva, kunna, kra
kunna kra
Unit 10
31 ?
SWEDISH
318
Point III.
Imperative Form
Iniinitive
Impel'ative
Examples
First oonjugation:
Seoond oonjugation (a): (b): Third aonjugation: Fourth conjugation:
att tal/a att kr/a att ls/a att t ro att g att sltt/a
tala
kr ls
tro
Tala svenska!
Kr lngsamt! Ls din bok!
Tro inte p allt!
.9!
s i tt
G hem nu! Sitt hr!
As you see in the ohart, the imperative form of the verbs of the firat conjugation is identiaal to the infinitive. In all the other oonjugations (2a and 2b, 3rd and 4th) the stem is used for the imperative fOl'm. Unit 10
SWEDISH
Nate: In the third conjugation and also in the case of some of the fourth conjugation verbs, the stem and the infinitive form are identical.
Practice E. This praotioe deals with the imperative forms of all four conjugations. Put the cue verbs in the imperative form.
eVE
p mi g! Vnta med en lkare! Tala s god och Va r sitt bckerna frn bIblioteket! Hmta frst innan du brjar! Frga hos oss nr ni kommer ti I I Stockholm!
Bo bo
Wait for me!
vnta
tala
vara, sItta
hmta
f rg a
din klnning sjlv!

Sy
sy
Unit 10
319
SWEDISH
eVE
mi g !
Tro
320
AI I t k o mm e r a t t b I i b r a .
tro
inte n! G snll och

Va r
svenska! tala
vara, tala
mig Ring
eftermiddag!
ringa
mig boken! Ge inte det! Glm p mig och Hr gr fnstret, r du snll! Stng bordet hr! St I I
Unit 10
ge
glmma
som Jag sger!
hra, gra
stnga
stlla
SWEDISH
eUE inte den dr hatten! Kp
i nte s mycket!
kpa
rka
Rk p det! Tnk med oss ti I I Mysinge!

Fa r
tnka
fa ra
hit' ett gonblick! Kom hr! Stt dig plats innan tget gr! Ta<gJ ti II henne att Erik kommer snart. Sg mig att ringa! Pminn
Unit 10
komma
stta sig
ta<gaJ
sga
pminna
321
SWEDISH
Point IV:
D Sedan (sen)
322
both meaning "then."
English speaking students sometimes confuse d and sedan be cause both of these words transl-ate into the Engl-ish "then." What you must remember is that seda~ means "afterwards," "after that." Example:
Frst tvttade han sig och sen rakade han sig.
First he washed and then he-shaved.

D means "at that time,
/I
"in that case."

fr tv r sen. D bodde han
Exampl-es:
Vi
trffades
Rom.
We met two years ago.

r klockan redan sex?
Then hewaB l-iving in Rome.

D mste vi g.
~
~"
~l
,I
-o
1'f~
Is it six o'clock al-ready?
Then we 'Il have to go.
Practice F. This is a practice on d - sedan. Fill in the blanks ehoosing the correct word, either d or sedan. You wil-l find the correct answers on the fol-l-owing page.
Johan och Margit satt och t frukost Det var Browns, p kvllen. Washington som bodde kket. De tv ringde det p paren sku I I e g telefonen. p teatern
Sverige
skulle de g ngra r tidigare.
ut och ta ngonstans. arbetade Johan p

J
De hade trffats svenska ambassaden.
flyttade han och Margit ti Sverige.
New York och
for de ti Ilbaka ti II
Unit 10
SWEDISH
Answer to Fractice F.
Johan och Margit satt och t frukost Det var Browns, p kvllen. i som bodde i
i kket.
De tv
ringde
det p
telefonen. p teatern
Sverige d. ut och
paren skulle g
Sedan skulle de g
ta ngonstans.
De hade trffats
Washington ngra r tidigare.
D arbetade Johan p svenska ambassaden. New York och sedan for de ti Ilbaka tl II
Sedan
flyttade han och Margit ti II
Sverige.
Unit 10
323
SWEDISH
Point V:
384
Fre -I nnan, both meaning "before." Fre and innan are easily confused by English speaking students since these two words both translate into the English "betore. " Fre is a preposition and can therefore modify only a noun or a pronoun.
Example:
Fre teatern t vi
mi ddag p en restaurang.
Before the theater we had dinner in a restaurant.
Innan is a conjunction which introduces a dependent clause.

Example:
Innan vi gick p teatern, t vi middag p en restaurang.

Before we went to the theater we had dinner in a restaurant. Be sure to
Beloware examples to illustrate the usage of fre and innan. read them aloud.
Fre Hon kpte en ny klnning fre resan.

She bought a new dress before the trip.
I n na n
Hon kpte en ny klnning innan hon reste.

She bought a new dress before she left.
Det var nstan mrkt fre regnet.

It was almost dark before the rain.
Det var nstan mrkt innan dei brjade regna.

It was almost dark before it started to rain.
Pressattachen hade lst om Sverige fre sin resa ti II Stockholm.

The press attache had read about Sweden before his trip to Stockholm.
Pressattachen hade lst om Sverige innan han for ti II Stockholm.

The press attache had read about Sweden before he left for Stockholm.
VI mste kl om oss fre middagen.

We'll have to change before dinner.
Vi mste kl om oss innan vi gr ut och ter.

We 'll have to change before we go out and eat.
Han gick ut med hunden fre frukost.

He took the dog out before breakfast.
Han gick ut med hunden innan han t frukost.

He took the dog out before he had breakfast.
Unit 10
SWEDISH
Practice G. This is a mixed praatice on fre and innan. word in the blank spaces. Insert the coprect
Johan best I I de bord innan Eva ringde fre ni gr mste ni Innan De trffades en halvtimme
de gick p KB.
sammantrdet.
skriva era namn I boken.
frestllningen. fre
Han tnkte I nge innan
han sade ngot.
Hon kpte bi Ijetter tv mnader fre Fru Berg stngde fnstren i nna n
K p e n t i d n i n g r d u s n I I ,
resan.
det brjade regna.
de stnger. innan
Huset mste
bl
frdigt fre
den frsta jul
j.
Unit 10
325
SWEDISH
Du mste tala med Bo innan
Hon gladde sig alltid
326
du far.
en resa. fre
Gsterna drack sherry I vardagsrummet fre
lunchen.
Uni t 10
SWEDISH
UNIT 11 NATIONS, LANGUAGES, AND NATIONALITIES Basic Sentences Two friends are having a conversation. Bengt:
1.
Hi. Thanks for an exceptionally nice evening last Monday.

succes8 fu l
Hej p dig. Tack fr sist. Det var en ovanl igt trevl ig kvll mndags. * Iycka/d -t -de ne rvs -t -a varandra ~varann) Ja, det blev ganska lyckat. Man r ju alltid lite nervs nr gsterna inte knner varann.
Fred:
2.
nervous each other, one another Yes, it turned out all right. You are always a little nerVOU8 when the guests don't know each other. conversation Afri ca I had 8uch an interesting conversation with the Bennetts. Were they really in Africa for six years? vacation, leave Sure, but the y went home on leave once a year,
Bengt:
3.
samta I -et -0 Afrika Jag hade ett s intressant samtal med 8ennetts. Var de verkl igen i Afrika i sex r?
Fred:
4.
semester -n, semestrar Ja, men de for hem p semester en gng om ret,
Uni t
11
327
SWEDISH
to greet to visit Christmas and the chitdren coutd go and visit them at Chri8tma8. English (tanguageJ born France Don't you think Louise Bennett speaks English well? She was born in France, you know. Frenchwoman Swede (female ) Swedish (languageJ perfect OhJ Is she French? I thought she was Swedish because her Swedish is perfeet too. language gifted to have a gift for languages to s tudy German (languageJ Arabic (tanguageJ Welt, the whole family has a gift for languages. They have alBo studied German and Arabic.
att h~lsa (p>, att hlsa p, I jul -en -ar och barnen kunde resa och hlsa p dem p jularna. * engelska -n 0 fdd, ftt, fdda Frankrike Tycker du inte att LouIse Bennett talar bra engelska? Hon r Ju fdd i frankrike. * fransysk/a -an -or svensk/a -an -or svenska -n 0 perfekt -0 -a Jas, r hon fransyska? Jag trodde hon var svenska, fr hennes svenska r ocks perfekt. * sprk -et -0 begv/ad -at -ade att vara sprkbegvad att studera, I tyska -n 0 arabiska -n 0 Ja, hela familjen r sprkbegvad. De har ocks studerat tyska och arabiska.
328
5.
6.
Bengt:
7.
Fred:
8.
Uni t 11
SWEDISH
India united nation united Nations (U. N.) Now they are going to India in a coup le of months. Bill is going to work for the United Nations (U. N.). to gra8p, to undel'stand to tolel'ate, to put up with (something) heat Itts hal'd to understand how they can stand the heat for so long. degree centigrade according to It's fort y degrees centigrade for several months (of the year), according to Louise Bennett. climate even i f Yes, then the climate is Pl'Obably bettel' in Sweden, even i f it's aold in the wintel' and rainB in the BUmmel'.
9.
I n d Ie n fren/ad -at -ade nation -en -er Frenta Nationerna (F.N.) Nu ska de fara ti II I ndi en om ett par mnader. B i II ska arbeta fr Frenta Nationerna (F.N.). *
Bengt:
10.
att fatta, I att st ut (med ngonting); str, stod, sttt, 4 hetta -n 0 Det r svrt att fatta hur de str ut med hettan s lnge.
11.
grad -en -er Celsius en I i gt Det r ju fyrtio grader varmt i flera mnader, enligt Louise Bennett. *
Fl'ed:
12.
klimat -et -0 ven om Ja, d r nog kl imatet bttre l Sverige, ven om det blir kallt p vintern och regnar p sommaren.
Unit 11
329
SWEDISH
att mrka, 2b brytning -en -ar tysk -en -ar Mrkte du att herr Lund ocks talade med brytning? Han r tysk. *
330
Bengt:
13.
to no tice accent German (male) Did you notice that Mr. Lund also spoke with an accent? Re is German. apparently foreigner Yes, I noticed that. There are apparently many foreigners here in Sweden. population immigrant Yes, ten per cent of the population are immigrants. country, Qountryside what countries do they come from?
Fred:
14.
tydligen utlnning -en -ar Ja, jag mrkte det. Det finns tydligen mnga utlnningar hr I SverIge.
Bengt:
15.
befolkning -en -ar invandrare -n -0 Ja, tio procent av befolkningen r invandrare. land -et, lnder Vilka lnder kommer de Ifrn?
Fred:
16.
Uni t 11
SWEDISH
all possible, all kinds of nationality Finn (male) Greek (male) Pole (male) Italian (male) Frenohman Yugoslav (male) There are all kinds of nationalities here, Finns, Greeks, Poles, Italians, Frenohmen, and Yugoslavs. . How oan you find work i f you are a foreigner and don't know the language? course free of charge The oourseB in Swedish are free for the immigrants. minority You also have another minority, don't you? to mean, to refer to Lapp Lapp You mean the Lapps.
Bengt:
17.
all -t -a mjlig -t -a national itet -en -er finlndare -n -0 grek -en -er polack -en -er i ta I i enare -n -0 fransman -nen, fransmn jugoslav -en -er Hr finns alla mJI iga national iteter, finlndare, greker, polacker, italienare, fransmn och jugoslaver.
Fred:
18.
Hur kan man f arbete om man r utlnning och inte kan sprket? *
Bengt:
19.
kurs -en -er g rat i s -0 -0 Kurserna i svenska r gratis tr invandrarna. minoritet -en -er Ni har ju en mi nori tet till, Inte sant? * att mena, I lapp -en -ar samle -en -er Du menar lapparna el ler samerna.
Fred:
20.
Bengt:
21.
Unit 11
331
SWEDISH
Scandinavia thousands WeLL, they have Lived in Scandinavia for thousands of years. How many Lapps are there in Swe den? about, approximateZy yet, nevertheZess to keep own Lappish (Language) About 17,000. And yet they have kept their own Language, LappiBh. Can you Bay Bomething in LappiBh? difficult No, it's a very difficuLt language. village Lapp vi Zlage I'd like to see a Lapp village 80me time.
Skandinavien tusentals Ja, men de har bott I Skandinavien i tusentals r. Hur mnga lappar finns det I Sverige? omkring nd att behll/a -er, behll, behllit, 4 egen, eget, egna lapska -n 0 Omkring sjutton tusen. Och nd har de behllit sitt eget sprk, lapska. >I
332
Bengt:
22.
Fred:
23.
Bengt:
24.
Fred:
25.
Kan du sga ngot p lapska?
Bengt:
26.
svr -t -a NeJ, det r ett mycket svrt sprk.
Fred:
2?
by -n -ar lappby -n -ar Jag skulle grna vilja se en lappby ngon gng.
Uni t
11
SWEDISH
northern part of Sweden Then you have to go to Norrland. while Listen, are you going to travel a lot while you are here. both ... and res t, remainder Europe Yes, both in Sweden and in the rest of Europe. to se l l lot, mass inexpensive, cheap charter trip, journey. tour abroad Nowadays they sell lots of good and cheap charter tours to other countries. anywhere You can [ly almost anywhere.
Norrland D mste du fara ti II
Bengt:
28.
Norrland.
29.
medan Hr du, tnker du resa mycket medan du r hr?
Fred:
:W.
bde .. och rest -en -er Eu ropa Ja, bde i SverIge och av Europa.
resten
Bengt:
31.
att slj/a -er, slde, slt, 4 mass/a -an -or b i I I i g -t -a charter res/a -an -or utlandet Nu fr tiden sljer de en massa bra och b i II i ga charterresor t II I ut landet.
32.
var(tl som helst Man kan flyga nstan vart som helst.
Uni t 11
333
SWEDISH
people even, not only that but pleasure Siberia People even go on pleaBure trips to Siberia.
to wonder I'm beginning to wonder when I'll have time to work here.
folk -et -0 ti II och med (t.o.m.) nje -t -n Sibirien Fo I k fa r t l I I och med p nj as resa tl II Sibi rien.
334
33.
Fred:
34.
att undra, I Jag brjar undra nr jag ska att arbeta hr.
f tid
Unit 11
SWEDISH
VNIT 11 Nates on Hasia Sentences la. 1b.
Hej p dig!
Idiomatic informal greeting.

S~edes
Tack fr sist (also: tack fr senast). to expreBS gratitude.
have a number of special phrases
Example s:
Tack Tack Tack Tack Tack
fr maten (af ter a meal). fr ikv\ I (af ter a nice evening). fr igr (for yeBterdaY'B party). fr hjlpen (for the aBBiBtanae). detsamma (thank you~ the same to you).
5.
Hlsa p. Nate the differenae in meaning: When .P! is stressed in att hlsa p, it means "to visit"; when hlsa is stressed in att h Isa p, it means "to greet (somebody) ", "to Bay he llo-.-,,-Hon r fdd. Notice that S~ediBh useB present tenBe where English uses past tense (she was born). As long as a person is still living you have to say r fdd. Hon r fransyska.
6.
7.
Swedes refer to nationalities
as
nouns.
Examples:
Han r fransman (he is Frenah). Han r engelsman (he is English).
Se e No te 1 8a.
9.
Frenta Nationerna. In some names containing the word frenade. the ending -ade has been contraated to -ta.
Example: Uni t 11
Frenta Staterna {the United Statesj.

JJ5
SWEDISH
11. Fyrtio grader varmt. Only the oentigrade scale is used in Sweden. When talking about the temperature outside the words varmt or kallt are used to indicate whether the temperature is above zero or below zero Celsius or centigrade.
336
Examples:
Det r tv grader varmt. (It's two degreea above zero.) Det r tio grader kallt. (It's ten degrees below zero.)
5 CF 9
Here is the conversion formula from Fahrenheit to Celsius: The opposite conversion is:
~
32)= C.
+ 32 = F.
13.
Brytning is a person's foreign accent. (The Swedish word accent mean8 8tre88 or stress marker.) Note that the indefinite article is left out. UtlnnIng. The indefinite article is dropped before nouns denoting profe8sions~ occupations. nationalities J religious and philosophical affiliations. Utlnning (foreigner) is included in this rule. Gf. Unit 3 J Note 6a. Kan sprket. Att kunna ett sprk means to know a language. means "to know"J "to have learned" . Att kunna + a noun
18a.
l8b.
Examptes:
Kan du lxan? (Do you know your homework?) Kan du multipl ikationstabellen? (Do you know your multiplication tables?) Jag kan reglerna. (I know the rules.)
Unit 11
SWEDISH
20.
En mi nori tet ti II. "addi tiona L "

Examples:
Ti I I following a noun has the meaning of "another," "more, "

Be can read one more book. Do you need another dollar? Would you like another cup of coffee?
Han kan lsa en bok tl I I. Behver du en dollar till? Vi II du ha en kopp kaffe ti II?
Note:
En annan (ett annat, andra) means "a different .. " Vi I I du ha en annan kopp?
Do you want a different cup?
Example:
24.
Sitt eget sprk. The adjective egen, eget, egna is an exception to the rule of using the definite form of the adjective af ter a possessive adjective. Egen (eget, egna) is used in the indefinite form after a possessive adjective.
Examples:
Min ~ bok (my OWn book). Mi tt eget rum (my own room); but mi n rda b i I (my red ear).
25.
P lapska. In Swedish the preposition p is used before a language name where English uses the preposition "in"
Examples:
.2.i .2.i
svenska (in Swedish) engelska (in English) Som helst added to certain words has the meaning "any" ("it doesn't
32.
Vart som helst.

matter") . Examples:
Var Som helst (anywhere) Vad som helst (anything) Vem som helst (anyone) Vi Iket sprk som helst (any language) Nr Som helst (any time)
Unit 11
337
SWEDISH
UNIT 11 Points to Practice Point I: Point II: Point III:
338
Man
Time adverbials Nations, languages, and nationalities
Unit 11
SWEDISH
Point I. The Swedish Pronoun MAN. Swedish uses the indefinite pronoun man very frequently where English uses a personal pronoun or a noun, such as "you, we, they, people, one." Example:
Man fr inte rka var som helst.
(You may not smoke just anywhere.J
Try to get into the habit of using man by doing the folZowing translation practice. Practice A.
1.
Translation.
We eat too much in the U. S.
Man ter fr mycket l U.S.A.

2.
They say that he won't come back to Sweden.
Man sger att han inte kommer ti

3.
Ibaka ti
I Sverige.
One shouldn't believe everything that is in the newspaper.
Man ska inte tro allt som str i tidningen.

4. You don't understand what he means.
Man frstr inte vad han menar.

5.
You hear it often.
Man hr det ofta.

6.
You never know.
Man vet aldrig.

Uni t 11
339
SWEDISH
7. People drink a lot of coffee in Sweden.
340
Man dricker mycket kaffe I Sverige.

8.
You do what you can.
Man gr vad man kan.
Man has an objective form~ en, as well as two possessive forms~ ens, sin (sitt, sina). The same rule applies in this case as in the use of~ns----sin, hennes - sin, deras - sin. (See Unit 5, Point Ic.)
We will only give you a few examples of en, ens, sin (sitt, sina)~ since the objective and possessive forms of man are not used very often. Examples:
UD skickar en hit och dit.

The Foreign Ministry sends you here and there.
Man vi I I grna hjlpa om ngon ber en.

Yuu like to help i f someone asks you to.
Nr lraren frgar en ngot blir man ofta nervs.

When the teacher asks you
something~
you often get nervous.
Ens I iv r ens eget.

Your Life is your own.
Man gr sitt bsta.

You do your best.
Man mste betala sina rkningar.

You have to pay your bills.
Unit 11
SWEDISH
Point II: Time Adverbials The adverbial time expressions in Swedish need some extra attention. first look at some expressions which you are already familiar with:
j frrgr 19 r Idag i kv I I imorgon i vermorgon
Let's
the day before yesterday yesterday today tonight tomorrow the day af ter tomorrow
In all these examples the preposition ( is used. However, the re are other expressions where you use the preposit7on~. To make i t easier for you to sort out these different uses we are giving you a table of time expressions. The expressions in the table all answer the question Nr? (when?). When you look at the table you will notice that the names of the seasons, the holidays. the days of the week and the months are not capitalized in Swedish.
WHEN?
1.
The choice of preposition depends on whether the time expressed is a 8pecific occasion in the past, present, future, Or implies habit.
Unit 11
341
SWEDISH
WHEN? Past time Aret (the year) Arstider (seasons) vinter (winter) vr (spring) sommar (summel') hst (fall)
I
342
Pl'esent time
i r
Future time nsta r
Habitual-
fr ra ret
ifjol, ifjor
vintras v ras somras hstas
vinter v r
I sommar
vinter v r sommar hst
p vintern p vintrarna p v ren p v ra rna p sommaren p somrarna p hsten p hstarna
hst
Helger
jul
(hoLidays)
julas jul j ul
(Christmas) psk (Easter) pingst (Pentecost) midsommar (Midsummer)
pskas pingstas mi dsomras
psk pingst midsommar
p s k
p I n 9S t
midsommar
p p p p
j uI e n
psken pingsten mI dsomma ren
Unit 11
SWEDISH
WHEN? Past time Present time Future time
i
Habitual
Dagen (the day) morgon (morning) frmiddag (10-12 a.m.) eftermiddag

{afternoon}
i frrg r i g r
idag
Imorgon vermorgon Imorgon bItti imorgon frmiddag
p dagen p dagarna p morgonen p mornarna p frmiddagen p frmiddagarna p eftermiddagen p eftermiddagarna p kvllen p kvllarna p natten p ntterna p p p p p p p sndagarna mndagarna tisdagarna onsdagarna torsdagarna fr-edagarna lrdagarna
i morse
frmiddags
i
eftermiddags kvll
eftermiddag
i k v I I
eftermiddag
i k v I I
kv I I
(evening, night)
i (gr)
nat-r (12 midnight - 5 a.m.) sndag mndag tisdag onsdag torsdag fredag lrdag
(Sunday) (Monday) (Tuesday) (Wednesday) (Thursday) (Friday ) (Saturday)
i (gr) natt
natt
natt
sndags mndags tisdags onsdags torsdags fredags lrdags
p p p p p p p
sndag mndag tisdag onsdag torsdag fredag lrdag
Unit 11
343
SWEDISH
Fo~
344
months you simply use the
p~eposition
l.
time
Fast time
Mnader (months) januari februari mars apr i I maj
juni
j uI i
F~esen t
Futul'e time
Habitual
januari
januari
januari
I januari
augusti september oktober november december
o o
IJ
unit 11
SWEDISH
Practice B. Dur first practice will cover only time expressions dealing with the seasons and the holidays. Remember that your choice of expressian depends on whether you are speaking about the past, the present, the future, or something habitual. Use the proper form of the aue word and fill in the blank.
eVE
for vi
I
ti II
en
lappby. Last winter we went to
vinter
a Lapp vi Llage.
vintras ska resa ti II New York sommar sommar Yi
Yl
bodde alltid
Norrland
sommar
p sommaren (p somrarna)
r det mrkt och kallt. hst
p hsten (p hstarna)
hlsade vi pskas AmerIka arbetar man pIngst
p moster Anna.
psk
p pingsten
for vi
I
till
Dalarna.
j uI
julas
j uI
Marge kommer alltid hem frn college
p julen
UnU 11
345
SWEDISH
Practice the week.
346
e.
This practice will deal with expressions concerning the days of Vse the proper form of the cue words and fill in the blanks.
eVE
var vl p Operan.
Last Wednesday we were at the Opera.
onsdag
I onsdags Man gr i kyrkan p sndagarna Eriks mamma kommer hem p lrdag Ake var hemma I fredags Lars brjar arbeta p tisdag Mnga ter fisk p fredagarna kom Browns hit p middag. lrdags Jag ska g p Operan p torsdag torsdag lrdag fredag tisdag fredag lrdag sndag
Unit 11
SWEDISH
Ohi
2.
When the time expression. in answel' to the question "when?". specifies a number of years. months. weeks. days, houl's. etc . the folZowing prepositions are used. depending on the tense of the verb:
Om
(in)
future and present tense
Fr
ExampZes: Vi
Vi
se(da}n (ago)
pas t
tense
reser om en vecka.
We 're leaving in a week. We 're moving in one month.
ska f lytta om en mnad.
Paketet kom fr en timme sedan. The package arrived one hour ago.
Bi II
bodde dr fr f I era r sedan.
BiZl Zived there sevel'al years ago. Note the verb tense
Practice D. This is a practice on Q0 and fr ... sedan. and choose the right preposition.
eVE
Han gick tr en timme sedan
Unit 11
34 ?
Re lejt an hour ago.
en timme
SWEDISH
eVE
Bergs bodde hr tr mnga r sedan Han kommer ti Ilbaka om tv dagar Bob kom hem fr en vecka sedan Vi ska tara hem om en halvtimme Han ska brja arbeta om ett par dagar Dah I grens tnker resa ti II
J
348
mn.tla r
tv dagar
en vecka
en halvtimme
ett par dagar
nd I en om en mnad
en mnad
Nate:
In time expressions the preposition etter is used when EngLish uses the preposition Hafter, H that is to indicate eLapsed time. ExampLes:
Filmen var dlig, s vi gick etter en halvtimme.

The movie Was bad, so we left after haLf an hour.
Han var hr, men han gick etter tem minuter.

He was here, but he Le[t alter live minuteB.
Unit 11
SWEDISH
HOW OFTEN?
3.
All the time expressions we have dealt with 80 fa~ answe~ the question "when?" Now we will look at the time exp~essions used in answel' to the question "How often?" In anSWe~ to "how often?" the p~epositions l and om are used. With the following wOl'ds
is used:
Example8:
ett ord i sekunden sextio ord i minuten ttio ki lometer l timmen en g ng i veckan tv gnger i m~naden
wo~dB
m~naden ----
sekunden minuten timmen veckan

one word aseeond sixty words aminute eighty kilometers an hour onee a week twiee a month
With the following
om is used:
om
{ ~t
~
ret
Uni t 11
349
SWEDISH
Examples:
350
en tidning om dagen fyra tabletter om dygnet tio frestllningar om i:1ret
one newspaper a day four tablets every 24 hours ten performances a year
Note the definite article in the Swedish.
Fractice E. This is a practice with mixed time expressions using i and om. Fill in the blank with the correct preposition and the right form of the-Cue word.
eUE
Patienten tog medicinen fyra gnger om dagen Hon studerade svenska tv dagar veckan Anna rkte flera cigarretter
i
The patient took the dag medicine four times a day.
vecka
timme timmen m nad mnaden
Pojken var hemma frn skolan flera gnger
Vi tar semester tv gnger om ret Flickan ringde flera gnger

i veckan
vecka
Unit 11
SWEDISH
eUE Ulf rakade sig tv gnger om dagen Margit mblerade om flera gnger om ret Eva kammade sig en gng minuten minut r dag
HOW LONG?
4.
We have talked about time exppessions answeping the questions "when?" and "how o[ten?" Now let's look at time exppessions answeping the question "how long?" In English the time ppeposition in this case is "[op." In Swedish I is used in an a[[ipmative statement. ~ top a negative one. Exa mp l e s :
Vi ha r
var i t
St o c k h o I m I
f e m da g a r
We have been in Stockholm-for five days.

I
Jag har inte sett henne ~ tre r. have not seen hep fop thpee yeaps.
Uni t 11
351
SWEDISH
Praatiae F. This is a praatiae dealing with the uses of ~ and E! in time expressions answering the question uhow long?U Fill in the blank with the aorreat preposition.
352
Bo tnkte p saken
en hel vecka.
Bo thought about it for a whole week.
Vi
ska stanna l USA
tre r.
De reste omkrl ng I Afrika
tv mnader.
VI
bodde
Skvde
t i o r.
Han hade arbetat p boken
tta mnader.
Han har I nte I st en bok p
flera r.
UJ I a och Maj har vari t p ett fredrag
tv timmar.
Lisa har Inte kt tg p
flera r.
Unit 11
SWEDISH
HOW FAST?
5.
When the time expression answers the question "how fast done)?" Swedish uses the preposition ~. Examples:
Han krde frn Stockholm ti l I
(can something be
Malm ~ tio timmar.

~n
He drove from Stockholm to Malmo

Han skrev boken ~ en mnad.
ten hours.
He wrote the book in one month.

Han gick ti II stationen
E!
tio minuter.
He walked to the station
~n
ten minutes.
Here is a list of
Fre {before}:
o~her
prepositions used in time expressions:

tta.
Han kom hem fre
He came home before eight.

Me I I an
(between) : until):
Mellan jul
och nyr.
Between Christmas and New Year.

Ti II
(till,
Vi ska stanna i New York t i l l den frsta oktober. We/re going to stay in New York until the first of October.
Unit 11
353
SWEDISH
(during): (over, dUY'ing, for the duration of):
Jag r hemma under dagen.
354
Under
I' m home during the day.

ver Vi ska fara bort ver psken.
We/re going away for Easter.
Uni t 11
SWEDISH
Point III. Nations, Nationalities, Languages
Here is a table of some of the nations, nationalities and languages of the world. There are a few points to nate: 1. 2. Names of languages and nationalities are not capitalized in Swedish. There are different words for females and males. The word for the female is often the same as for the language. The nationality nouns and adjectives are declined according to the rules that are applicable to other nouns and adjectives. Examples: (nouns) (adjs.) 5.
fransysk/a -an -or; fransk svensk -en -ar; fransman -neo, fransmn
J.
4.
-t -a; svensk -t -a
Remember that the indefinite article is not used in sentence structures like r + nationality. Examples:
Erik r svensk. John r amerikan.
Erik is a Swede. John is an American.
See Basic Sentence Note 18a in this Unit.
Unit 11
355
SWEDISH
358
Landet Coun try Sverige Tyskland (,t-, y"t-) Ryssland (Sovjetunionen)

Daomark }
Adjektivet Adjeetive
Mannen Man en svensk dansk tysk

~
-~,
Kvinnan Woman en svensk/a -or danska tyska rys ka
~ket
Language
svenska danska tyska rys ka japanska grekiska kinesiska po I ska engelska ital ienska hol I ndska finska engelska norska franska spanska
svensk -t -a da ns k tysk ry s k Japansk: -t -a grekisk kinesisk polsk amerikansk ital iensk -t -a hollndsk schweizisk finsk engelsk -t -a norsk fransk spansk -t -a
Japan Grekland Kina Polen Amerika (Frenta Staterna) I ta I i en Holland Schweiz Finland England Norge Frankrike Spanien
en japansk/a -or en j a pa n -er grekiska g re k kines kInesiska polack polska amerikan ameri kanska (amerikanare -0) } en Italienare hollndare schweizare finlndare
-~
en Italiensk/a -or hollndska schweiziska finlndska (finska) en engelsk/a -or no rs ka fransyska en spanjorsk/a -or
en engels/man -mn norrman fransman en spanjor -e r
If you study this ehart earefully you will notiee that eertain patterns emerge.
Note: The plural of the maseuline noun is used for people in general of that partieular nationality . Examples: Svenskarna dricker mycket kaffe. The Swedes drink a lot of eoffee. Engelsmnnen kr p vnster sida. The English drive on the left.
Unit 11
SWEDISH
Practice G. This is a practice on languages and nationalities . The cue gives the country and you have to fill in the nationality 01' language as the verb indicates.
eUE
I Polen bor det polacker Lars talar

i tal i enska
Poles live in Poland.
Polen
I ta Il en
Louise r fransyska Hon talar bra svenska Det var tio p bussen. amerrkaner <amerikanare) Mnga spanjorskor Vi trffade en trevlig no rrman Det r inte svrt att lsa danska
Uni t 11
Frankrike
Sverige
u. S. A.
r vackra.
Spanien {female}
Norge
Danmark
3ti7
SWEDISH
eVE
358
Tv av
kunde tala engelsmnnen tyska
England (mate). Tyskland
Mnga finlndare
ta I a r svenska
Finland. Sverige
Det r inte s svrt fr en spanjor
att tala _____ . Spanien (male), italienska
Italien
They Practice H. This is a practice on adjectives denoting nationalities. are declined just ~ike all other adjectives. Form adjectives from the cue words.
eVE
Sverige, importerar franska Danmark exporterar da ns k Vinet var tys kt Han krde en italiensk
Unit 11
bi I
viner.
Sweden imports Frenah wines.
Frankrike
ost.
Danmark
Tyskland
I ta I I en
SWEDISH
eVE
De hade gamla engelska Andy kunde inte ett no rs k t Den presidenten talade p TV. amerikanska En spansk pojke satt ti I I hger om henne. Spanien
U. S. A.
mbler.
England
ord.
No rge
Practice r. The cue in this practice gives you the nationa~ity. give the appropriate country (sometimes in the possessive form).
You have to eVE
Kpenhamn r Danmarks
huvudstad.
eopenhagen is the capital of Denmal'k.
da ns k
exporterar mycket vin ti I I U.S.A.

I ta I i en
italienare
Mnga svenskar far ti II Grekland
p semester.
g re k
Unit 11
359
SWEDISH
360
CUE
export var strre Frenta Staternas (Amerikas) Mnga goda ostar kommer frn Frankrike huvudstad heter Oslo. No rg es I igger sder om Tyskland Det gr en frja mellan Holland Danmark och
r.
amerikan
fransman
norrman
tysk, dansk
ho I lndare, enge I 5man England
LT OSS TALA SVENSKA
Now you can talk about all the trips you have taken and plan to take and all the interesting people you have met.
Uni t
11
SWEDISH
UNIT 12
SOCIAL GATHERINGS Basic Sentences
This three-part Unit is an introduction to Swedish social etiquette. It contains useful expressions encountered in social situations. These expressions will be underlined in order to make you more aware of them. At the end of the Unit we will have a practice on these expressions. To obtain maximum benefit from this material, extensive role-playing should supplement it.
Part I.
An informal invitation to lunch
Jane: Asa: Jane:
1.
He Uo! Is that you, Jane? Yes, speaking. Hi Asa. How are things with you? (plur.J
first foremost first of aH to thank late latest Fine, thanks. First of all I want to thank you for the (very) enjoyable) evening at your house.
Ha" ! r det Jane? Ja, det r det. n i d et? Hej Asa. Hur har
2.
3.
Asa:
4.
frst frmst frst och fr~mst att tacka, sen -t -a senast Tack bra. Frst och tacka dig fr senast.
fr~mst
vi I I jag
Unit 12
361
SWEDISH
Jane:
362
5.
It was so nice to have you here. to be ashamed, embarras sed I'm ashamed that I haven't called you Boaner. Buper, great sole filet of Bale It waB Buch a great evening at your house las t Friday . The filet of sole was wonderful. afraid too to get (Bomeone) to leave I' m afraid we stayed too langs but I couldn't get Johan to leave. fun to enjoy to discUSB J
Tack sjlv. ha er hr.
Det var s trevligt att
Asa:
6.
att skm/mas -s -des -ts, 2a Jag skms att jag inte har ringt tidigare. jttetrevl i g -t -a sjtung/a -an -or sjtungsfil e -n -er Det var s jttetrevl igt hos er i fredags. Sjtungsf i I en var underbar.
7.
Jt
8.
rdd 11 -a fr att f Ivag; fr, fick, ftt, 4 Jag r rdd att vi stannade fr lnge, men jag kunde inte f ivg Johan.
9.
to have a discussion Be enjoys having a discuBsion with Mike.
roi ig -t -a att tycka att ngot r roi 19t; 2b att d i skutera , I Han tycker att det r s roi Igt att diskutera med Mike. *
Uni t
12
SWEDISH
to find to hit it off (togetherJ Bong to sing Yes, they have really hit it off together. What a lot of nice songs Johan sang. to arrange Listen, I'm planning a small ladies' luncheon at my house on Saturday next week. approximately, about piece (not transl. in Engl.J simplicity no thing fancy Would you like to come? There will be around six or eight of us. Nothing fancy. terrible terribly I'd love to I'd love to. You know how I enjoy meeting Swedish people. Are they old friends of yours?
att finna, finner, fann, funnit, 4 att finna varandra; 4 visla -an -or att sjunga, sjunger, sjng, sjungit; Ja, de har verkligen funnit varandra. Vad mnga-trevl iga visor Johan sjng!
Jane:
10.
Asa:
11.
att ordna, I Hr du, jag tnker ordna en liten damI unch hemma hos mi g p I rdag i nsta vecka.
12.
sdr (colloquialJ stycke -t -n enkelhet -en (/; i all enkelhet H a r d u I u s t a t t ko mm a? Vi b I i r sdr sex, tta stycken. Det blir i all enkelhet. "
Jane:
13.
hemsk -t -a hemskt hemskt grna Hemskt grna, Asa. Du vet hur roligt ~ag tycker det r att trffa svenskar. Ar det gamla vnner ti I I dig? "
Unit 12
363
SWEDISH
friend schoolmate to invite colleague Yes, two (of them) are even old schoolmates. And then I have invited a couple of colleagues. defense attache The wife of the German defense Do you attache is coming too. speak German? anyway, besides it doesn't matter Anyway it doesn't matter. She speaks Swedish quite well. What time should I come? to serve sherry late, delayed Around 12:30. I'm going to serve a glass of sherry first, and then we 'll eat at one o'clock, i f nobody 's late.
364
Asa:
14.
kamrat -en -er skolkamrat -en -er att bjuda, bjuder, bjd, bjudit, 4 arbetskamrat -en -er Ja, tv r till och med gamla skolkamrater. Och s har jag bjudit ett par arbetskamrater.
15.
frsvar -et -0 attache -n -er Den tyska frsvarsattachens fru kommer ocks. Talar du tyska?
18.
frresten det gr detsamma Det gr frresten detsamma. ganska bra svenska. Hur dags ska jag komma?
Hon talar
Jane:
17.
Asa:
18.
att servera, sherry -n '/1 frsen/ad -at -ade Vid halv ett-tiden. Jag tnker servera ett glas sherry frst och s ter vI klockan ett, om ingen r frsenad. *
Unit 12
SWEDISH
to see each other before then I'm looking forward to seeing you SaturdaY3 if we don't see each other before then. to say hello (tO)3 to greet 3 to give regards (to) Thanks a lot. I'm looking forward to it. Bye 3 bye 3 Asa. Say hello to Johan. Part II. Karin Lindgren: An invitation to a dinner
att ses, ses, sgs, setts, 4 dessfrinnan Vlkommen p lrdag d, om vi inte ses dessfrinnan.
19.
att hlsa <till)j Tack ska du ha. Det ska bl i trevl igt. Hej d, Asa. Hlsa tl I I Johan.
Jane:
20
Hello. May I speak to Mrs. White 3 please. This is Mrs. Lindgren. Just a moment 3 please. Hello. Mary White speaking.
Goddag. Kan jag f tala med Mrs. White. Det r fru Lindgren. *
Voice: Mary White:
Ett gonb I i ck. Ha I I . Det r Mary White.
Karin:
24.
yet husband 3 man Hello J MT's. White. This is Karin Lindgren. We haven't met yet 3 but OUT' husbands know each other.
nnu man, mannen, mn Goddag, Mrs. White. Det hr r Karin Lindgren. VI har inte trffats nnu, men vra mn knner varandra.
Unit 12
365
SWEDISH
25.
366
I'm calling to ask if you could come for dinner at our house on September 18th. calendaT' Thank you. That sounds very nice. Just a minute and I'll check the calendaT'. as faT' as of course to cheok Yes, that's fine. as faT' aB I can see. But I must, of cOUY'se. check with Bill. while. moment May I call you in a little while? What time would it be? caT'd At 7:30. I'll send a card to T'emind you, and a little map BO you can find us heT'e in Taby. majaT' Major BeT'ggT'en and his wife are also coming. They live on BaneT'gatan, number 14.
Jag ringer fr att frga om ni skulle kunna komma p middag ti I loss den 18:de september.
Mary:
26.
almanack/a -an -or Tack, det lter vldigt trevligt. Ett gonbl ick s fr jag se efter j almanackan.
27.
svitt frsts att kolla, l Ja, det passar utmrkt, svitt jag kan se. Men jag mste frsts kolla med B i I I.
28.
stund -en -er Kan jag f ringa om en l i ten stund? Hu r d~ sku I I e det va ra? kort -et -0 Halv tta. Jag skickar ett kort fr att pminna och en I iten karta s ni kan hitta oss hr ute i Tby.
Karin:
29.
30.
ma j o r - e n - e r Major Berggren och hans fru kommer ocks. De bor p Banergatan 14.
Unit 12
SWEDISH
block company go (come) together It's only one block from your house. i f you would like to come out together. kvarter -et -0 sll skap -et -(i1 att gra sllskap; gr, gjorde, gjort, Det r bara ett kvarter frn er, om ni har lust att gra sllskap ut.
31.
to get in touch (here: to

call back) Mary:
32.
att hra av sig; 2a s snart (som) Utmrkt. D hr jag av mig igen, s snart jag har talat med Bi I I. Adj och tack igen.
as soon as Excellent. Then I'll eaU baok again as soon as I have talked to Bill. Goodbye: and thanks again. I hore it's all right with him too. so that we will see both of you on the 18th. Goodbye. We're looking forward to seeing you.
Karin:
33.
Jag hoppas att det passar honom ocks, s att vi tfJr se er bda den 18:de. Adj d och vl komna.
Unit 12
367
SWEDISH
Part III. A formal dinner party
368
Although informal parties and get-togethers are becoming more and more common in servantless Sweden, you will undoubtedly have several opportunities to attend some formal dinner parties. At such times many Swedes like to observe certain traditional "rituals." It is. of course, not necessary for Americans stationed in Sweden to copy the Swedish traditions when they entertain. Swedes enjoy American customs when they visit American homes. However. the host's welcome speech is a good idea to adopt. as well as the thank you speech (when you are aguest). You may be invited by aard (in which case you accept or regret by card. unless otherwise indicated). or by a telephone call from the host or hostess. A reminder card then usually follows. At this point we will describe a typical formal dinner party, in Swedish with an accompanying word list. This will be reading/ listening practice only. It is not intended for memorization.
Bordet r dukat t i l l sitta. Det
fest med en
blommor och
ljus.
Placeringskort visar var gsterna ska i hallen. Vrden och vrdinnan
ligger ocks
plan ver bordsplaceringen
att duka,
ljus -et
to set the table

duk/ad -at -ade
candl e.
-0 light
vrd -en -ar
hos t
set (past part.)

fest -en -er
placeringskort -et
place card
plan -en -er
-0
vrdinn/a
-an -or
hostess
party
blomm/a -an -or
plan. chart
bordsplacering -en -ar
flower Unit 12
seating arrangement
SWEDISH
tar emot
vardagsrummet. I iten
Alla anlnder punkt! igt,
mnga med en blombukett, i hemmet
en chokladfr frsta
ask eller ngon gngen.
present.
Det gller srski It om de r gster
Under hgst en halvtimme dricker gsterna en cocktai I. Vrden gr frst bordsdam ti II
Sedan kommer serveringsi n ti II bordet. bordet med den Vrdinnan gr skillnad
hjlpen och talar om att middagen r serverad. kv i nn I i ga hedersgsten. in sist med mot seden i Varje mani ig gst
fr sin
den manliga hedersgsten, mnga lnder).
som sitter t i l l
vnster om henne
(till
Vrden hlsar gsterna vlkomna med det frsta glaset vin.
att ta emot; tar, tog,
att glla, tagit,
2a
kvinnlig - t - a
to reeeive
att anlnda, 2a
to apply, to be the ease

hem -met
t I I I s k i i I n a d mo t
fema1-e
hedersgst -en -er
in eontrast to
sed -en -er
-0
to arrive
bukett -en -er
home
cockta i I -en -s
most honored or highest ranking guest

mani i9 -t -a
eustom
att hlsa vlkommen (vlkomna);
bouquet
choklad -en 0
eoek tai 1maid

att tala om;
male
fra, 2a
to we leome
ehocolate
ask -en -ar
serveringshjlp -en -ar att
to eseort
bordsdam -en -er
box
present -en -er
to announoe
server/ad -at -ade
female table partner

ski II nad -en -er
gift
serve d (past part.)
differenee
Unit 12
:569
SWEDISH
(Ingen dricker vin dessfrinnan.) ti II hger, senare med damen ti Il En manlig gst sklar under middagen med sin bordsdam vnster och damen mitt emot. Dremot sklar Han sklar ocks med ingen med Man kan henne utom frsts ocks
370
sin hustru. vid tacktalet
Vrdinnan sklar med alla gsterna.
(eller om det r frre n tta personer vid bordet). ngon.
dricka ett
utan att skla med
Vid slutet av mltiden hller den manliga hedersgsten lmnar bordet fram ti I I vrdfolket frst. Vrden och tar hans bords-
I i tet tackta I
Vrdinnan och hedersgsten vardagsrummet gr gsterna

J
dam gr ut sist. fr maten. derna. I
vrdinnan,
i hand och tackar
Sverige sger gsterna adj ti I
innan de tar p sig ytterkl-
att skla,
slut -et
-0
to toast
mitt emot
vrdfol k -et
-0
end
mltid -en -er
host and hostess
(straight) aeross
dremot
meal
att g fram t i l l ; gr, gick, gtt, 4
on the other hand

tackta I -et
-0
0 Zeast
to go (walk) up to
att ta i hand; tar, tog, tagit, 4
thank you speeuh

f, frre,
to shake hands
few,
fewer,
Unit 12
SWEDISH
Dagen efter bjudningen r det uppskattat om man ringer och "tackar fr och tackar. Man kan ocks igr," eller skriver Istllet
skicka blommor med ett tackkort dagen efter bjudningen middagen. Det artigaste och mest formella r att
fr att ta med blommorna ti II blommor ti I I vrdinnan p
skicka
frmiddagen samma dag som bjudningen.
Svenskarna sger dess-
utom I1tack fr senast"
nsta gng de trffar vrden och vrdinnan.
bjudning -en -ar
party
att uppskatta,
to appreeiate
uppskatt/ad -at -ade
appreeiated (past part.)

tackkort -et
-0
thank you note

artig -t -a
polite
formel I -t -a
formal
Unit 12
3?1
SWEDISH
Bill and Mary White arrive with the Berggrens at Karin and Lars Lindgren's house. Karin
372
&
34.
Hello. How nice that you could come together. Thank you. What beautiful
Goddag. Vlkomna! S trevligt att ni kunde gra sllskap.
Lars:
Karin:
35.
Tack.
Vilka vackra blommor!
f towers !
(Lars indicates Klaus Muller)
Lars:
Bi ll:
36.
Do you know each other?

No~
Knner n I
varandra?
37.
don't believe we have
Nej,
jag tror
inte vi
har trffats.
met. information officer Mr. and Mrs. White~ Dr. Muller. He is the press attache at the German Embass y. to offer wormwood aquavit What may I offer you? A glass of sherry, Scotch, or maybe a glass Of aquavit spiced with wormwood? press
attache~
pressattache -n -er Mr. och Mrs. White. Det hdr r Dr. Muller. Han r pressattach p tyska ambassaden.
Lars:
38.
39.
att bjuda p; bjuder, bjd, bjudit, malrt -en 0 brnnvin -et 0 Vad fr jag bjuda p? Ett glas sherry, Scotch, eller kanske ett glas malrtsbrnnvin?
Uni t
12
SWEDISH
Later' served (past par't.) Vinner is served. Dinner is r'eady. in? Shall we go
server/ad -at -ade Det r serverat.
Maid: Karin:
40.
41.
Varsgoda.
Ska vi
g t i l l
bords?
At the tabLe (Lars r'aises his gLass) . heartily Karin and I want to welcome you aLL, old friends and neW. especially We are especialLy pLeased to have the Whites here tonight. You just arrived from the U.S. cheers We hope that you will like it in Sweden and that we will see you many times her'e at our house. -- Cheers! (All the guests drink including the guests of honor.)
hjrtl igt Karin och jag ber att f hlsa er alla hjrtligt vlkomna. bde gamla och nya vnner.
Laps:
42.
43.
spec i e I I t Det glder oss speciellt att Whites r hr i kvll. Ni har ju just kommit frn Amerika.
44.
skl hoppas att ni kommer att trivas i Sverige och att vi kan f se er mnga gnger hr hemma hos oss. -S k I ! Vi
Uni t
12
373
SWEDISH
Later title to put away Mr. White, now I think we should call each other by our first names. My name is Karin. Cheers, Bill. Cheers, Karin.
Dr. Muller, may I
titel -n, titlar att lgga bort; lgger, lade, Mr. White, nu tycker jag att vi lgger bort titlarna. Jag heter Ka r i n. S k I, B I I I
374
lagt,
Karin:
45.
Bill: Karin:
46.
s k
toast you?
Dr.
I,
Ka r i n .
47.
MUller,
fr jag skla med er?
Towards the end of the dinner, during the dessert (Bill taps his glass and gets up).
to discover tradition, custom Ladies and Gentlemen. Mary and I have already discovered many delightful Swedish traditions which we will take home with us to the U. S.
att upptcka, 2b tradition -en -er Mina damer och herrar. Mary och jag har redan upptckt flera trevl iga svenska traditioner som v i kommer att ta med oss hem ti Il Ameri ka.
Bill:
48.
49.
And now I'm going to try to follow one of them myself for the first time.
Och nu ska jag sjlv frska en av dem fr frsta gngen.
flja
unit 12
SWEDISH
honor to turn lovely, charming As you see J I' m the one who has the honor of giving the thank you speech. First I want to turn to our lovely hostess. suy'e Dear Karin.
dra -n 0 att vnda, 2a frtjusande -0 -0 Jag dr ju den som har ran att f h I I a t a c kt a I e t . F r s t v i I I j a g vnda mig ti I I vr frtjusande vrdinna.
50.
51.
I' m sure that I' m speaking for all of us when I say that this is one of the best dinners that I have ever had. It has also been one of the most delightful. experience (in a positive sense) For Mary and me it has also been a wonderful experience to meet so many of your friends. Let us drink to the hos tess. Cheers. Cheers, cheers Karin.
sker -t, skra Kra Karin. Jag ar sker p att jag talar fr oss al la ~ar jag sger att detta r en av de godaste middagar jag ngonsin har tit. Det har ocks varit en av de trevligaste. upplevelse -n -r Fr Mary och mig r det ocks en upplevelse att f trffa s mnga av era vnner. Lt oss alla skla f r v r d i nna n S k I ! Jl
52.
Guests:
53.
Skl, skl Karin.
Unit 12
375
SWEDISH
Upon Ieaving
376
Mary:
54.
Good-night and thank you a ve~y nice evening.
fo~
Godnatt och tack fr en mycket trevI i g kv I I . Tack sjlv. Det var s roi igt att trffa er. Jag hoppas vi ses snart igen.
Karin:
55.
Don't mentian it. It was so nice mee ting you. I hope we' Il see you again, soon.
Unit 12
SWEDISH
UNIT 12 Notes on Hasic Sentences
5. Tack sjlv (t hanks yourself) - one of several responses to tack s mycket, meaning uyou are welcome u or udon't mention it. u
Other Swedish expressions in response to tack s mycket are:

Ingen orsak det var s lite det var IngentIng det var s roi igt att ...
don't mention it it was so little it Was nothing it was so nice that

appropriat~
You have to try to judge for yourself which phrase is the most one in a given situation.
7.
Jttetrevlig -t -a. Jtte- (giant) is a prefix used with adjeatives and adverbs in colloquial speech to express the meaning of uvery , u or Uextremely. u It is also used with nouns to give the same kind of meaning.
Examples:
jttebra jttedi Ig ett jttefretag
super
extremely bad a giant corporation
The clasest English equivaZent is usuper, u but note that jtte- is used to emphasize something negative as weZl as positive. Examples:
Trtan r jttegod.
The eake is super.

Det var en jttetrkig fl Im.
It was an extremely boring movie.
Unit; 12
377
SWEDISH
9. Han tycker det r s roi igt (he enjoys).
"to enjoy" in Swedish. Examples: There are many ways of expressing
3'18
Han tycker det r sknt att bada bastu.

Be enjoys a sauna.
Tyckte du om fi Imen
Did you enjoy the movie?
Trivs ni
Sverige?
Are you enjoying your stay in Sweden?

12.
Stycken.
stands
alone~
Swedish often adds stycken when a numeral without a noun.
(higher than one)
13.
Hemskt grna conveys the same meaning as the English expression "I'd love to." Att lska (to love) is usually reserved for romance. VId halv ett-tiden (around 12:3J).
Examples: Idiomatic way of expressing approximate time.
18.
vid femtiden vid sjutiden vid halv ttatiden

(instead of herr och fru) in front
21.
Mr. och Mrs. Swedes often use Mr. and Mrs. of an English name.
41a.
Varsgoda (here plur.) means "please~" when you offer a person something (to eat or to go ahead of you through a door~ etc.)~ or "here you are~ n when you hand something to someone.
Unit 12
SWEDISH
41b.
TIll bords. This is an ord form which is still in use in certain e:cpressions, meaning "to the table," or "at the table." There are other Bimilazo e:cpzoessionB: t i t i tl ti t i I I havs l l sjss I I sngs I I fots II skogs
at at in on to
sea sea bed foot the woods
42.
Hjrtl igt.
Swedes often use ofrms of the word hJrtlig (heazotyJ to give certain expressions a little more emphasis. Examples:
Hjrtl igt vlkommen Hjrtl iga gratulationer Hjrtl igt tack
Welcome Congratulations Many thanks
52.
Now we 'll give you a few more examples of the Swedish "thank you speech. " As you'll see there are many forms, from the very formal to the most informal. It can be flowery, eloquent, slightly silly, long or brief and to the point. A personal nate or anecdote is always very nice. Hut most appreciated is the fact that you know about this custom and that you follow it even if it only means that you stand up, turn to your hostess and say: Tack fr en underbar middag. Skl fr vrdinnan. You may want to use our examples 01' borrow portions of them or, better yet, make up your own speeeh.
Herr X:
(short and to the point, atmosphere very informalJ Now you are probably thinking that I'm going to stand here talking white the ice aream is melting. Hut I'll just say: The food was good, the party is great. Cheers and thank you.
Nu tror ni frsts att jag tnker st hr och prata medan glassen sm I ter, men jag sger bara: Maten var god, festen r jttekul. Skl och tack.
Unit 12
379
SWEDISH
Herr Z: (knows the host and hostess well and has an anecdote to tell, which you will supply yoursetf) Kra vrdfolk. pA mina och de andra gsternas vgnar vi II jag tacka er bAda fr en utskt god middag och en mycket trevlig samvaro. Det r alltid lik:::J roi igt att f Komma p fest ti II er. God mat, goda viner och trevliga mnniskor. Aprop vAr sta vrdinna, s mste jag ff bertta en I iten historia. Det var s hr . Den hr historien visar vl vilken trevlig (intelligent, rolig, godhjrtad, kv i cktnktl ~erson "r vrdinna r. Tack igen fr den charmanta middagen och skl fr vrdinnan.
380
Dear hast and hostess. On behatf of mysetf and the other guests I want to thank both of you for a superb dinner and marvelous company. It is always a treat to be invited to your house. Good food, good wine, and nice people. Talking about our hostess I'll have to tell you a tittle story. This is how it happened This story surely shows what a lovely (intelligent, funny, goodhearted> sharp) person our hostess is. Thanks again for the excellent dinner and a toast to our hostess.
Herr :
(wants
to express his thanks to the host and hostess as a team) You have probably all seen that famous ad for Danish beer. One Dane says to the other: "Tell me, when does this beer taste the best?" And the other Dane anSWers: "Always." I ask the same about the Lindgrens' parties: When is the best time to go to a party at Karin and Lars'; is it at Midsummer, at the crayfish party, Christmas party or the little Thursday dinner. The answer is, of course: Always. I' m sure that you
Ni har vl alla sett den dr vlknda rekl amen fr danskt l. Den ena dansken sger ti I I den andra: "Hr du, nr smakar det hr let bst?" Och den andra dansken svarar: "Alltid." Jag sger detsamma om Lindgrens fester: Nr r det trevligast att g pA kalas ti II Karin och Lars; r det p midsommaren, krftkalaset, julfesten eli er den I i Ila torsdagsmiddagen? Svaret bl ir frsts: Alltid. Jag r sker p att ni
Unit 12
SWEDISH
alla hller med mig om det. Karin och Lars, ni har lyckats igen. Tack fr en underbart god middag. Skl fr Karin och Lars.
Lars J
aLL agree ~ith me. Karin and you did it again. Thanks for a marveLous dinner. A toast to Karin and Lars.
Herr :
(doesn't want to repeat what he said last time and oan't think of anything new so he jokes a little) Dear Karin. ActualLy this makes me a little nervous. I've hardly been able to eat my delicious dessert. Where is this going to end? Every time I come here the food gets better J the hostess gets younger and more beautiful and the host more entertaining. I oan't find worda enough to describe such a wonderful party. All I oan say is cheers and many thanks.
K r a Ka r i n. De t r f a k t i s k t I i t e nervst det hr. Jag har knappast kunnat ta min goda efterrtt. Var ska det hr sluta? Fr varje gng jag kommer hit blir maten bara godare, vrdinnan bara yngre och vackrare och vrden mer underhllande. Jag kan inte hitta ord nog fr att beskriva en s charmant fest. Allt jag kan sga r skl fr vrdinnan och ett hjrtl igt tack.
Herr
(likes to make speeches and to pLay with his audienoe) Dear host and hostess J dear "co-guests." Do you know who is more pitiful than a centipede with aohing feet. Now you'Ll probabLy say that it's a giraffe with a sore throat. But that's oompZetely wrong. The one who's the most pitiful is a man who aLL of a sudden J reaLizes that he has lost his little piece of paper with his well prepared thank you speech. What do you do in a situation like that?
J J
Kra vrdfolk, kra " me dgster." Vet ni vem det r mera synd om n en tusenfoting som har ont i ftterna? Nu sger ni frsts att det r en giraff Som har ont i halsen. Men det r alldeles fel. Det r all ra mest synd om en man, som pltsl igt upptcker att han har tappat den I j I la papperslappen med det noggrannt frberedda tacktalet. Vad gr man i en sn situation?
Uni t
12
381
SWEDISH
Ja, har man haft det s trevl igt som jag har haft det ikvll, tit s god mat och haft en s frtjusande bordsdam som jag har haft, nmligen vrdinnan sjlv, ja d r man p ett snt strlande gott humr att en sdan lIten olycka inte spelar ngon roll alls. Kra vcirdinna, tack fr en strlande god och trev I i g m i ddag. Lt oss skla fr vrdinnan. Skl! Tack!
382
Well, i f you have had an evening as marvelous as the one I've had, eaten food as good, and had a table partner as charming as mine, namely the hostess, well, then you 're in such a good mood that such a little mishap doesn't matter at all. Dear hostess, thanks for a splendid and delightful dinner. Let's toast the hostess. Cheers! Thank you!
Unit 12
SWEDISH
UNIT 12 Points to ppactice Point I: Point II: Point III: ppepositions of Place Placement of the "roaming" Adverb Idiomatic Expressions
Uni t 12
383
SWEDISH
384
Poin t I.
Prepositions of Place Swedish prepositions deserve special attention. We have devoted a good deal of effort to the expressions of time and their prepositions (Unit 11)~ and we are now going to take a look at the prepositions used with expressions of plaoe. (Some of these are~ of course~ also used in time expressions.) The most common prepositions of plaoe are: ver, under, framfr, bakom, bredvid, i, p
ver (over, above) and Under (under, below) are used the same way in Swedish as their equivalents are used in English.
Examples:
Lampan hnger ver bordet. The lamp is hanging above the table. Hon lade mattan under stolen. She put the rug under the ohair.
Framfr (in front of), Bakom (behind), Bredvid are- also used simi larly ---:rnthe two languages .
(beside~
next to)
Examples:
Bordet str framfr soffan. The table is in front of the Bofa. Hon stod bakom mig. She stood behind me. Lampan str bredvid stolen. The lamp is next to the ohair.
Unit 12
SWEDISH
! usually eorresponds to "in," "inside."

Examples:
Gran bor i Sverige.
Goran lives in Sweden.

Boken ligger i ldan. The book is in the drawer. Peter dricker kaffe i kket.
Peter is having coffee in the kitchen.

P is usually the equivalent of "on."
Examples:
Boken I igger p bordet.
The book is on the table.

Erik bor p Kungsgatan. Erik lives on Kungsgatan. Vi har en stuga p en .
We have a aottage on an island.

Hos has no direct equivalent in English. It means "at somebody's house (place)," ef. "chez" in Freneh. Hos is always used with people, never with a place or a building. Note also that it is never used with a verb ex-
pressing motion. The following examples will illustrate this. Read the m aloud several times. We will try the m out in a mixed practice at the end of the seetian on prepositions of place. Examples:
Vi ter middag hos oss.
We/ll have dinner at our place.

Vi trffades hos Eva.
We met at Eva/s. Unit 12

385
SWEDISH
Vi var (hemma) hos mig, nr det brjade regna.
386
We were at my house, when it started to rain.

VI bodde hos vra vnner, nr vi var
i
Sverige.
We stayed with our friends, when we were in Sweden.

Lars var hos tandlkaren igr.
Lars was at the dentist's yesterday.

VI var p middag hos Anderssons igr kvll.
We were at the Anderssons' for dinner last night.

Ti I I ~s usually used with destinations of verbs expressing motion.
examples:
Lindgrens ska
flytta ti II
Stockholm.
The Lindgrens are moving to Stoakholm.

Johan cyklade ti II Uppsala i sndags.
Johan biayaled to Uppsala last Sunday.

Vi ska g t i l l Janssons ikvll.
We are going to the Janssons' tonight.

Ti II
is sometimes equivalent to the English preposition "for.

Vad ska vi ha t i l l middag?
~
/I
Examples:
What are we having
dinner?
Vad anvnder man den hr ti II?
What do you use this [or?---Note the differenae:

Vi ska ta fisk ti I I middag.
We're having fish for dinner.

Sandbergs kommer ~ middag.
The Sandbergs are coming for dinner. Unit 12
SWEDISH
Praetiee A. Let's praetiee the prepositions ver and under. the statementB ZogieaZly. CompZete
Lampan hnger ver Det I igger en hund
soffan.
bordet. under
De s to d under
trdet (the tree) nr det regnade.
Han hll tidningen ver En mab i I (mobile) hngde
huvudet nr det regnade.
barnets sng. ve r
De hade en persisk matta under Vrdinnan stod under
bordet.
kri sta II kronan (ehandaZier).
Unit 12
387
SWEDISH
ppaatiae B. Now we'll ppaatiae the ppepositions framfr, bakom, bredvid. Choose the most suitable ppeposition.
En pol isbl I stod framfr P ett fotograf i ska sm personer st framfr P ett fotograf i ska de lnga (the huset, nr jag kom hem.
JBB
taLL ones).
I nga personer st
bakom
de sm.
Huset
lg vid gatan. Bakom
huset
fanns
en stor trdgrd
(garden).
Stll
dig t ramfr
mig,
du kan se bttre.
Det sitter alltid en dam med
en stor hatt framfr
mig p bio (the movies).
Han satte sig bredvid Vi satt framfr
mig p soffan.
brasan (the
fipe).
Unit 12
SWEDISH
Practice C. This is to practice the use of the prepositions Choose the right preposition. and p.
Gran bor
Sverige.
Blommorna str
p
bordet.
Sam r
Amerika.
Kungliga slottet ligger
stockholm.
En staty (statue)
str
p
torget.
V ita Huset ligger

pj
PennsylvanIa Avenue
Washington.
Tavlan (the
painti~g)
hnger
p
vggen.
Vi
hyrde en vning
ett hghus (high-rise).
Uni t
12
389
SWEDISH
Bordsplaceringen lg p De har kpt en vi Ila Saltsjbaden. bordet hallen.
390
Familjen Ljung bor p De bodde lnge
Liding (island).
f\frika.
De har en liten stuga p Glasen str
Gotland (island).
skpet (cupboard).
Boken lg
ldan.
Jag lste om det
tIdningen.
Meddelandet ligger p
skrivbordet.
Unit 12
SWEDISH
Th e p r e p o s i t i o n p (i n t h e s e n s e o f buildings. Examples:
att att att att att att att
1/
t o,
1/
1/
i n,
1/
or
1/
at
1/)
is
U8
e d wi t h p ub l i c
g p bio (to go to the movies) g p teatern studera p unlversltet(et) arbeta p amerikanska ambassaden jobba (aolloq. to work) p kontor ta p restaurang I igga p sjukhus (to be in the hospital) att g i skolan att g T KyrKan
There are two exceptions to this rule:
to go to sahool to go to church
Note that some nouns take the definite article, and some no article at all. Examples:
p bio p teatern p operan (at the opera) p konsert p nattkl ubb p museum p restaurang p kurs p universitet(et) p kontor p ambassaden p middag p sjukhus(et) p college l kyrkan i skolan
Unit 12
391
SWEDISH
392
Praatiae D. This is to praatiae the use of p and i in aombination with aertain words. The aue word will give you a hin t aB to whiah preposition to use. Try to use the right form of the noun. CUE
Anna gr p en kurs Karin ska brja
engelska.
Anna is taking a aourse in English.
ku rs
hst. p universitetet
universitet
Gr ni ofta
- - - - - - -?
p teatern varje sndag. kyrkan
teater
Fami Ijen Blomkvist gr
kyr ka
Ikvll ska vi g p bio Hur mnga av dina barn gr - - - - - _ ? skolan Erik gr ofta p operan
bio
sko I a
opera
Unit 12
SWEDISH
eVE
Idag ska Ullas klass g p museum Ska vi ta p restaurang Anderssons Var p konsert
Vi
museum
imorgon kvl l?
restaurang
igr kvll.
konsert
arbetar
t i \I
k l oc ka n fem.
kontor
p kontor{etl Holmbergs ska bjuda Bloms p middag Bill arbetar p amerikanska ambassaden amerikanska ambassad en
i morgon.
middag
Unit 12
393
SWEDISH
Pra~ti~e E. In this mixed pra~ti~e you will have a chance to see i f you can use all the prepositions of place the way the Swedes do. Use the prepositions
394
p,
i,
hos, till, mellan, bredvid, framfr, bakom, under, ver. bordet. p
Ljusen (the candles) str
Gr hennes pojke p Eriks hustru ligger
college?
sjukhus. p
G r d u
kyrkan?
Lars satt me I I an Hon bodde hos Vi gick hem

t II I
Eva och Lena.
mig hela veckan.
honom efter teatern.
Tavlan hnger ver
soffan.
Unit 12
SWEDISH
Eva satt <p} Lena stod framfr John r fortfarande
p
soffan, under
sitt portrtt (portrait).
tavlan och tittade p den.
ambassaden.
De gr
p
museum varje lrdag.
Lindstrms har farit

t III
Amerika.
Eva ringde och bjd oss p
middag.
Damen med den stora hatten satte sig framfr varje stor man finns en kvinna. Bakom
mig, s jag sg ingenting.
Unit 12
395
SWEDISH
P~acement
396
Point II.
of the
~roaming~
Adverb
You have already been introduced, in Unit 3, to the most genera~ ru~e concerning the p~acement of the adverb -- af ter the verb. However, some Swedish adverbs move around, depending on the type of clause they are in and the type of verb they function with. They are ca~~ed vandrande adverb (roaming adverbs). We wi~l concentrate on three of the most common of these "roaming adverbs," inte, alltid, and aldrig. Nain Clauses a. Conjugated verb +~4v~F~ In main clauses the adverb comes immediate~y after the conjugated verb. (Cf. unit 3, Points to Practice III.) Examples:
Jag rker inte.
I don't smoke.
Du fr aldrig rka.
You may never smoke. b. Conjugated verb + subject + adverb In main clauses where the subject and verb are reversed the adverb come s immediately af ter the subject. (Cf. Unit 3, Points to Practice III.) Examples:
Har du Inte den hr boken?
Don't you have this book?

Hr fr du inte rka.
Here you may not smoke.
Uni t 12
SWEDISH
o. Conjugated verb + adverb + particle
In main alauses with verbs + partiale the adverb foZZows the first part of the conjugated verb.
Examples:
Jag tycker Inte om den hr boken. don't like this book. Jag hl ler Inte med om det. don't agree with that.
d.
Conjugated ve>:'b + subject + adverb + particle

In a question where the verb consists of a verb + particle the subject and the conjugated verb are reversed. the adve>:'b follows the subject. and the particZe is added after the adverb.
ExampZes:
Tycker du Inte om den hr boken? Don't you like this book? Kommer du alltid Ihg att ringa hem? Do you always remember to call home?
Unit 12
397
SWEDISH
Subordinate ctauses In subordinate ctauses the "roaming" adverb comes belore the conjugated verb. Examples:
Hon tror, latt hon alltid har rtt).
398
She thinks that she is atways right.

Stina vet,latt Per inte kan kommal
Stina knows that Per can not come.

Lars sade, latt han Inte k r b i Ij.
Lars said that he doesn't drive.

Lars sade, latt han inte kan kra b i
q.
Lars said that he doesn't know how to drive.

Lars sade, latt han i nte tycker om att kra b I
'I.
Lars said. that he doesn't like to drive.

lEttersom vi aldrig trttasl, ringer vi otta ti II varandra.
Since we never see each other we olten catt each other.

INr Evas man inte r hemm3, lagar hon lnte sA mycket mat.
When Eva's hus band is not at home she doesn't cook so much.
Uni t 12
SWEDISH
Note: You can distinguish a subordinate clause from a main alause by the aonjunation that introduaes the clause. These are the aonjunctions that introduae a main clause:
fr men
och
s uta n
for, because but and so but (af ter a negative statementJ
These ape the conjunctions that introduae a subordinate alause:
att d d drfr att eftersom fast(n) fr att frrn innan medan n r om sedan s att
t i I Is
trots att
that when since beaause since although in order to before, until. before while when if af ter so tha t until in spite (of the faet thatJ
The rel.ative pronouns som, v 1 I ken (v i I ket, v 1 I ka) also introduce subopdinate clauses.
Unit 12
399
SWEDISH
With the exception of inte, "roaming adverbs" usuaZZy pZace no specific Zimit on the duration or kind of action expressed by the verb. Here is a partiaZ Zist of other "roaming adverbs:"
ofta redan s na rt sllan (seZdom) antag I i gen (probabZy) b a ra grna kanske knappast (hardZy) mj I i g en s ke rt troligtvis van I i gtv i s verkl igen tminstone (at least)
400
Practiae F. Now we'lZ practice the pZacement of "roaming adverbs" in a main cZause. Vse the adverb given in the aue and try to pZace it correctZy i-n--the sentence on the left. You have aZready done a simiZar exercise in Vnit 3, so this shouZd be easy.
eVE
Pelle r hemma. Pelle r inte hemma. landet
inte
Anderssons r p
i jul],
landet
aI It id
i JulI.
aldrig
Anderssons r alltid p Gr du p teatern?
Gr du aldrig p teatern? Lennart vi II L e nn a r t v i I I kpa en ny bl \.

j
inte
n t e k p a e n n y b i I
Unit 12
SWEDISH
eVE
Erik ringer ti I I sin mormor. Erik ringer aldrig ti I I sin mormor. Vi har tid att hlsa p vra vnner. Vi har alltid tid att hlsa p vra vnner. Gran ska kl om sig fre middagen. Gran ska inte kl om sig fre middagen. Tycker du om att kpa klder? Tycker du alltid om att kpa klder? Min kusin har varit i Afrika. Min kusin har inte varit i Afrika. Agrens har bjudit sina vnner. Agrens har antagligen bjudit sina vnner. Har ni hlsat p era slktingar i Amerika? Har ni aldrig hlsat p era slktingar I Amerika? Talade du med honom fre resan? Talade du Inte med honom fre resan? Har du lst de hr bckerna? Har du verkl i gen I st de hr bckerna?
Uni t
aldrig
a I It id
inte
a I It i d
inte
antagligen
aldrig
inte
verkl igen
12
401
SWEDISH
Practice G. Here are same "roaming adverbs" in a subordinate clause. Again, use the adverb in the cue and place it in the subordinate clause of the sentence on the left.
402
eUE
Vi VI vet, vet, att ni att ni r hemma p sndagarna. alltid r hemma p sndagarna. inte
a I It Id
Lars undrade, Lars undrade, Nr Pelle kom, Nr Pelle
om han borde fara hem. om han Inte borde fara hem. hans mamma. hans mamma.
ringde jag ti II
inte
inte kom,
ringde jag t i l l br v i
E ftersom det Eftersom det Vera Vera
r s sent,
r i nga hem. ri nga hem.
inte
i nte r s sent,
br vi
visste,att Gran skulle komma. visste, att Gran aldrig skulle komma. att Maja vi Ile komma.
aldrig
J1.ke visste, J1.ke visste,
grna
att Maja grna vi Ile komma. inte
Carina skmdes ver att hon hade ringt. Ca r i n a skmdes ver att hon Ou Ou kan hlsa honom f r n mi g, ka n hlsa honom f r n mig, inte hade ringt. eftersom du trffar honom. eftersom du skert trffar honom.
skert
Uni t 12
SWEDISH
CUE
Jag sg en film, som jag hade sett tidigare. Jag sg en film, som jag Inte hade sett tidigare. Johan, som brukar vara punktl 19, kom tio minuter fr sent.
Inte
a I It i d
Johan,som a I I t i d b ru ka r vara punktlig, kom tio minuter fr sent. Jag var s ker p att Peter hade v rt telefonnummer. J ag var sker p att Peter inte hade vrt telefonnummer. Eva undrade, om N11 s kunde komma hem t i d i ga re. Eva undrade, om N i I s verkl igen kunde komma hem tidigare. Olof berttade, att ni hade velat fara tl II Kpenhamn. Olof berttade, att ni hellre hade velat fara till Kpenhamn. Jag visste, att ni vi Ile stanna hemma. helst hell re verk I i gen Inte
Jag visste, att n l helst v i I I e stanna hemma. Jag tycker, att du borde ringa och tacka fr senast. J ag tycker, att du tminstone borde ringa och tacka f r senast. Jag frstr, att du har hft tid att lsa tidningen J ag frstr, att du knappast har haft tid att lsa tidningen. knappast tminstone
Unit 12
403
SWEDISH
Praotioe H. This is a mixed practioe. You will have to determine whether the adverb given in the oue is a "roaming adverb" or not. Plaoe the adverbs given in the oue in the sentenoe on the left. If the sentenee consists of two clauses there will be an adverb for each one.
404
eUE
Jag tror, att Perssons ska resa ti II Uppsala. Uppsala Idag. hellre, hit kommer hit. USA. i nte, USA. i nte, d kanske inte, Idag
Jag tror inte, att Perssons ska resa ti II Jag vill, att ni Jag vill kommer.
hellre, att ni
Gsta, som tycker om att resa, mste fara ti II Gsta, som i nte tycker om att resa, Har du berttat fr J an, Har du
mste kanske fara tl II
att du mste g p operan? att du mste g p operan d?
inte berttat fr J a n,
Jag har tyckt om att segla (to saH) . Jag har aldrig tyckt om att s eg I a. Jag har velat tala om fr dig, att vi ska flytta. Jag har inte velat tala om fr dig, fr han talar s hgt.
a I dr i g
inte,
antagligen
att vi antagligen ska flytta. knappast, inte
Jag kan hra,
Jag kan knappast hra, Eftersom du r frdig,
fr han talar inte s hgt. (See Unit 8, kan vi g. kan vi g nu.
Nate 18b.)
nu
redan,
Eftersom du redan r frdig,
unit 12
SWEDISH
eVE
Tror du, att han hller med sin vn? att han alltid hller med sin vMn? kan kra bil. igr, kan Inte kra bil. imorgon, antag\ Igen igr, inte verkl igen, alltid
Tror du verkligen, Min kusin, Min kusin,
som du trffade, som du trffade vi Il
Nr Peter kommer, Nr Peter kommer
han trffa dig. vi II han antagligen trffa dig.
imorgon,
Unit 12
405
SWEDISH
Point III.
406
Praatiae r. As we mentioned in the introduation to this Unit we will now praatice some of the idiomatia or useful expressions that have been underlined in the text. This is a multiple ahoice exeraise. Only one of the three answers is appropriate in the given situation. The aorreat answers will be listed at the end of the praatiae.
1.
Situation:
You are asking a te lephone aaller to wait. a. b. a.

J us t en minut. Ett gonb I i ck. Hur har ni det?
2.
Situation:
You are inviting a friend to dinner. a. b. a.

Vad f r jag bjuda p? V i r s glada att ni kunde komma. Ha r du lust att komma p mIddag.
3.
Situation:
You accept the invitation.

a. b.
c. Tack bra. Tack hemskt grna. Tack, det gr detsamma.
4.
Situation:
You are raising your glass wetaoming your guests at the dinner tab le.
a.
b.
a.
Jag ber att f hlsa er vlkomna. Adj d och vlkomna. Vi sklar fr vrdfolket.
5.
Situation:
You are leaving a party,

a. b.
c.
thanking the host and hostess.
Tack fr igr. Tack fr maten. Tack fr en mycket trev I i 9 kv II.
Unit 12
SWEDISH
6. Situation: On parting you want to convey a greeting to your friend's husband, Johan.
a.
b.
e.
7. Situation:
Hur har Johan det? Hlsa t i l l Johan! V i I I du gra s I I skap med Johan?
You meet your dinner host or hostess a few days after their party and say:
a. b.
c.
Tack fr senast. D hr jag av mig. Det passar utmrkt.
8.
Situation:
You are the guest of honor sitting to the left of your hostess. You might begin a toast in the foZZowing typiaaZ way:
a.
b.
e.
Vi har verkligen funnit varandra. Vi sklar fr vrdfolket. Tack tr senast.
9.
Situation:
Af ter getting up from the dinner tabZe each guest comes up to the hostess to say:
a.
b.
e.
Tack fr sllskapet. Tack fr en mycket trevl ig Tack tr maten.
kvll.
Correct an8wers to Praetiee I.

1. 2. :5 4. 5.
Uni t
b e b a e
6. b 7. a 8. b 9. e
12
407
SWEDISH
408
VI TALAR SVENSKA
Now it's time for some role-playing. Imagine yourself in various roles, such as friend on the telephone extending an invitation, friend accepting an invitation, guest of honor, host or hos tess.
Uni t 12
SWEDISH
UNIT 13 Here we introduae a change from the dialog format of our text to a combination descriptive text and dialog. We hope you will find it fun and useful. We also want you to become more ear oriented and see how much you can understand even when new vocabulary that you have never had is introduced. Try listening to the tape before looki~ the text. See i f you can get the gist of what is going on even with the unfamiliar words. Some of the new words may bear so much resemblanae to English (or another language whiah you may know) that you can guess at the meaning. Examples: generationer - generations; konduktr conductor. Others you may guess at from already knowing one part of a twopart word. Examples: tidtabell - timetable; platsbi Ijett - reserved seat ticket. Most probably you will also recognize words that you have learned from sources other than this book during your weeks of studying Swedish. Af ter having listened to the tape several times, read the text. vocabulary is underlined and translated at the end of the text. You are not expected to memorize the text. however. with it. All the new
just to be very familiar
Note alsa that in this new format asterisks referring to Nates on Basic Sentenaes appeal' next ta the line numbers in which the items explained oacur.
Uni t
13
409
SWEDISH
UNIT 13
P vg t i l l landet
410
Anne och George Brown r bjudna ti I I Lvgrens bor p somrarna sina frldrar. p Ut
Lvgrens p stuga,
landet ver veckoslutet.
2.
3.
i en gammal
som Svante Lvgren har rvt av flera generationer. Stugan
Den har tillhrt slkten St o c k ho I ms s k r g r d De t r
4.
5.
I i gger
t I d i gt
I r d a g s mo r g o n e n
Anne:
Hur dags gr tget?
6.
George:
Vid nio-tiden,
tror jag.
Titta
tidtabellen,
r du snll.
Jag
7.
8.
Anne:
h I I er p att packa.
Avgn~stld frn
Det str:
Centralen 8:23.
Ankomsttid
i Arsta
om vi
9.
10.
Havsbad klockan skyndar oss.
10:05.
Jag tror vi
hinner med tunnelbanan,
11. 12.
George:
Du r banan?
inte klok.
Hur ska vi
f med alla vra tunga grejer p tunnel-
13.
Jl
Anne:
Ja,
det har du rtt I.
Det bl jr nog
Inte s
ltt.
Varfr tar vi
14.
Unit 13
inte en taxi?
SWEDISH
15.
George:
Ja,
det r
klart att vi
gr.
16.
Anne:
Ha r
vi
t n kt
P a I I t i n 9?
G I m
i n t e g u mm i s t v I a r n a
17.
George:
Dem fr
vi
lna av Lvgrens.
18.
Anne:
Du
har v I
kpt
v i net
som v i
lovade att ta med oss?
19.
20.
George:
Ja,
det har jag.
Tycker du att vi
ska ta med ngon present t
barnen?
21.
22.
Anne:
Nej. hemma.
Pojken kte p
lger hromdagen och
fl ickan r
inte hel ler
23.
George:
Vi
mste
lsa ordentligt och
lmna nyckeln
hos grannarna.
24. 25.
Anne och George tar en taxi Vid biljettluckan:
ti II
Centralen,
dr George kper bi Ijetter.
26.
27. 28.
George:
Tv
tur och retur t i II
rsta Havsbad.
Mste v i
kpa
p I atsb i I jetter?
>\
Mannen:
Nej,
det r
inte ndvndigt p det tget. dr ni

fr~~ ti
Men tget gr bara tl l I
Vsterhanninge,
II
buss.
Uni t
1J
411
SWEDISH
29.
30. 3l.
>l
412
Anne:
Skynda dig George. kommer
Det blir svrt att fi'l plats annars. fullsatt. Alla vi II komma ut p
Tget landet
skbrt att vara
ver helgen.
32.
Nr Anne och George her ~ ~ ~ tget hr de konduktren
ropa:
33.
>l
Tag plats!
Var god
stng drrarna!
34. 35.
De gr
frbi
en kupe dr det str "Rkare"
p en skylt och
fortstter ti II
en ~ dr det str" Icke rkare".
36. 37.
I Vsterhanninge gr konduktren genom vagnarna och ropar "Byte tl II Arsta

Havsbad".
38. 39.
40.
>l
D vaknar Anne som har somnat.
Alla passagerarna
stiger av.
Framfr sta-
>l
tionen vntar en SJ-buss med Arsta Havsbad sig Det r med kn och brjar fullt med
p skylten.
Anne och George stl ler i rockfickan. landskap
leta efter biljetterna som George hittar Den
41.
42. 43. 44. 45.
>I
folk p bussen.
kr genom ett typiskt svenskt Vid
skogar och sjar.
Anne tycker att Sverige r vackert. Hr finns bara en
ndhllplatsen
tar alla sitt bagage och stiger av. kpa varm korv, ta bt t i l l
Ut.
kiosk,
dr man kan ska Browns
glass,
tidningar och choklad.
Frn Arsta Havsbad
Unit 13
SWEDISH
UNIT 13 Glossary
a I I t I ng ankomst -en -er annars avgng -en 0 bagage -t 0 bjud/en -et -na (att) byta, 2b byte -t -n Centralen (C) dr fick/a -an -or (att) fort/stta, -stter, -satte, -satt, 4 full -t-a fu I I satt -0 -a generation -en -er glass -en (Il grann/e -en -ar grej -en -er gummi -t 0 (att) h I I a p (att gra ngot); hl ler, hll, hllit, 4 hromdagen icke i n te h e I I e r k i os k klok -t -a du r inte klok konduktr -en -er korv -en -ar varm korv kupe -n -er k -n -er land -et 0 landskap -et -0
everything arrival otherwise departure baggage, luggage invit ed (past part.) to change change Central station where (relative adverb) pocket to con tinue full filled, all seats taken f!eneration 'l-ce cream neighbor thing, gadget rubber to be busy (doing something), to be in the process of (doing something) the other day not (formal; used mainly in public notices) not ... either kiosk wise you are crazy conductor sausage hot doges) compartment line, queue countroyside countroyside, scenery, landscape
413
Unit 13
SWEDISH
(att) leta (efter ngot); luck/a -an -or (att) lna, I ls -et -rj (att) lsa, 2b lger, lgret, -0
I tt
414
-0 -a
nyckel -n, nycklar ordent I i g -t -a (att) packa, I passagerare -n -0 plats -en -er platsbiljett -en -er rock -en -ar (att) ropa, I (att) ha rtt (i ngot); har,hade, haft rkare -n -0 sj -n -ar skog -en -ar skylt -en -ar skrgrd -en -ar slkt -en -er (att) somna, I (att) stiga, stiger, steg, stigit, 4 (att) stiga av; 4 (att) stiga p; 4 (att) st, str, stod, sttt, 4 stvel -n, stvlar t i dtabe l I -en -er (att) tillhra, 2a tung -t -a tur och retur vagn -en -ar (att) vakna, var god varfr veckoslut -et -~
to look (for something) tJindotJ to borrow~ to lend lock to lock oamp easy~ simple; light key orderly~ careful~ thorough to paok passenger seat reserved seat ticket ooat~ robe to oaU (out) to be right (about something) smaker lake forest~ tJoads sign archipelago~ skerries extended family, relatives to fall asleep to step to get off to get on~ to board to say (in print or writing) boat time table to belong (to) heavy roundtrip (railroad) car to tJake up please why week-end
Unit 13
SWEDISH
ndh I I P l ats -en -er (att> rva, 2a
end of the line to inhel'it
Uni
t 13
415
SWEDISH
UNIT 13 Notes on Basic Sentences
13. Ltt has two meanings: "easy" and "light" (not heavyJ.
416
Examples:
Peter tycker det r ltt att lra sig svenska, men Ann tycker det r svrt. Peter thinks it's easy to learn Swedish, but Ann thinks it's difficult. Lars kpte en mycket ltt vska, fr han tycker inte om att resa med tungt bagage. Lars bought a very light suitcase, because he doesn't like to travel with heavy luggage.
27.
Det tget. Here det functions as a demonstrative adjective, meaning "that train." Note that the defini-te form of the noun is used. ver helgen. Helg today has the meaning of any legal holiday or weekend. Earlier helg meant only religious holidays. Var god ... This idiomatic expression meaning "please" is used only in format directives. We have brie fly mentioned the translation of "ptease" in Unit 1, Note 29, and would like to add some useful clues with regard to expressing "please" in Swedish. It is quite simple if we divide the "pleases" into four categories:
1.
31.
33.
A formal oommand. This is the imperative form used in offioial or quite impersonal situations to tell someone in a polite way to do something. Examples:
Var god (och) vnta. Please wait. (Of ten used on the telephoneJ
Unit 13
SWEDISH
Var god (och) drj.
Please hold.
Var vnlig och s n I I
(Used on the telephone)

fyll
den hr blanketten.
Pleas e fill out this form. 2. An informal command. The gracious way to invite Bomeone to do Bomething. (Cf. Unit 12, Note 41a) Examples:
Varsgod och stig in.
Please come in.

Varsgod och sitt.
Pleas e sit down.

Varsgod och ta en kaka t i II
Please take another cookie.

3.
~
request. When asking someone to give you Bomething or do 80mething for uou, the polite way is to use a graciouB question form that implieB the equivalent of "please." Examples:
Kan jag f Fr jag be om . Skulle jag kunna f Sku I I e du kunna sga mi g Skulle ni vi Ija vara s vnl ig och
May I have .. , May I have (ask for) . Could I please have . Could you please tell me .. Would you please be kind enough to .... please."
4.
An acceptance, ja tack, corresponds to the English "yes, (ef. nej tack - no thank you.)
38.
Att vakna is the intransitive verb "to wake up," whereas the "to wake up (someone)" is att vcka (Zbl.
transitive verb
Unit 13
417
SWEDISH
418
Examples:
Lena tycker det r svrt att vakna tidigt p morgonen.

Lena thinks it's diffieult to wake up eaply in the mopning.
Vckarklockan vcker henne klockan sju.

The alarm clock wakes her up at seven. Note the difference between att sova and att somna. and att somna "to fall asleep. /I Example:
Att sova means "to sleep"
Lena somnade genast och sov i tolv timmar.

Lena fell asleep right away and slept fop twelve houps.
39.
SJ-buss. SJ is the abbreviation of Statens Jrnvgar, the government-owned railroad system in Sweden. SJ opepates buses between some localities as an extension of the railroad system. Att ta bt.
Examples: Swedish usually does not use the article befope general means of tY'anspoY'tation.
45.
att att att att
ka tg kra b I I ta buss ta taxi
to go by train to drive (a ear), to go by ear to take a bus, to go by bus to take a taxi, to go by taxi
(Cf.
Unit 3,
Note Ba., Unit 5, Note 25.)
Uni t
13
SWEDISH
UNIT 13 Points to Praatiae Point I: Point II: Point III: Irregular verbs
Tycka, tnka, tro
Dr - dit as relative adverbs
Unit 13
419
SWEDISH
Poin t I: The Fourth Conjugation (Irregular Verbs) The fourth conjugation contains all the verbs that don't follow the patterns of the other three conjugations. We call the verbs of the fourth conjugation irregular because they don't all follow the same distinct pattern. However, many of them are conjugated according to certain predictable patterns of vowel changes. Examples:
finna, fann, funnit (find); springa, sprang, sprungit (run); skriva, skrev, skrivit (wl'ite); bli(va), blev, blivit (become).
420
These verbs end in - i t in the supine. The present tense ending is -er, except when the stem ends in a vowel or in -r. In those cases the same rule applies as in the other conjugations: If the stem ends in a vowel the present tense ending is just -r (b I i, b I i r); if the stem ends in -r the stem serves also as present tense (fara, far). The fourth conjugation verbs which don't follow the predictable vowel patterns are very irl'egular. They may take on both a vowel change and an ending to form the past tense and the supine. Examples:
gra, gjorde, gjort (do, se, sg, sett (see).
make);
I igga,
lg,
legat (lie, be looated);
The present tense is formed the same way as for the verbs with the predictable vowel changes. Examples: Exceptions:
.!JJ.u1./a, I igg~;
~,
se..!::.;
gr/a,
gr.
stjla (steal), present tense: stjl; veta (know), present tense: vet.
Note also that some of the auxiliaries have irregular present tense forms. Examples:
kan, mste, ska,
vill.
Unit 13
SWEDISH
The foLLowing is a comprehensive List of the fourth oonjugation verbs. form wiLL be expLained in Unit 14): Infinitive
be binda bita bj uda b I l (va) brinna brista bryta
b ra
(The past participLe
Present Tense
ber binder biter bjuder
bI i r
Past Tense
bad band bet bjd blev
b
b
Past Supine
bett bundit bitit bjudit
bI i
\I
"JiCirti o i.JZ.1!!..
-bedd bunden biten bjuden -bliven -brunnen brusten bruten buren
TransLation ask, pray bind, tie bite offer, invite become burn burst break
carry, wear
it
brinner brister bryter

br
ra nn ra st
b r' u n n i t
brustit brutit burit bo rt

d ra g i t
brt bar bo rdu drog

drac!~
br dra(ga)
d
ought to
dragen
d ruc
d ra r dricker driver duger dr dljer
r i c ka
druckit drivit dugit dtt dolt
ken
drink drive (not vehicLe) do, serve, be suitabLe

die
dr i
va
drev dg dog dolde
driven
duga d dlja
dd dold
conceaL
421
Unit 13
SWEDISH
Present Tense
f a I I er far f i n ne r f i n ns flyger flyter fryser f r frsvinner ger g I i der glder gnider griper grter g r gr
422
Infinitive
f a I Ia fara finna finnas flyga flyta frysa f frsv i nna ge, giva g I i da gldja gnida gripa grta g gra
Past Tense
fI I fo r fann fanns flg f lt frs f ic k frsvann ga v gled gladde gned grep grt g ic k gjorde
S~ine
Past Participle
f a I Ie n -faren funnen
Translatian fall go, find be, exist travel
faIIit far i t funnit funnits f I ug i t f I ut i t frusit ftt frsvunnit gett g I idi t g I att 9ni d i t gripit grtit gtt g j o rt
-flugen -fluten frusen
fly float be ca ld, freeze receive, get, may
frsvunnen -given
disappear give glide make happy, please
gniden gripen -grten -gngen gjord
rub seize, gra8p cry, weep go, walk do, make
Unit 13
SWEDISH
Present Tense
har heter hinner hugger h I I er k I iver knyter kommer kryper ka n ler I i d er I i gge r ljuger lyder lter lgger
In[initive
ha(va) heta hinna hugga h I Ia k I i va knyta komma kry pa kunna le I i da I i gga ljuga lyda lta lgga
Unit 13
Past Tense
hade hette hann hgg h I I klev knt kom krp kunde log I ed lg I j g I d, lt lade
lydde
Supine
haft hetat hunnit huggit h I I i t kI i v it knutit komm i t krupit kunnat lett I idit legat ljugit lytt ltit lagt
Past Partiaiple
-havd
Translation have be called
hunnen huggen h I I en -kliven knuten -kommen -krupen
have time, attain cut, hew hold, keep step, climb tie come creep, cT'awl be ab le, may, know smile su[[er
-Iegad -ljugen -lydd -lten lagd
lie (lay, lie (lied,
lain) lied)
obey; be worded let, permit; sound lay, put
423
SWEDISH
P1'esent Tense
mste niga njuta nysa pipa rida rinna riva ryta se sitta sj unga sjunka n i g er njuter ny se r piper rider rinner river ryter ser sitter sjunger sjunker ska ( I I ) skina skjuta skrida s k r l ka skiner skjuter skrider skriker
Past Tense ---
424
Infinitive
Supine
Past Pa1'ticipte
T1'anstation must
mste neg njt ns pep red ra nn rev rt sg satt sjng sjnk s ku I I e sken skt skred skrek skinit skjutit skridit skrikit skjuten -skriden -skriken niglt njutit nyst pipit r idi t runnit rivit rutit sett suttit sjungit sjunkit sedd -sutten sjungen sjunken riven riden -njuten
CU1'tsy enjoy sneeze squeak 1'ide (on h01'seback) 1'un, flow sC1'atch, tea!'
1'0 a!'
see
sit sing sink shal. l., !ViU shine shoot glide, p1'oceed sC1'eam, shout
Unit 13
SWEDISH
Past Tense
skrev skrt s ka r slapp slet slog slogs smg snt sov s pa nn sprack spred sprang stack steg stal
Infinitive
skriva skryta s k ra s I i ppa s I i ta sl slss smyga snyta sova spinna spricka sprida springa sticka stiga stjla
Pl'esent Tense
skriver skryter s k r si ipper si iter slr slss smyger snyter sover spinner spricker sprider springer sticker stiger stjl
Supine
skrivit skrutit s ku r i t sluppit s Ii t it slagit slagits smugit snutit sovit spunnit spruckit spritt sprungit stuckit stigit s tu I i t
Past Pal'ticipZe
skriven -skruten skuren -sluppen s I i ten slagen
Tl'ansZation wl'ite
bl'ag~
boast
cut be spal'ed fl'om

teal'~
weal' out stl'ike
beat~
fight
-smugen snuten
sneak~
tip- toe
blow the nose sleep
spunnen sprucken spridd sprungen stucken -stigen stulen
spin
cl'ack~
bUl'at
spl'ead l'un
stick~
step~
put; ating l'ise
steal
425
Unit 13
SWEDISH
Present Tense
strider stryker st r stder suger super svider sviker svlter svr sger sljer stter ta r t i g er trs vara r
426
Infinitive
strida stryka st stdja suga supa svida sv i ka svlta svra sga slja stta ta(ga) tiga
Past Tense --stred strk stod stdde sg sp sved svek sva It svor sa(de) s I d e satte tog teg tordes va r
Supine
stridit strukit sttt sttt sugit supit svidit svikit svultit svurit sagt slt satt tagit tigit torts va r i t
Past Participl.e
-stridd struken -stdd stdd sugen -supen
Translation fight
cross out; iron
stand
support
suck drink l.iquor ( excessively) smart, burn fail., disappoint starve swear say sen
se t, put
-sviken svulten svuren sagd sld satt tagen -tegen
take be silent dare be
Unit
13
SWEDISH
Pr>esent Tense
vet viker vi II vinner vrider vljer vnjer ter
Infinitive
veta v i ka vi Ij a vinna vrida v I j a v nj a ta
Past Tense
visste vek v i II e va nn vred valde vande t
Supine
vetat v i kit velat vunnit vridit valt vant tit
Past fiiliticiple
Tr>ans latian know
viken, vikt
fold want to
vunnen vriden vald vand ten
UJin tur>n, twist ohoose aooustom eat
Note 1:
This list does not inolude any of the ir>regular verbs that are made up of a pr>efix (of ten a preposition) and a verb, fOr> example: frst, ~skrlva, fortstta. These compound verbs are always oonjugated aocor>ding to the pattern that the simple verb folloUJs. Examples:
frst, frstr, frstod, frsttt beskrIva, beskriver,~krev, beskrivit fortstta, fortstter, fortsatte, fortsatt
(to under>stand) (to descr>ibe) (to aontinue)
Some of the most oommon prefixes used with verb forms ar>e: an-, be-, fort-, fram-, fr-, genom-, ned-, t 1 I 1-, ver-. Nate 2: A dash befor>e the par>tioiple for>m in the verb list means that the partiaiple form is used only with a pr>efix. Examples:
verb I i vlen -et -na besvlk/en -et -na Ihopkrup/en -et -na
(Zeft ove:r>J (disappointed) (curled up)

427
Unit 13
SWEDISH
To make it a little easier we'll list together some of the most common fourth conjugation verbs that follow the same vowel pattern: Infinitive (short i J
binda brinna d r i c ka f i nna finnas frsvinna hinna r i nna s i tta s I i Ppa spricka springa st i c ka vinna
428
Present Tense ( short i J

binder brinner dricker finner finns frsvinner hinner rinner sitter slipper spricker springer sticker vinner
Past Tense (short aj

ba nd brann d rac k f a nn fanns frsvann hann ra nn satt slapp sprack sprang stac k va nn
0:P. ine
(s
hort uj
Past p;;y;ticiple (short uj

bunden -brunnen drucken funnen
Translation bind, tie bU'l'n drink find
bundit brunnit druckit funnit funnits frsvunnit hunnit runnit suttit sluppit spruckit sprungit stuckit vunnit
frsvunnen hunnen
disappeal' have time, attain
-sutten -sluppen sprucken sprungen stucken vunnen
sit be spared from crack, burat run stick, put; sting win
Unit 13
SWEDISH
Present Tense (long i) Past Tense (long ej
Past Participle (Long i J
Infinitive (long i)
Supine (l.ong i)
Translation bite be come glide
bita bl i(va) g I i da gnida gripa k I i va I i da niga rida riva skina s kr i ka skriva s I i ta stiga svida sv i ka
Unit 13
biter bIi r g l i der gnider griper k I iver I i der niger rider river skiner skriker skriver
S
bet blev gled gned grep klev led neg red rev sken skrek skrev slet steg sved svek
bitit bI i vit g I i dit gnidit gripit kI j vit I idit nigit ridit rivit skinit skrikit skrivit s I It It stigit svidit svikit
biten -bl iven
gniden gripen -kliven
rub seize, grasp
step, climb
suffer curtsy
riden riven
ride (on horsebaok) scratch, shine tear
-skriken skriven s I I ten -stigen
scream, shout write tear, wear out step, rise smart, burn
I i ter
stiger svider sviker
sviken
faH.
disappoint
429
SWEDISH
PT'e8ent Tense (long i)
tiger v i ke r vrider
430
In[initive (long I)
tiga v i ka vrida
Pa8t Tense ( long e)

teg vek vred
Supine ( long i )
tigit v i ki t vridit
Past PaT'ticiple (long i )

-tegen viken, vriden vikt
TT'anslation be silent fold tUT'n, twist
Infinitive (u)
bjuda hugga ljuga njuta sjunga sjunka s kj uta suga supa
PT'e8ent Tense (u)

bjuder hugger ljuger njuter sjunger sjunker skjuter suger super
Past Ten8e ()
bj d hgg I j g njt sjng sjnk skt sg sp
Supine (u)
bjudit huggit ljugit njutit sjungit sjunkit skjutit sugit su p i t
Past PaT'ticiple (u)

bjuden huggen -ljugen -njuten sjungen sjunken skjuten sugen -supen
TT'anslation
offeT'~
invite
cu t, hew lie (lied, lied) enjoy sing sink shoot suck dT'ink liquoT' (exce8sively)
Unit 13
SWEDISH
Present
Infinitive
(y)
Tense
(y)
Past Tense
brt flg flt frs knt krp
Supine (u)
brutit flugit flutit frusit knutit krupit skrutit smugit snutit strukit
Past Partiaipl.e (u)

bruten -flugen -fluten frusen knuten -krupen -skruten -smugen snuten struken
Transl.ation break fLy fZoat be tie creep. crawL brag. boast sneak. tip-toe bLow the nose
Cro ss out; iron
co
bryta flyga flyta f ry sa knyta krypa skryta smyga snyta stryka
bryter flyger flyter fryser knyter kryper skryter smyger snyter stryker
Ld. feeze
skrt smg snt strk
Uni t
1J
431
SWEDISH
BeloLJ is a Hs t of the auxiliary verbs. Infinitive
b I i (va)
432
(Nate that they have no past particip le form) :

Supin~
PJ"e8ent Tense
bI i r br
Past Tense
blev bo rd e fick hade kunde lt mste s ku I I e va r v i I Ie
TJ"anslation become ought to be

aLLoLJed~
b I Iv It bort ftt haft kunnat I t i t
f ha kun na lta
fr ha r ka n lter mste ska ( I I )
may
have be able let must shal L~ LJill

to~
can
vara v i Ij a
r vIII
varit velat
be want to
Unit 13
SWEDISH
Practice A. This practice uses verbs from the fourth conjugation that have occurred in this Unit. Put the cue verb in the present tense.
eUE
Stugan
I i gger
p Ut.
att ligga
George h I I er p De ska Tget st r

Vi
att packa.
att hlla p
resa ti II
landet.
ska
p stationen
att st
en taxi ti II Centralen. tar
att ta
Tget gr De stiger p Ann hinner
tidigt p morgonen.
att g
tget
Stockholm.
att stiga p
inte ta tunnelbanan.
att hinna
Unit 13
433
SWEDISH
eVE
Lvgrens bj ud er
Det
bI ir
434
Anne och George ti II sin stuga.
att bjuda
svrt att f plats p tget.
att b l l
Ppactice B.
This time put the aue verbs in the past tense.
eVE
George vskan med sig?
Tog
att ta
Hur dags gick De fortsatte
tget?
att g
till en.annan vagn.
att fortsl'itta
Browns ta med sig vin tl I I sina vnner? S ku I I e Det fanns inga barn hemma.
ska
att finnas
Unit 13
SWEDISH
eVE
Stina bj d
p middag.
att bjuda
De
hann George
Inte med tunnelbanan.
att hinna
att packa. h I I p
att hlla p
De
steg av Anne
lt
Arsta Havsbad.
att stiga av
George kpa biljetterna
att l ta
Stugan lg B i I en stod
p en .
att ligga
p gatan.
att st
Unit 13
435
SWEDISH
Practice
436
e.
This time put the cue verb
~n
the present perfeet form ( har + supinej.
eVE
Br'owns ha r va r i t Vad ha r Tget ha r sttt George har fortsatt Anne ha r Boken har legat Bussen ha r Familjen har varit redan gtt
p Ut hela sommaren.
p en resa.
att vara
ni gj ort
p sista tiden?
att gra
p stationen
en timme.
att st
att lra sig svenska.
att fortstta
inte ftt hr
ngon chokl ad.
att f
en vecka.
att ligga
att g
att vara
Vnit 13
SWEDISH
eVE
Peter har tagit hand om Vi har bjudit Attachen har tjnstgjort Varifrn ha r Vem har sagt Vilken sekreterare har skrivit Mannen ha r
i nt e
vskan.
att ta hand om
alla vra vnner.
att bjuda
mnga lnder.
att tjnstgra
de hr paketen
---- ?
komm i t
att komma
att man i nte fr rka hilr?
att sga
det hilr meddelandet?
att skriva
p tv dagar. tit
att ta
Unit 13
437
SWEDISH
Practice D. This is another practice on the fourth conjugation. tense of the verbs in the story to past tense.
Anne och George far to r ser Anne efter sg sger att de sade och inte kan hinna med tget, ut p landet ver helgen.
438
Change the present
Medan George hller p att packa h I I Anne vi II ta tunnelbanan, men George
tidtabellen nr tget gr.
gick
om de
v i I Ie
inte tar en tog taxi. George br vskorna bar som gr frn Centralen. gick
kLI nd e
tar hand om biljetterna. tog
Och
tar de med tget for
Unit 1;;
SWEDISH
Practice E. Put the cue verbs in the present tense. sentences have occurred in previous Units. Most of the verbs used in these eUE
Brderna fa r Vad sger Hon frsir Nr

bI i r
ti I I Stockholms skrgrd.
att fara
du om att hans eftertrdare

bI ir
Bob Smith?
att sga, att bl i
inte tyska.
att frst
du frdig?
att bl
Ka r i n
kyrkan varje sndag.

g r
att g
De
inte hur bra de vet ha r hon h I I er

med om
det.
att veta, att ha
Det
a tt h I I a med om
Vad gr
Unit 13
Svante p somra r na?
att gra
439
SWEDISH
PT'aetiee P. Put the eue veT'b
~n
440
the
ras~~~.
eVE
Brodern gjorde Mannen frstod Journa I i sten hll med om Kaptenen beskrev Modern frlt Pol isen visste Fl ickan lade Sonen fred rog att spela tennis. att f red ra barnet p sngen. inte var hotellet lg att lgga att veta, att ligga honom grna. att frlta (to fOT'give) hela resan. att det va r att beskriva inte vad hans hustru sa (d e) trkigt. att h I I a med om, att vara att frst, att sga allt perfekt. att gra
unit 13
SWEDISH
Point II:
Tycka, tnka tro
Att tyc ka } Att tnka Att tro
can all be translated "to think."
!Tyckalimplies opinion, a personal view. Example:

I
Jag tycker att det r ett bra frslag. think (it is my opinion) that it is a good suggestion.
ITnkalmeans to ponder, to contemplate, give thought to. Example:

Prata inte, jag frsker tnka. Don't talk, r'm trying to think.
means "to believe." ExampZe:

Lars tror att Browns kommer imorgon.
Lars thinks (believes) that the Browns are coming tomorrow.
Unit 13
441
SWEDISH
Nate:
Remembe~
442
auxilia~y
that att tnka is also uBed as an

Nr tnker n J resa? When a~e you going to leave
to indicate
futu~e
time. Examples: (planning to leave).
Hon tnker stanna hemma i kvll. She is planning to stay home tonight.
P~actice G. p~ope~ wo~d
Now we 'll give you a p~actice on tycka, tnka, tro. Inse~t the in the sentence and check you~ answe~s as uBual. Use the p~esent
tense.
du att vr nya sekreterare r duktig? Tycker du att den nya sekreteraren b I i r bra? Tror Vad sitter du och tnker Jag tnker Jan tror du att filmen som vi sg var bra? att han fr jobbet (the job). p vad mamma brukade sga. p?
Unit 13
SWEDISH
Tycker du att fi Imen som vi sg var bra? ni att han kommer idag? Tror
Bo
tnker
inte p att museet r stngt p mndagarna.
George att det r svrt att Tyc ker
I~ra
sig svenska?
Unit 1 J
443
SWEDISH
Point III:
444
Dr - dit as relative adverbs

In English the word "where" has two functions: a.
b.
a. Interrogative "where?"
it introduces a question it is a relative adverb (Where is he?) (Where did he go?)
<
var? va rt?
Var r han?
Vart gick han?
b.
dr Relative " w h e r e " - - - - ------dit
stan dr han bor (In the city where he lives) stan dit han for (In the city where he went)
You are already familiar with the translation of the interrogative "where?" as var? - vart? depending on whether the verb in the clause indicates rest or motion. (Cf. Unit 8, Point III) The relative "where" introduces a relative clause, referring to a noun in the previous clause. (Example: The town where he lived had three churches.) Whether you use dr or dit (corresponding to the English relative adverb "where") depends on whether the verb in the relative clause indicates rest or motion.
Unit 13
SWEDISH
Practice H. This is a practice on the relative adverbs dr - dit. the proper word in the sentence and check your answers as usual.
stugan, _ _ Lena bodde nr hon dr var I iten, lg Da I a rna.
Insert
B i I en,
dr
Ullas vska
lg,frsvann under natten.
ett
I i tet rum,
dit
man kom genom en
lng korridor,
hngde en underbar tavla.
Det va r
ka I I t
rummet, dr
han satt och vntade.
Vi
krde ti II
restaurangen, dit
ni
promenerade
igr.
Jag
knner ti II
(know)
ett trevl igt hotell, dr
man
fr ha
sin
hund med
sig.
Lt
05S
fara
ti I I
en plats, dit
man kommer med buss.
Uni t
13
445
SWEDISH
UNrT 14
P n
446
1.
Dei
var
en
strlande sommardag. Hundratals Ut,
Bten var
full
med .8.~~ mnniskor, det pp~ havet. hoppade ~~. igen honom. en
bland
dem halv-
2.
3. 4.
5.
Anne och George. timme var de syn
btar seglade ut mot och George och De knde Anne
Efter en
framme vid
Pltsligt Den vant igtvis
'* '*
~ de
p Svante Lvgren.
knappast
jeans och
gammal
skjorta.
6.
?.
Svante:
Hej hr
och ute?
vlkomna. Dr uppe
ni
trtta
efter resan?
r det
i nte vackert
er ra.
I igger stugan.
Flaggan r hissad ti I I
8.
Nr de kom leende.
fram ti II
stugan
ppnades drren och Brita
Lvgren
kom ut,
glatt
9.
10.
Brita:
Hej.
roligt att ni smaka bra med
kunde lunch
komma. efter
Varsgoda och
stig
in.
Nu skulle
11.
det vl
resan?
12.
Etter
lunchen.
13. 14.
Svante:
Orkar arna.
ni
ta
en
promenad
tVdrs ver n?
Det hr r en av de strsta
Flera
fami Ijer bor hr hela ret om.
Unit 14
SWEDISH
15.
George: Finns det mycket sn hr p vintern?
16.
l?
Svante:
Nej,
det r i
inte s alla fall
fa.r=..!.iB!.
Men
isen
kan
vara
besvrlig. vid
Posten vintrar.
fungerar
och mnniskorna
hr u1-e r vana
kalla
18.
Anne:
Kan man bara
hr
skogen?
19.
20.
Brita:
.Ja,
vi
har
ju "allemansrtten"
Sverige.
Anne:
Vad
r det fr
ngot?
21. 22. 23.
Br i ta:
Det r en gammal fritt Man i naturen. ildnd
tradition som
innebr att alla har rtt svamp bada
att
rra
sl---9-
Att ~cka br och p en , tlta och
r ti Iltet var som helst. srskilt tillstnd.
kan g
utan
24.
25.
26.
Svante:
Naturl igtvis br allemansrtten anvndas med ansvar. att man lgga inte kan vid g in
Det r blommor,
klart eller
ngons trdgrd och
plocka
ti I I
en ~rivat brygga mitt
framfr en v i I I a . bada.
27. 28.
Fljande morgon skulle segla
vi I le George och en annan ,
Anne g och fanns
Svante
fre~ att
de
till
dr det
en
fin
sandstrand.
29.
Uni t
Sagt och
gjort.
Det var en ovanl igt varm dag.
~~ sken,
och alla
njt.
14
447
SWEDISH
30.
Pltsl igt kom en kartong. "Titta
lske~y~sflaska flytande
448
vnttnet och och hll
strax eftert en ett kort fredrag
3l.
32
folk br sig t,"
sa
Svante, "Hll
om miljvrd.
Han slutade med att sga:
Sverige
rent!"
33. 34.
35.
"
Besket p n blev simma lngt ut.
lyckat. lg
Det var kallt lnge och
vattnet s sig p
ingen hade
lust att pratade och
Men de
solade Ut,
stranden och
skrattade.
Sen seglade de tillbaka
till
trtta och glada.
Unit 14
SWEDISH
UNIT 14
Glossaroy
allemansrtt -n 0 ansvar -et -0 besvrl ig -t -a besk -et -0 bland brygg/a -an -or br -et -0 (att) bra sig t; br, bar, burit, 4 eftert fall -et -0 i alla fall farllg-t-a det r inte s farligt flagg/a -an -or flask/a -an -or (att) flyta, flyter, flt, flutit, 4 flytande -0 -0 (att) fungera, I (att) f syn p; fr, fick, ftt, 4 fljande -0 -0 (att) fre/sl, -slr, -slog, -slagit, 4 glad, glatt, glada (att) hissa, I (att) hoppa, I hundrata I s (att) hlla, hller, hll, hllit, 4 i I and (att) inne/bra, -br, -bar, -burit, 4 is -en 0 j eans -en (pluro,) ka rtong -en -er kldd, kltt, kldda knappast (att) knna igen; 2a
right to access responsibility troublesome, diffiault visit among dock berry (to) behave afterwards case in any case dangerous itts not too bad flag bo tHe (to) float floating; fluently (to) function, work (to) catch sight of, spot following (to) suggest glad, happy, merry (to) hoist (to) jump, skip, hop hundreds (to) keep, hold ashore (to) imply, mean ice blue jeans cardboard box dressed (past part,) hardly (to) roecognize
449
Unit 14
SWEDISH
(att) le, ler, log, lett, 4 leende -0 -0 leende -t -n (att) lgga t i l l ; lgger, la(de), lagt, 4 lskedryck -en -er mi Ij -n -er mi Ijvrd -en 0 mitt framfr mnnisk/a -an -or natur -en 0 (att) njuta, njuter, njt, njutit, 4 (ati) p locka, I pltsl ig -t -a post -en 0 privat -0 -a p ryd I i g -t -a rtt -en 0 (att) rra sig; 2a sand -en 0 (att) simma, (att) skina, skiner, sken, skinit, 4 (att) skratta, sn -n 0 sol -en -ar (att) sola sig; I strand -en, strnder strax (att) strla, I strlande -0 -0 svamp -en -ar syn -en -er (att) f syn p; fr, fick, ftt, 4 ti II stnd -et -0 (att) tillta, tillter, tillt, t i l l t i t , t i I I t/en -et -na tjnste/man -mannen, -mn trtT -0 -a
450
(to) smile smiling smile (to) dock soda pop environment environmental protection right in front of person nature (to) enjoy (to) pick sudden mail, mail se~vice private neat right (to) move sand (to) slJim (to) shine (to) laugh snOlJ sun (to) sunbathe beach soon (to) shine gloT'ious mushroom sight, vision (to) catch sight of permit, permission (to) permit, allolJ permitted (past part.) salaried employee tired
Unit 14
SWEDISH
tvrs ver (att) tlta, I van -t -a (vid) v i I I I a -a n -o r vrd -en 0 ret om
rla -an
till
{Il
(ngons) ra
pplen -et -na
straight aeross (to) camp used to house, vi lla eare, maintenance the year round honor in (someone's) honor open
Unit 14
451
SWEDISH
UNIT 14 Nates on Hasic Sentences
4. Den vanl igtvis s prydl ige ... This type of construC!tion, den (det, de) + an adjectivaL phrase before a noun is very common in written Swedish. The adjeciival phrase C!an sometimes be quite long and usually trans lates into a relative clause in English.
452
Examples:
Den vanligtvis
prydlige banktjnstemannen
..
The bank executive, who was u0ually so neatly dressed, ...

Den
Frankrike mycket
valknda
konstnren
reser ti I I
New York
imorgon.
The artist, who is very weIL known in France, is Leaving for New York tomorrow. It is important that you learn to recognize this construction because it is widely used in newspapers and magazines as weIL as in more formal texts. In spoken Swedish a relative elause usually expresses the same meaning, and is preferred. Examples:
Banktjnstemannen, Konstnren, imorgon. som vanligtivs vl knd r s prydlig, reser t i l l
som r mycket
Frankrike,
New York
5.
Prydl ige. In written Swedish the definite form of an adjective sometimes takes an -e rather than an ~ ending when the adjeetive modifies a noun whieh refers to a male person.
Examples:
den gaml~ mannen den ldste sonen de vise mnnen
the old man the oldest son the wise men
Again, this is a form that you may eome aeross in written Swedish, so you shouLd be able to reeognize it. However, it is seldom used in spaken Swedish. Unit 14
SWEDISH
19.
Vad r det fr ngot? (What's that?J As you know from Unit 4, Nate 17, and Unit 7,~~8, spaken Swedish of ten uses this construction in questions using the question wopd vad.
Examples:
Vad r det hr fr ngot? What's this? Vad finns det fr stags djur p Skansen? What kind of animaLs are ther'e at Skansen? Vad r det dr fr slags blomma? What kind of fLower is that?
32.
Det var kall t i vattnet. Swedish of ten uses det as a formal (grammaticalJ subJect as in Det var kallt i vattnet,meaning-:-The water was cold. This usage is espeeiaLLy prevalent with intransitive verbs, and is sometimes equivalent to the English grammatieal subject "there. "
Examples: Det sitter en man p trappan.= En man sitter p trappan. There's a man sitting on the steps. = A man is sitting on the steps.
Det kom ett brev med p0~ten. Ett brev kom med posten. There was a Letter (tha~ came) in the mail. = A letter came
~n
the mail.
Det vxte ett stort traj vid huset. Ett stort trd vxte vid huset. There was a big tree grJwing by the house. = A big tree was growing by the house. Det krde en bil frbi mig. = En bil krde frbi mig. Thepe was a cap that drave by me. = A ear drove by me.
unit 14
453
SWEDISH
UNIT 14 Points to Practice Point I: Point II: Past Participles Passive Voice a. Compound Passive b. -5 Passive Present Participle
454
Point III:
Unit 14
SWEDISH
Point l: Past Paptieiples The Swedish past papticipLe is used and decLined as an adjective. The fopm of the vepb used with har and hade is caLLed "the supine" and shouLd not be eonfused with the past papticipLe. The supine fopm is nevep decLined and can not be used as an adjective. Below is a table showing the difference between the Swedish supine and the particip le fopms: Conjugation
1
Supine As Fredicate Adjeetive
Fast Papticiple As Modifying Adjective
(har, hade) tvttat
skjortan r (bl ir) tvttad go I vet r (b I i r) t v t t a t k I derna r (b I i r) tvttade
en tvttad skjorta ett tvttat golv tvttade klder den tvttade skjortan det tvttade golvet de tvtta~kJderna
Indef.
Def.
2a
(har,
hade) stng!
drren r (b I i r) stngd fnstret r (blir) stngt drrarna r (blir) stngda
en stngd drr ett stngt fnster stng~ drrar den stngda drren det stngda fnstret de stngda drrarna
lndef
Def.
lJnit 14
455
SWEDISH
Conjugation Past Paptiaip1-e As Modifying Adjeative Indef
456
AB Ppedicate Adjective
(har, hade) stekt
2b
en stekt korv korven r (b I i r) stekt (ett) stekt ktt kttet r (b II r) stekt kttbullarna r (bil rT stekta stekta kttbu I I ar
den stekta korven det stekta kttet Def. de stektakttbu I I a rna
(har,
hade)
sytt
klnningen r (blir) sydd skrpet r (bl ir) sytt klderna r (blir) sydda
en sydd klnning ett sytt skrp (belt) sydda klder den sydda klnningen det sydda skrpet de sydda klderna
Indef.
Def.
(har,
hade)
skrivit
boken r (blir) skriven brevet r (b I i r) skrivet bckerna r (blir) skriVna
en skriven bok ett skrivet brev skrivna bcker den skrivna boken det skri vna bl-evet de skrivna-bckerna
Indef.
Def.
(har,
hade)
slt
bilen r (blir) sld huset r (blir> slt mblerna r (blir) slda
en sld bli ett sTt hus slda mbler den slda bilen det slda huset de sldamblerna
Indef.
Def.
Vnit 14
SWEDISH
The inflectional pattern of the Swedish past participles is very similar to that of the adjective. Indefinite forms The basic en form varies according to the conjugation of the verb. Examples:
en en en en en
tvttad skjorta stn9~ drr stekt korv sydd-klnning skriven bok
(Conjug. (Conjug. (Conjug. (Conjug. (ConJug.
1)
2a) 2b)
:3)
4)
The ett form of the past participle, like a regular adjective, gets the usual -t or -tt ending. Examples:
ett tvttat golv ett stng~fnster stekt ktt ett sytt s k rp ett skrivet brev
The plural form gets either an -e or an -a ending, depending on the conjugation of~he verb-.Examples:
tvttade skjortor stngdadrrar stekt"~lkttbuI I ar syddaklder skrivna bcker
It is only the past particip le of the first conjugation that gets the -e ending in the plural and definite forms. The rest have the familiar -a ending.
unit 14
457
SWEDISH
Definite forms Like the adjectives, the definite forms J singular and plural, of the past particip les are always the same as the plural indefinite forms. The Swedish past participle can be used both as a modifying adjective (en stngd drr) or as a predicate adjective (drren r stngd). As a modifying adjective it is used both in the indefinite and definite forms. Examples:
en tvttad skjorta den tvttade skjorta~
458
As a predicate adjective it is always used in its indefinite form. Examples:

Skjortan r tvttad. Golvet r tvttat-.Klderna r tvttade.
Nate:
Comparative and superlative forms of past participles are formed by adding mer and me~ befare the participle.
August Strindberg r kanske den mest knda svenska frfattaren. August Strindberg is perhaps the most famous Swedish author. Strindberg r mer knd n Pr Lagerkvist. Strindberg is better knawn than Par Lagerkvist.
Examples:
Uni t 14
SWEDISH
Ppactice A. We witl have a shopt practice on the definite forms, singular and plupat of the past participtes of the foup conjugations. ehange the past particip te from the indefinite to the definite form. eUE
en stngd drr den stngda drren den bermda tavlan de skrivna bckerna den frdigsydda kostymen det mblerade rummet den bjudna gsten den stekta potatisen de betalade rkningarna det skrivna brevet den knda konstnren de mblerade vningarna en bermd tavla skrivna bcker en frdigsydd kostym ett mblerat rum en bjuden gst stekt potatis betalade rkningar ett skrivet brev en knd konstnr mblerade vningar
Unit 14
459
SWEDISH
ppactice B. In this ppactice we'll give you the infinitive fopm of the vepb and you'll have to fopm the past papticiple in its indefinite fopms.
460
eVE
Fnstren r stngda Kttet r stekt Kakorna r ba kad e Rummen r mblerade Tackkorten r skrivna Lena r inte bjuden Rkning var inte t i I lten Kttet r rkt rka t i I I ta bjuda skriva mblera ba ka ste ka stnga
Unit 14
SWEDISH
eVE
Huset r slt Ljusen r tnda Hyran r betalad (betald) Det r frbjudet att rka. frbjuda betala tnda s I j a
n~~n~~~
t~~6j(}de"
Unit 14
4,"61
SWEDISH
Point II: Passive Voice The passive voice (in Swedish and English) is a verb construction used to express a transition from one state to another on the part of the grammatical subject J or an action performed on the grammatical subject by an agent. Swedish has two ways of forming the passive voice: a. b. The campa und passive form; The passive -s form and
462
a. The compound passive fo~m corresponds to the way English forms passive constructions (be + past participle). In Swedish the auxiliary att bl i is used + the past particip leJ which has to agree with the grammatical subject. Examples:
Skjortan blir tvttad. Golvet bl~vttat-. KI.dernatiTi r tvttade. Maten blir stlld p bordet. Bordet blir stllt i rummet. StolarnatiTir stllda i kket. Bo k e n b I j r k p t . Huset bTfl= kpt. Bckerna bl ir kp~. Klnningen blir sydd. Skrpet b I i r s y t t . Klnningarna blir sydda.
Unit 14
SWEDISH
Boken blir skriven. Tackkortet bl ir Skrivet. Breven b I i r~1 vna. -
Note l:
The auxiLiary in Swedish compound passive constructions is att bl i -- not att vara. Att vara describes a state or condition, not an action or a transition from one state to another. ExampLes:
Skjortan blev tvttad p ngra minuter.
The Bhirt was washed in a few minuteB. (In coLLoquiaL EngLish: The shirt got washed ... )
Skjortan r tvttad.
The shirt--;s washed.
(The shirt is cLean.) (The ear got stoLen ... )
Bilen blev stulen medan jag var borta.
The car was stoLen whiLe I was gone.

Bilen var stulen nr jag kom tillbaka.
The ear was stoLen (gone) when I got back. Note 2: The preposition av corresponds to the EngLish preposition "by" a passive construction.
~n
Practice C. Change the active sentences inta passive sentences. The correct passive sentenee wiLL appear beLow each active sentence, so be sure to cover up the answers before you try to come up with the correct sentenee yourseLf. Note that when man is the subject in the active sentence there is no agent (by ... ; av .. ) in the passive sentence.
Ulla bakade kakan. Ka ka n b I e v b a ka d a v U I I a
Unit 14
463
SWEDISH
Kerstin sydde klnningen. blev sydd av Kerstin.
464
Klnningen
Lasse tvttar bilen. Bil en bl i r tvttad av Lasse.
Johan slde huset. Huset blev slt av Johan. Mina vnner betalade rkningarna. Rkningarna blev betalade av mina vnner. stationen. stationen.
Mannen krde bi len ti II
Bi len blev krd av mannen t l II Fami Ijen Ek bjd oss p middag. Vi blev bjudna av
familjen Ek p mIddag. ett annat rum. ett annat rum.
Man flyttade mblerna t i l l Mblerna blev flyttade tl I I Man ordnade allt
fre resan.
Allt blev ordnat fre resan.
Unit 14
SWEDISH
b. Another ~ay of making passive constructions in S~edish is to add an -s to the active form of the verb. This -s form can be added to the infinitive, past tense and the supine. In the present tense -s is added to the infinitive of the first and third conjugation verbs and to the stem in the second and fourth conjugation verbs. Consequently the -s passive infinitive form and the -s passive present tense form are identical in the firat and third conjugations. Examples:
att bakas to be baked att sys to be sewn
ka ka n ba ka s the cake is being baked klnningen sys the dress is being sewn
sho~
The
follo~ing
chart
~ill
you the -s passive forms in all four conjugations. Past tense Supine
Conjug.
1
Infinitive
Present tense
att ba ka s att att att

stng~
ba kas
stng~
bakades stngdes kptes syddes skrevs
(ha r, hade) bakats (har, hade) (ha r, hade)

stng~
2a 2b
:5
kp~~
sy~
kp~
sy~
kp~
( ha r, hade) sytts (ha r, hade) skrivits
att skrivas
skrivs
Note that an -e is inserted ~n the present tense in second and fourth conjugation verbs i f the stem ends in an -s. Examples:
Nyheterna lses varje timme. The ne~s is read every hour. Bren fryses meddetsamma. The berrieS-are frozen right a~ay.
Unit 14
465
SWEDISH
Ppaatiae D. In this ppaatiae we'LL give you the aative infinitive fopm of a vepb in the Cue aoLumn. Use the tense that is indiaated and put the vepb into the sentenae on the Left.
CVE
466
Bordet kptes
La
av min moster.
att kpa (past)
rs krs
t i I I ko nt o r e t var j e da g a v s i n f r u
att kra (ppesent)
Det mrktes Det lstes Sverige
att skjortan Inte var tvttad.
att mrka (past)
mer frr.
att \ sa (pas
t)
det mycket fr de gamla. grs
att gra (ppesent)
Mycket har beskrivits Det talas
l bcker.
att beskriva (ppesent pep!.)
mycket om ekonomin (the eaonomy).
att tala (ppesent)
Unit 14
SWEDISH
eUE
Det hrdes Rkningen hade F II men s gs Sa r n ska ses
Ha n
att hon kom frn Tyskland.
att hra (past)
redan betalats av alla eleverna.
att betala (past perf.)
att se (past)
men inte
h ra s
att se, att hra (inf.)
vara den bsta i klassen. anses
att anse (present)
Fi I
men sgs
va ra i nt res sa nt.
att sga (present)
Praotioe E. This is another praotioe where you form a passive sentenoe out of an active sentence~ hut this time you'll use the -s form of the verb. Remember that when man is the subjeot in the aotive sentenoe there is no agent (by .. /av ... J in the passive sentenoe. The correct passive sentenee follows under the aotive sentence, so be sure to cover it up before you try to give your answer.
Vrdinnan serverade middagen. Middagen serverades av vrdinnan.

Unit 14 467
SWEDISH
Lkaren tog Ulf togs in Ulf p sjukhuset. lkaren. bttre.
468
in p
sjukhuset av
Man har gjort allt fr att han ska bli Allt har gjorts Man fr att han lngsamt. ska bl i
bttre.
stngde drren
Drren stngdes Man kan kpa kan
lngsamt. i kiosker.
tidningar kpas
Tidningar
kiosker. vid ingngen.
Man kper biljetterna Biljetterna kps vid
ingngen.
Brita anvnder skrivmaskinen. Skrivmaskinen anvnds av Brita. Chauffren
(the
d~ive~,
chauffeur) hmtade ambassadren klockan tta.

klocKan tta.
Ambassadren
hmtades av chauffren
unit 14
SWEDISH
Point III: Present Participle The English present particip le has three different functions:
1.
It can be an adjective.
(This book is very interesting. ) (Be is reading.)
2. 3.
It indicates the progressive form of a verb. It can be a noun (gerund). (Jogging is fun.)
1.
In Swedish the present participle functions mainly as an adjective.
Examples:
Ett blommande trd Ett I eend""8b"""rn
(a blossoming tree) (a smiling child)
The Swedish present participle is formed by adding the suffixes -ande or -ende. The verbs that take an -a in the infinitive get the -ande suffix and verbs that do not take an -a-in the infinitive (third and some fourth conjugation verbs) get the -ende suffix. The Swedish present particip le is never dealined. Examples:
en strlande dag ett I een<rebarn den strlande dagen det leende-barnet
tv strlande dagar tv I eend""8b"""rn de strlande dagarna de leende-barnen
2. It is important that you remember that the English progressive form can not be translated into Swedish using the present participle of the verb. As we pointed out in Unit 53 the English progressive forms aorrespond to the present 3 past 3 present perfect 3 and past perfect tenses.
Unit 14
469
SWEDISH
Examples: Be Be Be Be is reading. was reading. has been reading. had been reading.
470
Han Han Han Han
lser. lste. har lst. hade lst.
When English verbs like "go." "sit." "stand." etc. are followed by a present particip le. two co-ordinated verbs are used in Swedish. Examples: We stood there talking. We went swimming. We sat there understanding nothing.
Vi stod dr och pratade. Vi gick och badade. Vi satt dr och frstod ingenting.
J.
The English gerund corresponds to a Swedish infinitive. Jogging is good for you. Do you like reading? I learn by listening.
Examples:
Att jogga r nyttigt. Tycker du om att lsa? Jag lr mig genom att lyssna.
Some Swedish nouns are derived from the present participle. These nouns betong either to the fourth or the fifth declension and are declined accordingly. Ett-nouns that end in -ande or -ende bel"ong to the fourth declension. Examples:
ett meddelande, meddelandet, meddelanden, meddelandena (message) ett leende, leendet, leenden, leendena (smiLe)
En-nouns that end in -ande (usually signifying people) belong to the fifth declension. Example:
en ordfrande, ordfranden, ordfrande, ordfrandena (chairman)
En-nouns ending in -ende are treated like adjectives. Example:
en i nneboende, den inneboende,
(f
I era)
i nneboende,
de inneboende (boarder)
lJnit 14
SWEDISH
UNIT 15
~~r
och Traditioner Midsommar
1.
p midsommarafton promenerade Browns och deras svenska vrdfolk ner ti I I en

~
~o
-.
2.
3.
4.
vid havet, dr
majstnge~
skulle st. en I iten
Dr hade redan samlats mnniskor, unga och
5.
6.
~.//.
gamla, och frberedelserna hade brjat.

>t
7.
8.
9.
10.
Brita freslog att Anne Sjlv tnkte hon ta hand om kaffe-
skulle hjlpa till med att kl majstngen. serveringen. Ett par

sommargst~
hl I p att stta upp bord och stolar och
Svante och George gick genast dit och hjlpte ti I I. Efter ngra timmar var allt klart och den frdigkldda stngen c-est~ under stort
~.
11.
12.
13.
14.
Klockan fyra brjade dansen en del

i
omkri~9..
majstngen.
Alla deltog, stora och sm, Under

~ern~
jeans och
~orts,
andra
l vackra fol kdrkter.
serverades
471
Unit 15
SWEDISH
l S.
ka f f e oc h domar I skedr yc ker . fr de smil. Me d a n d e ~~_~~ ~~JJl o ,- d n a d e Alla hade roligt. George och n g r a d u k t i g a ~knde att
472
16.
17.
lekar
Anne riktigt
de upplevde en gammal
svensk tradition.
18. 19.
Senare p
kvllen gick de
fyra
vnnerna
ner ti II i den
bryggan, ljusa
dr dansen
fortsatte beundrade
fr de vuxna. so I uPP9~.
Eftert satt de p
bryggan
sommarnatten och
20.
Julen
21.
22. 23.
Efter midsommaren fade sig Browns helger. jul en
skrgrden I iten bok om
skaf-
svenska man
De vi Ile veta Sverige.
hur
24.
2S.
firar
George
brjade
lsa:
26.
"Julen brjar med den ldsta sng, med och dottern
Lucia-dagen den trettonde december. i fami Ijen vcka Hon r
Enligt traditionen
brukar
27.
28.
far och mor tidigt p morgonen med kldd i vitt och sina har en sm krans av
Lucialingonris
kaffe och
lussekatter.
29.
30.
levande
ljus p huvudet.
Hon r om~ av
syskon
som r trnor
stjrngossar.
Varje skola och arbetsplats
har sin egen
Lucia."
Unit 15
SWEDISH
31.
"Tror du att kiinner ju
det kommer ngon flera sta
Luc i a t i I loss flickor."
december?"
frgade Anne.
"Vi
32.
redan
svenska
33.
George
fortsatte att
lsa:
34. 35.
36.
"Efter Lucia-dagen brjar putsar, bakar och
svenskarna gra Alla
det julfint
huset.
Man
stiidar och fre
lagar julmat. kls
juldekorationer tas
fram och dagen
julafton,
el/er tidigare,
julgranen."
37.
"Det dr med
storstdningen tycker jag mindre om,"
sade Anne.
38.
39.
"Julen har
inte brjat n,"
sade George och
lste vidare:
"Julafton, Efter
den tjugofjrde december, nr hela
r den viktigaste dagen,
srskilt fr
barnen. kommer
4 O.
41. 42.
43. 44. 45.
46.
julmiddagen,
familjen r samlad och full barn d med
julgransljusen r tnda, Han knackar p
jultomten med en sck p frgar om det finns p juldagsmorgonen, och sen ngra
ryggen, snlla
julklappar.
drren och frsts. i Det
i huset, och det finns det alltid,

det nnu r mrkt, gr mnga
mycket tidigt,
svenskar
julottan,
trffas
slkt och vnner och julrtter, t.ex.
ter julmat och dricker glgg. exempel) sIllsallad, helgen dricker man
finns mnga med rdkl,
traditionella lutfisk och
(till
julskinka kaffe och fort-
risgrynsgrt. Man
Under hela
47.
ter pepparkakor och
saffransbrd.
dansar kring granen och
firandet
Vnit 15
473
SWEDISH
48.
stter med nyret och trettondagen, d julen dansas ut. pska' den 6 januari, nda ti I I 'tjugondag Knut,'
474
49. 50.
Det r nstan som psken),
juivisan att
'julen varar n t l I I
(julen vara nda t i II
Fastan
51.
52.
53.
"0 c h sen
kommer fastan.
Hr p det hr,
Anne!"
"I med
samma visa frggranna
str det ocks att
'dremellan
kommer
fastan.'
D dekoreras huset
pskris och man ter semlor med mandelmassa och vispgrdde. lngre. De frsta vr-
54.
Under den hr tiden mrker man att dagarna brjar bl i blommorna tittar fram ven om det
55.
56.
fortfarande r ganska
kallt ute."
.~
"s
lustigt att svenskarna
firar
fastan
fastn de
Inte r katoliker," utbrast
57.
58.
Anne.
"Ja,
men det
lter
Inte som om de ter mindre,"
sade George.
"Nu
ska vi
se hur
59.
de f i rar psken."
Unit 15
SWEDISH
Psken
60.
61.
"Lt mig lsa:
lsa nu,
snlla du," sade Anne.
Hon tog boken
Ifd3n George och brjade
62. 63. 64. 65. 66.
"Psken
firas
Sverige~.
(bland annat) med att man mlar och ter psk~. fyllda med godsaker. Pskbordet r en
Barnen brukar ocks r dekorerat med
vackra ~gg, som r
vrblommor,
kycklingar och pskkringar. hxor. Sm
Pskkringarna
kvarleva
frn
den tid d man trodde p ibland omkring t i I I
flickor utkldda t i l l 'glad psk.

I
psk-
kringar gr
grannarna och nskar
67. 68.
Psken har
I iksom julen tv
helgdagar,
pskdagen och annandag psk. norrut och
Skolbarnen
har psklov och det har blivit populrt att resa
ka skidor."
69.
"Nu
kommer vi
ti II
ngot nytt,"
sade Anne.
"Hr hur svenskarna
firar
vren.
1I
Unit 15
475
SWEDISH
Valborgsmssoafton
476
70. 7l.
72.
73.
"Vxl ingarna mellan de 01 ika rstiderna betyder mycket fr ankomst firas ocks med en speciel I april, samlas man runt stora eldar i hgtid.
svenskarna.
Vrens
P valborgsmssoafton,
den sista Man firas
alla stder och byar till vren.
Sverige.
sjunger snger och hller vlkomsttal vren srskilt
Vid universiteten
74.
75.
intensivt med studentsng och vrbaler."
"
Det
lter vl
roligt?"
Anne
lt entusiastisk.
"Jag hoppas att vi
kan mer Anne lste
76.
77.
svenska nsta r och att vi vidare.
blir bjudna p ngra trevliga vrbaler."
Frsta maj
78. 79.
"Den
frsta maj I
r en
helgdag
i Sverige.
firas arbetarnas dag med demonstradr enl igt traditionen ~-
tionstg.
Stockholm marscherar man ti II
Grdet,
80. 8l.
82.
83.
litiker och fackfreningsledare hller tal."
Anne sg att George hade somnat medan hon
lste,
hon
fortsatte
inte beskrIv-
ningarna p ngra av de mindre viktiga helgerna, pingsten.
Kristi
himmelfrdsdag och
unit 15
SWEDISH
UNIT 15 GLossary
afton -en, aftnar annandag -en -ar arbetare -n -0 ba I -en -er beskrivning -en -ar (att) betyda, 2a (att) beundra, I bland annat (bl.a.) bland andra (bl.a.) dans -en -er (att) dansa, I dekoration -en -er (att) dekorera, I en de I (att) del/taga, -tar, -tog, -tagit, 4 demonstration -en -er dremellan eld -en -ar entusiastisk -t -a exempe l, exemp I et, -0 till exempel (L ex.) fackfreninQ -en -ar fast/a -an :'or (att) fira, I folkdrkt -en -er (att) fylla, 2a frggrann -t -a (att) frbereda, 2a frberedelse -n -r glgg -en 0 godsak -en -er goss/e -en -ar gran -en -ar grupp -en -er
evening, eve seaond day (of Christmas, Easter, PentecostJ worker ban (danae) desal'iption (to) mean (to) admire among other things among others danae, danaing (to) dance decoration (to) deaoT'ate some, a few (to) partiaipate demonstration in between fire, bonfire enthusiastia exampLe for example labor union fast, Lent (to) aelebrate nationaL aostume (to) fill aoLoT'fuL (to) prepare preparation hot spiced wine served at Christmas sweets, "goo dies II young boy spT'uae gT'OUP
477
Unit 15
SWEDISH
gryn -et -f/J grdd/e -en grt -en 0 helgdag -en -ar (att) hj Ipa ti II med; 2b hx/a -an -or hgtid -en -er i f r n intensiv -t -a jubel, jublet 0 julgran -en -ar julklapp -en -ar julott/a -an -or jultomt/e -en -ar kato I i k -en -er (att) kl, 3 (att) kl ut; 3 krans -en -ar kring Kristi himmelfrdsdag (att) kunna, kan, kunde, kunnat kvarlev/a -an -or kyckl ing -en -ar k I -en 0 (att) knna, 2a kring -en -ar ledare -n -0 I ek -en -ar (att) leka, 2b levande -0 -0 I i ksom lov -et -f/J lussekatt -en -er lustig -t -a lutfisk -en f/J maj/stng, -stngen -stnger mandel -n, mandlar
478
grain cream porridge, hot cereal holiday (to) help out with witch festive day from intens'ive cheering Christmas tree Christmas gift early church service Christmas Day morning Santa Claus CathoUc (to) trim, decorate (to) dress up wreath a'round Ascension Day (to) know, have learned remnant chicken cabbage (to) feel old lady, witch (derogatory) leader game (to) play live, real like (school) vacation special saffron buns served at Lucia and Christmas funny, peculiar specially prepared fiBh Berved at ChristmaB maypole almond
Unit 15
SWEDISH
mandelmass/a -an (/; (att) marschera, I midsommarafton (att) mla, I norrut (att) omge, omger, omgav, omgivit, 4 omgiv/en -et -na omkring papp -en (/; paus -en -er peppar -n 0 pepparkak/a -an -or pingst -en 0 politiker -n-0 populr -t -a (att) putsa, I pskris -et -0 (att) resa, 2b ris -et -(/; runt rygg -en -ar rtt -en -er saffran -en (/; (att) samla, I (att) samlas, I semi/a -an -or shorts -en (plur.) sill -en -ar sillsallad -en -er skid/a -an -or (att) ka skidor skink/a -an -or soluppgng -en -ar sommargst -en -er speciell -t -a stjrn/a -an -or
Unit 15 almond paste (to) march Midsummer's eve (to) paint north(ward), towards the north (to) surround surrounded around cardboard break, pause pepper spicy cookies served at Christmas Pentecost poZitician popular (to) polish branches brought into the house and decorated with dyed feathers (for Lenten and Easter decoration) (to) raise greens, twigs; rice around back dish, faod saffron (to) gather, collect (trans.) (to) gather (intrans.) pastry served during Lent shorts herY'ing herring salad ski (to) ski ham sunrise non-permanent resident in summer resort area special star
479
SWEDISH
(att) stda, I stdning -en 0 sck -en -ar (att) titta fram; tjugondag Knut traditionell -t-a trettondagen tg -et -0 trn/a -an -or ungdomar -na (pluY'.) (att) uppleva, 2a (att) ut/brista, -brister, -brast, -brustit, 4 valborgsmssoafton (att) vara, I vidare viktig -t -a (att) vila sig; (att) vispa, I vlspgrdd/e -en 0 vux/en -et -na en vuxen, tv vuxna (att) vxla, I vx I i ng -en -ar gg -et -0 nda till ng -en -ar (att) nska,
480
(to) clean cleaning sack, bag (to) look out, stick up, appeal' twentieth day afteY' Christmas traditional Epiphany (thiY'teenth day) march, marching attendant (foY' wedding and Lucia) young people (to) experience (to)exclaim Walpurgis night (April 30) (to) last furtheY' important (to) rest (to) whip, beat (food) whipped cY'eam adult, grown-up adult (noun) (to) change change egg all the way to, right up to meadow, field (to) wish
Unit 15
SWEDISH
UNIT 15 Nates on Basic Sentences
8.
Att kl majst~ngen. The verb att kl (to dress) also has the meaning "to trim" or "to decorate" when you talk about trimming the Christmas tree or decorating the maypoZe -- att kl julgranen, att kl majstngen. Stora och sm.
Examples: Swedish adjectives can be used as nouns.
p~
13.
Jag tittade Nr vi far
klnningar och valde mellan en grn och en
bl~.
I was looking at dresses and chose between a green (one) and a blue (one).
p~
semester r den stora bi len mer praktisk n den I i Ila. vskor och Johan hjlpte henne att bra den tyngsta.
When we go on vacation the big ear is more practical than the small one.
Lena hade
tv~
Lena had two suitcases and Johan helped her carry the heaviest (one).
15.
De vuxna (the adults, grown-ups). Vux/en -et -na is an irregular past particip le of att vxa (to grow), which can be conjugated either according to the second conjugation (vxa, vxer, vxte, vxt) or as an irregular verb, vxa, vxer, vxte, vuxit. The irregular past particip le is of ten used as a noun.
Examples:
En vuxen och tv barn.

One adult and two children.
De vuxna pratade medan barnen lekte.

The grown-ups talked while the children played.
31. Att det kommer ngon Lucia.
See Unit 14,
Nate #32.
Unit 15
481
SWEDISH
65.
482
Den tid d . Den (det, de) can be used as a detepminative adjective op pponoun, which means that it refers to a following phpase, usually a necessapy pelative clause. When den (det, de) functions as a detepminative adjective the following noun does not take the definite ending.
Examples:
De biljetter som du
inte har anvnt kan du
lmna
tillbaka.
The tickets that you have not used you may retupn.
Det hus som jag verkligen skulle vilja ha finns inte.
The house that I would peally like to have does not exist.
Sommaren r den rstid d alla i Sverige vill ha semester.
Summer is the time of year when everybody in Sweden wants a vacation. As a detepminative pponoun den (det, de) is followed immediately by a relative clause and corresponds in English to "the one who" ("he who," etc.), "that which" ("what"), and "those who." Examples:
Den som kommer fr sent fr ingen efterrtt.
The one who is late gets no dessert.

Det som han sade var sant.
That which (what) he sa id was true.

De som v i I I se p TV kan g In I det andra rummet.
Those who want to watch TV can go into the other room.
Unit 15
SWEDISH
UNIT 15 Points to Practice Point I: Point II: Compound Nouns Compound Verbs
Unit 15
483
SWEDISH
Point I: Compound Nouns A compound noun is a noun made up of two or more words. In Swedish there is an abundance of compound nouns~ which of ten correspond to a whole noun phrase in English. Examples: English (usually written in two words or more) Christmas tree baby-sitter traveZer's checks day of the week residential area Swedish (written as one word)
484
julgran barnvakt resecheckar veckodag bostadsomrde
The Swedish compound noun is an en word or an ett word depending on the last noun in the compound. Examples:
en barnvakt ett somma rst I I e
There are different ways of forming compound nouns in Swedish. 1. Two nouns may simply be joined. Examples:
barnvakt julafton matsal
Unit 15
SWEDISH
2. An extra letter may be added between the different words. be: a. b. c. d.
-s -e
-o
This letter may
Examples: Examples: Examples: Examples:
tidning~artikel
bostadsomrde (bostad + omrde) (tidning + artikel) rttegng (rtt + gng) trial + kris) oil crisis
newspaper article
olj~kris (olja
veckodag (vecka + dag) kyrk~grd (kyrka + grd) cemetery gatuhrn (gata + hrn) street corner varuhus (vara - merchandise - + hus) department store
-u
3.
Many words that end in an unstressed -a OY' -e lose that unstY'essed vowel when pombined with another word. Examples:
f I i c ks ko I a
(f I i eka + s ko I a ) blombukett (blomma + bukett) lampskr"m (lampa + skrm)
girls' school bouquet of flowers lamp shade
There are many rulcs (with many exception~) for how compound nouns are formed. We therefore suggest that you just try to learn each compound noun as it comes along. It is more important that you learn to recogni2e and distinguish the words that make up a compound noun so you can understand the meaning. Som e compound nouns aY'~ made up of several words and are very long, for example, Arbetsmarknads~~~lsen (AMS), Labor Market Board; Justitieombudsmannambetet (JO), Office of the National Ombudsman. No wonder Swedes are fond of abbreviations!
Unit 15
485
SWEDISH
486
Point II:
Compound Verbs Verbs with partie les (prefix~ noun adverb) are called eompound verbs. All compound verbs are conjugated the same way as the simple verb. Examples:
adjeetive~
missbruk~missbrukat,
att missbruka, missbrukar, missbrukade, missbrukat missbrukade att instlla, instller, instllde, instlld, instlll, instllda instllt
to abuse to caneel
misstnkt~sstnkt,
att
misst~~ka,
misstnker, misstnkte, misstnkt misstnkta
to suspect to confide to describe
att anfrtro, anfrtror, anfrtrodde, anfrtrott anfrtrod~anfrtrott, anfrtrodda att beskriva, beskriver, beskrev, beskrivit beskriven, beskrivet, beskrivna
a.
Some compound verbs are inseparable (i.e. particle and verb always stay together as one word). Verbs ~ith the follo~ing prefixes are inseparable: an-, be-, er-, fr-, hr-, miss-, sam-, um-, und-, van-, ~_. Examples:
att att att att
anvnda betala frklara samarbeta
to to to to
use pay explain eooperate
Unit 15
SWEDISH
b. Some compoHnd verbs are separable, i.e. the particle is separated from the verb except in the present pariiciple and past participle forms. Examples:
att knna igen (to recognize) V i knner i gen honom. Vi knde j gen honom. V i ha r (hade) knt ; gen honom. Han blev igenknd. Ett igenknnande leende. (A smile of recognition) att kasta bort (to throw away) Mona kastar bort tidningen. Mona kastade bort tidningen. Mona har(hade) kastat bort tidningen. Bortkastad tid. (Wasted time.) att tycka om (to like) Per tycker om Lena. Per ~te o'!!.- Lena. Per har (hade) tyckt om Lena. Lena r omtyckt.
Practice A. This is a practice on separable compound verbs. indicated by the cues, complete the sentences on the left.
Using the verb forms
eVE
att knna igen Min kusin knde igen
Unit 15
vrt hus.
past tense
487
SWEDISH
eUE
488
att knna Olof Palme blev

Igenknd
Jag
I New York.
past partiaiple
din syster. knner igen
present tense
att hyra ut
Ib tn ker s I n v i I I a.
infinitive
hyra ut Varfr hyr

Vningen var
du ut
din vning?
present tense
past partiaiple
uthyrd att tycka om
Eva
sin bror.
pl'esent tense
tycker om Asa var mycket omtyckt klassen.
past partioiple
Unit 15
SWEDISH
eVE eVE
att~~~
Jag
-------har tyckt om
att bo nra havet.
present perfeet
att din mat!

t upp
~~
imperative
Hunden t upp
AI It
kalvkotletten.
past tense
past particip le upptet att kasta bort
Erik kastade bort

Ulla tyckte det var
brevet.
past tense
_________ tid att se p TV. bortkastad
past participle
Johan visste inte att Al ice _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ t i hade kastat bort
d n i nge n
past perfeet
Unit 15
489
SWEDISH
Placement o[ the Particle in Separable Compound Verbs We mentioned earlier that the particle in a separable compound verb is always attached to the verb in the present participle and the past participle [orms. In other [orms the particle is separated [rom the verb and [ollows the verb immediately. Examples:
490
Jag tycker om den hr boken. Jag ~yckte om den hr boken. Jag har (hade) tyckt om att vara l stockholm. Jag kommer att~ka om att bo s nra arbetet.
However, when a separable compound verb occurs in a question or in a main clause with revers ed word order, or together with a roaming adverb (ef. Unit 12, Point II), the verb and the particle are separated by either the subject or the roaming adverb, or both. Examples:
~er
du om den hr boken?
(Question)
Eftersom vi inte trffas s ofta, ~ker v ~ att ringa ti II varandra. (Revers ed word order in main cZause) Jag tycker inte om att spela tennis.
(Roaming adverb in clause with simple tense)
Tycker du inte om att spela tennis?

(Question wit~aming adverb) Note: when the tense (i.e. present per[eet, a roaming adverb. the verb). The separated Examples: of the separable compound verb is a compound tense past per[ect. or future) and the verb occurs with adverb has to follow the first verb (the conjugated verb (verb + particle) [ollows.
Jag har aldrig tyckt om att spela tennis. Jag hade allti~kt o~ honom. Jag kommer alltid att tycka om honom.
Unit 15
SWEDISH
Praatiae B. This is a praatiae using separable aompound verbs in sentenaes ~ith adverbs ("roaming" and "non-poaming"). We ~ill use simple and aompound tenses. Vse the verb att tycka om throughout. We ~ill indiaate in the aue aolumn ~hat tense and ~hat adverb to use. eVE
att tycka om Karin tyckte aldrig om Kar i n har aldrig tyckt om Varfr tycker Karin sade att hon inte tyckte om Karin tyckte om Kar i n har tyckt om Ka r i n va r alltid omtyckt. honom fr flera r sedan honom lnge
past pa'l'tiaipZe + alltid past tense + fr flera r sedan
honom.
past tense + aldrig
honom.
present perf. + aldrig
Karin inte om
honom?
present tense + inte
honom.
past tense + Inte
present perf. + lnge
Unit 15
491
SWEDISH
492
Some verbs can be both separable and inseparable. These two forms usually indicate different meanings. The separable form is used to express something eonerete; the inseparable form expresses something abstract. Examples:
Anna brt aven tand.

Anna broke off a tooth.
Premirministern avbrt frhandl ingarna.

The Prime Minister broke off (interrupted) the negotiations.
Vi
~frbi
Vita Huset. vissa detaljer.

neglected) certain details.
We passed the White House.
Ordfranden
fr~~
The chairman passed over (skipped,
Lraren pekade p det felstavade ordet.

The teacher pointed to the misspelled word.
Gran ppekade att han hade haft rtt.

Goran pointed out (indicated) that he had been right.
Note: If there is no difference in meaning between the separable and inseparable forms, the separable form is preferred in the spoken language. The inseparable form is more common ly used in formal written language. Examples:
Per valde ot en bl kostym.

Per chose (picked out) a blue suit.
Presidenten utvalde utrikesministern att leda frhandlingarna.

The President chose the Secretary of State to lead the negotiations. Unit 15
SWEDISH
UNIT 16 The emphasis in this Unit is on reading, a skill which will be necessary for your work. It is written in the style typical of Swedish newspaper and magazine articles. It will be your springboard to newspaper reading in Swedish and should serve as your introduction to further individual study. Each short essay with its vocabulary list will be treated as a separate item. Notes on Basic Sentences will be at the end of the entire Unit as usual. We suggest that you read each article, trans late it and learn the new vocabulary before listening to the tape. There are no practices in Unit 16. projects:
1.
Instead we suggest the following work
After studying one of the essays, find a supplementary newspaper article on the same subject (assuming that you have access to Swedish newspapersJ, read it, and prepare a short talk (one to three minutes) on the topio. Initiate a olassroom discussion based on one of the essays and any additional reading on the same subjeot. Seleet one essay and make a comparison between its con tent and a corresponding aspeot of the United States; prepare a short briefing on this comparison. let us point out a few charaoteristics of Swedish newspaper style:
2. 3.
As you begin, a. b. c. d.
A rioher vocabulary than we have introduced, and characteri~d by formal words and expressions not used in spoken Swedish. An abundance of compound nouns and verbs. The use of supine verb forms without the auxiliaries har, hade.
Denna, den instead of den hr, den dr.
Unit 16
493
SWEDISH
494
e.
Frequent use of the passive voice. Frequent use of long, embedded sentences.
f.
Uni t
16
SWEDISH
UNI'l' 16
GI imtar frn Sverige av idag
Geograt"i
1.
Sverige r det strsia av de fem nordiska lnderna och det fjrde i
2.
Y!-
J.
4.
5.
storlek i Europa.
Landet r lngt
och smalt, nrmare bestmt 160 (svenskal mi I frn Treri ksrset i norr ti II Smygehuk i sder. Trots att Sverige
6.
7.
8.
9.
I igger p samma breddgrad som Alaska
och Grnland har det ett mi Idare kl imat tack vare Golfstrmmen i Atlanten.
10.
S sent som 15.000 r f.Kr. av i s .
(fre Kristusl var hela Sverige fortfarande tckt
11. 12.
13.
Isen efterlmnade 96.000 sjar, ett rikt varierande landskap och stora Enbart i Stockholms skrgrd finns det
skrgrdar utanfr de lnga kusterna. cirka 26.000 ar.
14. Uni t 16
Sverige har 8,3 miljoner invnare.
Folkttheten r dock mycket ojmn.
Ungefr
495
SWEDISH
15.
90 procent av befolkningen r bosatt i den sdra hlften av lnder. landet. Etniskt
496
16.
17. 18.
* *
*
sett var Sverige har emellertid p
lnge ett av Europas mest enhetl iga
Den situationen
kraftigt frndrats under senare r.
Under hgkonjunkturen Idag utgr de
1960-talet tog Sverige emot ett stort antal
Invandrare.
19.
20.
omkring tio procent av befolkningssiffran.
Enligt statistiken r frldrarna
till
tredje barn som fds
invandrare.
Glossary (Geografi)
antal -et -0 Atlanten (att) bestmma, 2a nrmare bestmt bosatt -0 -a (att) vara bosatt breddgrad -en -er dock (att) efterlmna, eme I I ert i d enbart enhetl ig -t -a etnisk -t -a folktthet -en 0 (att) fdas, 2a (att) frndra, I (att) frndras, geografi -n 0 glimt-en-ar Golfstrmmen
number, quantity the Atlantia (oaean) (to) deaide, determine more preaisely
-0
-a
(to) live, reside latitude however, nevertheless (to) leave behind however, nevertheless solely, alone uniform, homogenous ethnia population density (to) be born (to) ahange (transitive) (to) ahange (intransitive) geography glimpse the Gulf Stream
Unit 16
SWEDISH
hlft -en -er hgkonjunktur -en -er invandrare -n -0 invnare -n -0 jmn -t -a konjunktur -en -er kraftig -t -a Kristus kust -en -er mil-n-0 mild, milt, milda nordisk -t -a nrmare bestmt ojmn -t -a rik -t -a siffr/a -an -or situation -en -er s ma I - t - a statistik -en -er storlek -en -ar s ... som tack vare trots (att) tcka, 2b tt -t -a tthet -en -er utanfr (att) utgra, -gr, -gjorde, -gjort, 4 var -t 0 (att) variera, y t/a -an -or
half boom, prosperity immigrant inhabitant even state of the market, economic situation powerful, substantial Christ coast Swedish mile (10 kilometers, approx. six miles) mild Nordie more precisely uneven rich figure, number situation narY'ow, thin statistics size as ... as thanks (be) to in spite of (to) cover dense, tight density outside (to) constitute each, every (to) vary, diveY'sify surface
Unit 16
497
SWEDISH
498
Nrlngsl iv och ekonomi
21.
Sverige har rika naturtillgngar. varit grunden i den svenska
Skog,
jrnmalm och vatten har
alla tider
22.
2J.
ekonomin och r det fortfarande.
Exporten r av
stor betydelse. produkt).
Den uppgr ti I I
25 procent av Sveriges BNP (bruttonationalprodukter n tidigare. elektriska och kunder r Norden
24.
25. 26.
27.
Numera exporteras betydligt fler frdiga maskiner, flygplan, bilar,
Man exporterar bl.a. kemiska
instrument,
produkter och tekniskt kunnande. (EG europagemenskapen) .
Sveriges strsta
och EG-Inderna
Sverige har varken olja eller kol Vattenkraften svarar fr 12
28. 29.
och mste importera 75 procent av 15 procent av energikonsumtionen.
sitt brnsle.
Sveriges krnkraftprogram omfattar Efter en folkomrstning inte skall
JO.
3l.
32.
reaktorer, krnkraften och att all
8 frdiga och 4 under byggnad. 1980 beslt regeringen, krnkraft skall
betrffande
att programmet
utbyggas vidare,
vara avvecklad r 2010.
33.
Sveriges ekonomi
brukar
ibland
kallas en blandekonomi.
Industrin r huvudden pri-
34. 35.
36.
sakligen vata
privatgd. Staten
Av alla
industrianstllda arbetar 90 procent
sektorn.
Ingriper
r form av lagstiftning, krediter och stdt-
grder.
Unit 16
SWEDISH
3? . Mlsttningen i den ekonomiska politiken r full sysselsttning, regional
38.
39. ..
balans och handelsbalans. speciellt sedan industrin.
Staten deltar aktivt
arbetsmarknadspolitiken, den svenska genom statl iga
lgkonjunktur och oljekriser skapat problem fr
40.
41.
Man hller nere arb.etslsheten med 01 ika metoder:
beredskapsarbeten, std t i II
genom att omskola eller vidareutbi Ida anstl Ida eller genom ekonomiska problem. Staten blandar sig dremot inte
42.
43.
fretag med
lnefrhandi ingarna En
p arbetsmarknaden mel lan arbetstagare och arbetsgivare. arbetsplatsen
44. 45.
lag om de anstl Idas medbestmmandertt p

I977
(MBL -
medbestm-
ma n d e I a g e n) -a n t o 9 s r
GLo88ary (Nringsl Iv och ekonomi)

aktiv -t -a (att) anstlla, 2a en anstlld, tv anstllda (att) an/ta, -tar, -tog, -tagit, arbetsgivare -n -~ arbetslshet -en 0 arbetsmarknad -en -er arbetsplats -en -er arbetstagare -n -0 (att) avveckla, I balans -en -er beredskapsarbete -t -n (att) be/sluta, -sluter, -slt, -slutit, 4
active (to) emptoy empLoyee (to) adopt; a88ume empLoyer unempLoyment Labor market plaoe of work employee (to) disoontinue, ~ind balance relief work (to) decide
do~n
Unit 16
499
SWEDISH
(att) bes tmma, 2a betrffande -0 -0 betydelse -n -r betydligt (att) blanda, I (att) blanda sig ij blandekonomi -n -er brutto bruttonationalprodukten (BNP) brnsle -t -n (att) bygga, 2a (att) bygga ut j 2a byggnad -en -er under byggnad ekonomisk -t -a elektrisk -t -a energi -n 0 europagemenskapen tEG) flygplan -et -0 folkomrstning -en -ar form -en -er i form av fretag -et -0 genom att grund -en -er handel -n 0 huvudsak -en -er huvudsak I igen industri -n -er (att) in/gripa, -griper, -grep, -gripit, 4 instrument -et -0 jrn -et 0 jrnmalm -en 0 kemisk -t -a kol -et -0 konsumtion -en 0
Vnit 16 (to) deeide eoneerning, with re gard to meaning, signifieanee significantly, considerably (to) mix, blend (to) interfere, intervene mixed economy
500
gross gross national product (GNP)

fuel (to) build (to) expand building under eonstruation eeonomic electric energy European Economie Community (EEC) airplane referendum form, shape in the form of corporation by foundation, basis trade main thing mainly industry (to) interfere J intervene instrument
-z,ron
iron ore ehemieal eoal consumption
SWEDISH
kraft -en -er kredit -en -er kund -en -er kunnande -t 0 krnkraft -en 0 lag -en -ar lagstiftning -en -ar lgkonjunktur -en -er ln -en -er maskin -en -er medbestmmandertt -en -er metod -en -er ml -et -0 mlsttning -en -ar naturt i I I gng -en -ar Norden numera nring -en -ar nringsl iv -et -0 01 ika (plural form) (att) omfatta, I (att) omskola (att skola om); politik -en 0 privatg/d -t -da problem -et -0 produkt -en -er program -met -0 reaktor -n reaktorer regering -en -ar regional -t -a sedan (conjunction) sektor -n, sektorer (tt) skapa, I ( a t t ) s ko 'a o m; stat -en -er statl ig -t -a (att) stifta, std -et -0
power, f01'ce oredit customer know-how nuclear power law legislation dep1'ession, slump wage~ sala1'Y machine, machine1'Y w01'ke1's' pa1'ticipation right method goal, pU1'pose aim~ objective natural reSOU1'ce the N01'dic count1'ies nowadays nourishment, sustenanoe trade and indust1'Y, economy various (to) include, comp1'ise (to) 1'etrain politics~ polioy privately owned problem produot program 1'eacto1' gove1'nment 1'egional after, when secto1' (to) create (to) retrain state, gove1'nment (adj.) state~ gove1'nment (to) establish, found SUPP01't
501
Vnit 16
SWEDISH
(att) svara, I (att) svara fr; I sysselsttning -en -ar teknisk -t -a (att) upp/g, -gr, -gick, -gtt, latt) utbilda, l (att) utbygga (att bygga ut); 2a varken ... eller vattenkraft -en 0 tgrd -en -er (att) ga, 2a
502
(to) answer (to) account for work, empZoyment technicaZ (to) amount to, reach (to) educate, train (to) expand neither ... nor hydroeZectric power measure, step (to) own
Vnit 16
SWEDISH
Statsskick och pol itlk
46. 47.
'"
Sverige har ett parlamentariskt och representativt statsskick med system. Kungen har endast representati va p I i kter.
ett enkammar-
48.
Allmnna val vanligtvis
ger rum vart tredje r. bildar
ledaren fr majoritetspartiet blir Regeringens medlemmar kallas varifrn den E.0litiska stora centrala
49.
statsminister och
regering.
50.
statsrd och
r chefer fr relativt sm departement, De verkstllande funktionerna
51.
52.
ledningen utg.!:.. mbetsverk.
dremot utvas av
5J.
Typiskt i nte p frn
fr en
svensk pol itik r att svenskarna rstar p ett pol itiskt parti, ens k i I d person. sektorn.
~
54. 55.
56.
Valkampanjen r helt oberoende av ekonomisk hjlp Partierna fr statliga bidrag

j
den privata
form aven bassumma i riksdagen.
fr varje parti,
ett tillgg
fr varje mandat partiet har
57.
Sverige har
idag
fem pol itiska partier representerade
riksdagen:
58. 59.
Socialdemokratiska arbetarpartiet Vnsterpartiet kommunisterna (vpk)
(S)}
det socialistiska blocket
Vnit 16
f>OJ
SWEDISH
504
60.
61.
Centern (c) Moderata sam! ingspartlet (m) Folkpartiet (fp) det borgerl iga blocket
62.
Glossary (Statsskick och politik)
allmn -t -na bas -en -er bidrag -et -0 (att) bi Ida, I block -et -0 borgerl ig -t -a centern central -t -a chef -en -er departement -et -0 endast enski l/d -t -da folkpartiet funktion -en -er hjlp -en 0 (att) kalla, I kammare -n, kamrar kampanj -en -er kommunist -en -er kung -en -ar ledning -en -ar majoritet -en -er mandat -et -0 medlem -men -mar moderat -Q.l -a
IJnit
16
general base, basis, foundation subsidy; contribution (to) form, establish bloc non-socialist; bourgeois, middle class the center party central chief, boss (government) department only (adverb) individual, private, separate the liberal party function help, assistance (to) call chamber campaign communist (noun) king leadership, management majority (parliament) seat member moderate
SWEDISH
moderata saml i ngsparti et oberoende -0 -0 parlamentarisk -t -a parti -et -er plikt-en-er plus po I i t i s k - t - a relativt representant -en -er representativ -t -a (att) representera, riksdag -en -ar (att) rsta p; samt i ng -en -ar socialdemokratisk -t -a socialIstisk -t-a statsminister -n, statsministrar statsrd -et -0 statsskick -et -0 summ/a -an -or system -et -0 ti Ilgg -et -0 (att) ut/g (g ut); -gr, -gick, -gtt, 4 (att) utva, val -et-0 verkstllande -0 -0 vnsterpartiet (att) ga rum; 2a ,nbetsverk -et -0
conservative party independent parLiamentary (poLiticaL) party duty pLus politicaL relatively representative (noun) representative (adjective) (to) represent Swedish parLiament (to) vote for coalition; collection, gathering sociaL democratic socialistic prime minister (equivaLent to) member of the cabinet constitution amount system additionaL amount, suppLement; surcharge (to) originate. proceed. emanate (to) carry out. exercise eLection, choice executive (adjective) left-wing party (to) take pLace government agency or bureau
Uni t 18
505
SWEDISH
Neutra I i tet och frsvar
506
63.
Kort
fre frsta vrldskriget proklamerade Sverige sin neutralitet. inte deltagit

~amtl
Sverige
64. 65.
66.
hade d utanfr
ngot krig
sedan Napoleonkrigen lnder. Denna
1814 och hllit sig
iga all ianser med andra
" a ll iansfrihet
fred med i
syfte t i l l
neutralitet
krig"
har sedan dess frblivit en grundprincip
67.
svensk utrikespolitik,
omfattad av alla politiska partier.
68.
Sveriges neutral itetspol itik har traditionellt varit frsvar. Landet har allmn vrnpl ikt och
frbunden med ett starkt krigstid skulle Ar 1980 gick
69.
hg beredskap.
70.
71. 72.
73.
armen
kunna mobil isera 700.000 man och clvi Ifrsvaret 200.000. frsvaret.
ungefr tio procent av BNP ti I I
Strsta
delen av den mi I (tra
utrustningen ti liverkas
Sverige,
men den alltmer landets ekonomi.
avancerade vapenteknologin brjar stlla nstan omjl iga krav p
74. 75.
Sveriges neutralitetspolitik betyder emellertid deltar mycket aktivt som i
inte siktsneutralitet. Lex. FN, ven
Sverige frgor
internationella organisationer, intressen. Nedrustning,
76.
77.
inte direkt berr svenska
koloniernas
frigrelse,
staternas sjlvbestmmandertt och mnskl19a rttigheter r ngra av de frgor som speciellt intresserar Sverige.
78.
Unit 16
SWEDISH
79.
Svenska trupper har flera gnger deltagit t.ex. Kongo, Cypern och Sinai.
FN:s fredsbevarande uppgifter,
80.
Glossa'l'Y (Neutra I i tet och frsvar)

all ians -en -er alltmer arme -m -er avancer/ad -at -ade beredskap -en r/J (att) berra, 2a (att) bevara, I civil-t-a Cypern fred -en -er frigrelse -n r/J frihet -en -er frg/a -an -or (att) fr/binda, -binder, -band, -bundit, 4 (att) fr/bli -blir, -blev, -blivit, 4 i nternat i one I I -t -a intresse -t -n (att) intressera, ko lon i - n - e r Kongo krav -et -0 (att) stlla krav; 2a krig -et -0 mi I itr -t -a (att) mobil isera, mnskl ig -t -a nedrustning -en 0
alliance mO'l'e and mor>e ar>my advanced pr>epar>edness (to) concer>n, touch (upon), affect (to) pr>eser>ve, keep, pr>otect civil, civilian Cypr>us peace, peace time liber>ation f'l'eedom, libe'l'ty question, issue, matter> (to) associate (to) 'l'ema"n inter>national inter>est (to) inter>est colony the Conga demand (to) make demands war> milita'l'Y (to) mobilize human disa'l'mament
507
Uni t 16
SWEDISH
neutra I i tet -en 0 (att) omfatta, I organisation -en -er princip -en -er (att) proklamera, rttighet -en -er samt I i ga (plural) sedan dess sjlvbestmmandertt -en sta rk -t -a syfte -t -n med syfte ti I I (att) teknologi -n 0 (att) ti Ilverka, trupp -en -er uppg i f t -en -er utrikespolitik -en 0 utrustning -en -ar vapen, vapnet, vapen vrld -en -ar vrnpl i kt -en 0 allmn vrnplIkt sikt -en -er ven
neutrality (to) embrace, espouse; include, comprise organization, institution principle (to) proclaim right all (the ... ) since then right to self-determination strong purpose, aim, objective with the purpose of ... technology (to) manufacture troop tr.sk, assignment; information, statement foreign policy equipment; arms weapon world military service compulsory military service opinion, view also
508
Unit 16
SWEDISH
Socialpol itik
81.
82. ..
Utomlands kallas Sverige
ibland "Vlfrdssverige." Vad man n
Svenskarna sjlva talar r det uppenbart att
lite skmtsamt om "folkhemmet."
kallar det,
83.
Sverige p al la stt frsker att ge trygghet t sina medborgare och strvar mo t en soc i a I u t j mn i n g
84.
85.
86. 87.
Det svenska
fol ket betalar hga skatter, ("moms").
speciellt kommunalskatt och mervrdesskattefolk-
skatt p varor och tjnster betalarna pension,
Skatterna "terbetalas" t i l l
form av ett enormt socialfrskringsprogram. (ven tandvrd),
Detta omfattar
88. 89.
90.
sjukfrskring
frldrafrskring, (med mera).
arbetsskadefrsvl
skring och arbetslshetsfrskring m.m. som skattepolitiken, studiebidrag, programmet. o.s.v. bidrar t i l l en
Socialpolitiken,
inkomstutjmning genom bostadsbidrag, Ar 1978 gick 33,1% av BNP t i l l social-
91. 92.
(och s vidare).
Glossary (Socialpolitik)
(att) bl/dra, -drar, -drog, bostadsbidrag -et -0 enorm -t -a folkpension -en -er -dragit, 4
(to) contY'ibute housing allowance enoY'mous old age pension

509
Vnit 16
SWEDISH
insurance parentaZ insurance income local, municipal etcetera citizen value added tax etcetera, and so on health insurance injury, damage tax taxpayer jokingly, in jest social policy (to) strive for study grant as welZ as way, manner in every way (possible) dental care service, favor, job security obvious, evident equalization abroad, overseas no matter what, whatever welfare (to) pay back
510
frskring -en -ar frldrafrskring -en -ar inkomst -en -er kommunal -t -a med mera (m.m.) medborgare -n -0 mervrdesskatt -en -er och s vidare (o.s.v.) sjukfrskring -en -ar skad/a -an -or skatt -en -er skattebetalare -n -0 skmtsamt socialpol itik -en 0 (att) strva mot; I studiebidrag -et -0 sv I som stt -et -0 p alla stt tandvrd -en 0 tjnst -en -er trygghet -en 0 uppenbar -t -a utjmning -en -ar utomlands vad ( ... ) n v I frd -en 0 (att) terbetala,
Uni t 16
SWEDISH
Rel igion
93.
Sverige har en kyrkan.
luthersk statskyrka.
Alla medborgare fds och Svenskarna
registreras
inom
94. 95.
96.
Prsterna r statsanstllda.
r kulturellt bundna t i l l
kyrkan men deltar sllan aktivt
det kyrkl iga
livet.
Det
finns
naturligtvis andra
kyrkliga
samfund de
Sverige,
de s.k.
(s
kallade) de
97.
98.
frikyrkorna rel igisa
(andra protestantiska
kyrkor),
katolska
kyrkorna och
frsami ingar som etablerats av
invandrarna.
Glossary (Rel igion)

(att> etablera, frsami i ng -en -ar inom katolsk -t -a kultur -en -er kulturell - t - a kyrklig-t-a liv-et-(/) luthersk -t -a protestant -en -er protestantisk -t -a prst -en -er (att) registrera, rel igion -en -er rel igis -t -a
(to) establish parish, congregation within Catholic (adjective) culture cuLtural church (adjective) life Lutheran Protestant Protestant (adjective) priest, cLergyman (to) register religion religious 511
Unit 16
SWEDISH
samfund -et -0 s kall/ad -at -ade (s.k.)
s I I an
512
denomination so called seldom
Unit
18
SWEDISH
Skolor och utbildning
99.
I Sverige r det riksdagen och regeringen som utformar skol- och hgskolepolitiken.
p 1950-talet antogs en omfattande skolreform, som inte bara med-
100. 101. 102. 103. 104.

105.
>I
frde frndringar inom skolans struktur utan ocks demokratiserade ett tidi>I
gare elitistiskt inriktat skolsystem. reformer.
Sedan dess har det fljt en rad vidare
Skolavgifter, skolbcker och sko\\uncher r gratis.
ven universitetsavgifterna
r g r a t i s o c h s t u d e nt e r na ka n f r I i g a s t a t I i g a s t ud i e I n
CZossary (Skolor och utbi Idnlng)
avgift -en -er (att) demokratisera, elit-en-er elitistisk -t-a frndring -en -ar hgskol/a -an -or inrikt/ad -at -ad e I n -et -0 (att) medfra (fra med); 2a omfattande -0 -0 rad -en -er reform -en -er struktur -en -er student -en -er
lJnit 16
fee, tuition democratize, make more democratic eLite elitist change university aimed at, bent on, directed towards loan (to) involve, bring about, lead to comprehensive, extensive row, linej series reform atructure, framework (university) student
513
SWEDISH
studieln -et -0 utb j I dn i ng -en 0
<att> utforma,
l
514
rl ig -t -a
student Z.oan education, tpaining (to) formulate, design, shape yeaply
Vnit 16
SWEDISH
Massmedia
106. 107. 108. 109. 110.
en statistisk underskning som fretogs r Det
1979 visade det~ att svenskarna finns 150 dagstidningar med en Ett statligt presstd klara kon-
var vrldens mest tidningslsande folk. sammanlagd ~ ~ p omkring till .. de mindre tidningarna vilket flera
4,8 miljoner exemplar.
p en ort gr det mjligt fr dem att
kurrensen,
innebr en mer pluralistisk press. representerar en viss pol itisk
F tidningar de
r partien
111.
112.
anknutna men
inriktning,
flesta
borgerl ig sd\3n.
113. 114. 115. 116.

117.
Sveriges Radio AB bolag halva
(pktiebolag)
har monopol
radio och TV-sndingar. pressen.
Detta
gs gemensamt av
fackfreningarna,
industrin och Alla TV- och
Chefen och
styrelsen utses dock av regeringen. I icenser, med vi Ika programmen kanaler att vlja
radiogare mste betala svensken titta p
..
rl iga
finansieras. p, men i
Vi II
TV har han bara tv
gengld slipper han
reklam!
Glossary (Massmedia)
aktie -n -r an knut/en -et -na (ti I I) (att) an/knyta, -knyter, -knt, -knutit, 4
share 3 stock tie d t0 linked up with (to) connect. attach

3
Unit 16
515
SWEDISH
bolag -et -(/) exemplar -et -0 (att) finansiera, I (att) fre/ta, -tar, -tog, -tagit, 4 gemensam -t -ma gemensamt gengld; i gengld inriktning -en -ar kana I -en -er (att) klara, I konkurrens -en 0 I icens -en -er massmedl/um -et -a monopol -et -0 ort -en -er pluralistisk -t-a press -en (/) radio -n, radioapparater reklam -en -er samman lag/d -t -da statistisk -t -a styrelse -n -r sdan -t -a sndning -en -ar underskning -en -ar upplag/a -an -or (att) ut/se, -ser, -sg, -sett, 4 (att) visa sig; viss -t -a (att) vlja p; vljer, valde, valt, 4 gare -n -0
company, corporation copy (to) finance (to) undertake, perform, carry out common, mutual jointly in return direction, trend channel; canal (to) cope with, manage competition License (fee) mass medium monopoly (geographical) place pluralistic press, news radio advertising combined statistical management, board of directors on e, such transmission, broadeast examination, study, analysis edition (to) ehoose, appoint (to) show, become evident, turn out certain (to) choose from owner
516
ltit 1.6
SWEDISH
UNIT 16 Notes on Basic Sentences 10.
15.000. For numbers Swedish uses a period when English uses a comma, and a comma when English uses a period.
Examples:
Det
finns ungefr
15.000
<femton tusen)
samer
norra Sverige.
There are approximately 15,000 Lapps in northern Sweden.

Sverige har omkring 8,3 <tta komma tre} miljoner invnare.
Sweden has about 8.3 million people. 14a. 14b.

8,3 mi Ijoner.
See Note 10.
Dock. The translation of dock is IIhowever, II but like emellertid it is used almost exclusively in lL1Y'itten language. The closest spoken Swedish equivalents to English IIhowever, but" are men, i alla fall, i vilket fall som helst.
Examples:
Drren var lst s vi kunde frst inte komma in. Men George hittade en nycke l t i! l kksdrren s v i kom i n p det v i set.
The door was locked so we couldn't get in at first. llowever (but), George found a key to the back door so we got in that way.
Jag tycker inte att det r ndvndigt att du kommer. I som helst be~ver du inte vara dr frrn klockan tta. vilket fall
I don't think it's necessary for you to come. However (anyway), you don't have to be there until eight o'clock.
16.
Den situationen. In written Swedish, the demonstrative adjectives den {det, de} and denna {detta, dessa} are more commonly used than den dr <det dr, de dr} and den hr <det hr, de hr}. The meaning of den (det, de) as a demonstrative adjeotive is the same as den dr (det dr, de dr) -- "that." The meaning of denna {detta, dessa} is the same as den hr (det hr, de hr) -- "this."
vnit 16
517
SWEDISH
518
Notice that when den (det, de) funations as a demonstrative adjective the definite ending is added to the noun. (Cf. Unit 13, Note 27.)
17.
Emellertid.
See Note 14b.
18.
1960-talet. Adding -talet to a decade or a century corresponds to the English "s" added to the same numbers.
Examples:
P 1800-talet.
In (during) the eignteen hundreds (the 19th centuryJ. the fifties.
P 50-talet.
In (during) Notice the use of the preposition 20.
.E!
for "in" or "during."
(Cf.
Unit 11, Point II. J
Vart tredje barn.

number. Examples:
The word varje (every) may not be used before an ordinal Instead var' (vart) is used.
Vi far p landet varje sommar.

We go to the countryevery summer.
Var tredje mnad betalar jag min frskring.

Every three months (every third month) I pay my insurance. Notice that the English "every + cardinal number + noun in the plural has to be expressed in Swedish with varet) + ordinal number + noun in the singular. The expression "every two .,. Examples:
I
(every other)" is varannan (vartannat).
Jag arbetar varannan vecka. work every other week.
Vi ker ti I l Sverige vartannat r.

We go to Sweden every other year.
Unit 16
SWEDISH
30a.
Reaktorer.
There is a ehange of stress in the plural form of multi-syllable third deelension nouns ending in -or.
reaktor do ktor professor motor reaktorer doktorer profess~rer motorer
Examples:
reaetor doetor professor motor, engine
30b.
34.
Frdiga.
See
Unit 15, Note 13.
I ndustr ianst lida. Anst I I d is a past particip le used as a noun and therefore takes the same endings as an adjective:
Singular Indef. form Def. form ef. 39. Unit 15,

en anstlld den an st I I da
Plural
(tv> anstllda de anst I I da
Note 15.
Skapat problem. In a subordinate clause, written Swedish often leaves out the auxiliaries har and hade in the present perfeet and past perfeet tenses, using only the supine form of the main verb. This is a usage that you should become familiar with since it may otherwise ereate difficulty in translations. Note, however, that har and hade may not be left out in a main cZause.
45.
Ar 1977. Written Swedish often uses the word r before numbers indieating a year. In spoken Swedish years are usualZy expressed without the word r and aZways without a preposition.
Examples:
Ulf r fdd
1945. Ulf was born in 1945.

(Ar> 1969 landade mnniskan p mnen.
In 1969 man landed on the moon. Unit 16

519
SWEDISH
Lena kom till Amerika i januari
Lena came to Amepica in Januapy
520
1981. 1981.
48.
Vart tredje r.
See Note 20.
70.
700.000 man. The plupal fopm of man is mn in most cases. However, the plupal fopm man is found in the context of militapy manpower, or labor force. Example:
Besttningen bestr av 300 man. The cpew consists of 300 men (and women).
72.
A I I tmer. The wopd a I I t is some times used befope the compapative form of an adjective op an advepb with the meaning "mope and mope. "
Examples:
Bi larna bl ir allt mindre med ren.
The caps get smallep and smallep ovep the yeaps.
Den vetenskap I iga utveckl ingen gr allt fortare framt.

Scientific development advances mope and mope papidly.
Allt is sepapated fPom the compapative fopm of the adjective fop in the combination with the advepb mer.
77 De f r g o r
OP adverb except
s o m ..
S e e Un i t
1 5,
No t e
65
82.
Vad man n kallar det. Vem n Vad n Var n
Vad n has the meaning "whatevep, no mattep what," and should not be confused with vad som helst (anything at all).
no mattep who, whoevep no mattep what, whatevep no mattep whepe, whepevep
Vem som helst Vad som helst Var som helst
anyone (at all) anything (at all) anywhepe (at all)
ZJn.it 16
SWEDISH
Note that inte before vem (vad, var) som helst conveys the meaning "not just anybody (anything, anywhereJ."
87.
98a. 98b.
99.
Detta.
See Nate 16.
De rel igisa frsami ingar som See Unit 15, Note 65. Som etablerats.
See Note 39.
Hgskolepolitiken. It is important to note that hgskola means "university" and not "high school," which is best translated as Swedish gymnasi/um -et -er. Har det fljt.
Se Unit 14, Note 32.
102. 105.
Studenterna. The Swedish word student usually refers to one studying at a university. More general ly a person pursuing some kind of non-university study is referred to as elev -en -er. Vilket innebr.
a whole clause. and pronouns. The relative pronoun vi Iket must be used when it refers to The relative pronoun som can only refer to nouns, proper names,
110.
116a.
Med vi Ika.
In this relative claus e vi Ika has replaced som, because a preposition precedes the relative pronoun and som can never be preaeded by a preposition. Som must always introduce the relative olause. When a preposition preoedes the relative pronoun, vi Iket <vi Ike T , vi Ika) must be used. However, in spoken Swedish it is much more common to use som with the preposition at the end of the clause.
Unit 16
521
SWEDISH
Examples:
522
Gatan som jag bor p r mycket smal. Gatan p vi Iken jag bor r mycket smal.
The stpeet which I live on is vepy naprow.
Dessa problem, som de har talat s mycket om, mste lsas. Dessa problem, om vilka de har talat s mycket, mste lsas.
These problems, which they have spaken so much about, must be solved.
116b.
watch TV). In this conditional clause the conjunction out and the subject-vepb opdep is pevepsed. This is a should try to beoome familiar with sinoe it is used to paper wpiting and since it may present some difficulty you are aWare of it. Example:
Vi II svensken titta p TV (Om svensken viii titta p TV - If the Swede wants to om {if} has been left
sentence stpuotupe you a gpeat extent in newsin the translation unless
Ska TV-programmen frbttras mste I icenserna hjas.

If the TV ppogpams are to be improved the lioense fees must be paised.
lJnit 16
SWEDISH
WORD l-IST
Swedish
A
absolut accent -en -er adjeKtiv -et -fl> adj adress -en -er advokat -en -er affr -en -er Afrika afton -en, aftnar aftonklnning -en -ar aktie -n -r aktiv -t -a aldrig all, allt, alla
aI I
absoZuteZy
stress~
stress marker
11
adjective good-bye
address
11
1 2
tawyer
store,
shop
Afriaa
evening~
11
eve
15
8 16 16
evening gown
share~
stock
aative never
aLl
3
5 11
- t
- a m j I 19 -
t -
all possible, aLL kinds of
Word List
523
SWEDISH
Swedish English completely right to access allianee generat very (in front of the supert. form of an adj.) at all always everything more and more ealendar embassy ambassador America 3 the Uni ted States Uni t
5
524
alldeles allemansrtt -en 0 all ians -en -er a Ilmn -t -na a I I ra
14 16 16
9
a I Is
a I It id
a I I t i ng
13 16 12
1
7 2 9
a I I tme r almanack/a -an -or ambassad -en -er ambassadr -en -er Amerika amerikan -en -er amerikanare -n
American (man) American (man) American (adj.)
-0
11
3
amerikansk -t -a amerikansk/a -an -or amerikanska ambassaden

Word List
American (woman) the American

Embassy~
11
1
SWEDISH
Swedish
andra (att) anfrtro, 3
EngLish (the) other, others; second See annan (to) confide, entl'ust tied to, Linked up with (to) connect, attach al'l'ivaL (to) al'rive other; eLse second day (of Easter) otherwise advertisement (to) think, be of the opinion, l'egal'd (to) empLoy employee l'esponsibi U ty (to) adopt; assume
Ch~i8tma8
Unit
4, 7
15
16
an knut/en -et -na (ti II) (att) an/knyta, -knyter, -knt, -knutit, -knuT/en -et -naj 4 ankomST -en -er (atT) anlnda, 2a annan, annat, annandag -en annars annons -en -er (att) an/se, -ser, -sg, -sett, -sedd, -sett, -sedda; 4 (att) anstlla, en anstlld, ansvar -et -0 (att) an/ta, -tar, -tog, -tagit, -tag/en -et -naj 4 2a andra
-~r
13
12
2, 8
and
15
5
9
tv anstllda
16
14
16
Word List
525
SWEDISH
Swedish
antagl igen antal -et -0 antingen .,. eller (att) anvnda, 2a ap r i I aprop (det) arabiska -n 0 (att) arbeta, arbetare -n -0 arbete -t -n arbetsgivare -n -0 arbetskamrat -en -er arbetslshet -en
526
English pr'obably number, quantity either ... (to) use April by the way Arabic (language) (to) work worker wOr'k employer colleague unemployment labor market Labor Mar'ket Board place of work employee angry
Or'
Vnit
12 16
4
5
10
11
3
15
10
16 12 16 16 15 16 16
arbetsmarknad -en -er arbetsmarknadsstyrelsen (AMS) arbetsplats -en -er arbetstagare -n -0 arg -t -a
Pron. Guide
Word List
SWEDISH
Swedish English army polite article eighteen eighteenth box ashtray The Atlantic (ocean) to (inf. marker); that (conj.) attache August (to) advance advanced of (to) interrupt, break off department fee, tui tian Vnit
arme -n -er artig -t -a artikel -n, artiklar arton artonde ask -en -ar askfat -et -0 Atlanten att attache -n -er augusti (att) avancera, avancer/ad -at -ade av (att) aV/bryta, -bryter, -brt, -brutit -brut/en -et -na; 4 avdelning -en -ar avgift -en -er
16 12 15 1
7
12
7
16
l,
12 5
16
2
15
8
16
Word List
52?
SWEDISH
Swedish English Unit (time)
13
528
avgng -en
departure
(att) avveckla,
(to) discontinue, wind down
16
Word List
SWEDISH
Swedish
B
English
Uni t
(att) bada, (att) bada bastu; badrum -met -0 bagage -t 0 (att) baka, bakom bal -en -er balans -en -er bank -en -er bar -en -er bara barn -et
(to) bathe, take a bath, go swimming (to) take a sauna
12 12 5
bath!'oom baggage, (to) bake luggage
13 5 12 15 16
4
behind ball (dance) balance bank ba!' jus t, only
10
1
5
-0
ahild baby-sitter base, basis, foundation sauna (to) take a sauna
barnvakt -en -er bas -en -er bastu -n -r (att) bada bastu; (att) be, ber, bad, bett,
Word List
15 16 12 12
9 529
(to) ask, request
SWEDISH
Swedish English population gifte d (to) have a gift for languages (to) keep (to) need beige comfortable Belgian (man) bane; leg (to) pl'epare
preparedness~
530
Unit
13 11 11 11
befolkning -en -ar begv/ad -at -ade sprkbegv/ad -at -ade (att) be/hlla, -hller, -hll, -hllit, -hll/en -et -na; 4 (att) behva, 2a beige -t -a bekvm -t -a belgier -n -0 ben -et -0 (att) bereda, 2a beredskap -en -er beredskapsarbete -t -n berg -et -0 beroende -0 -0 (att> bertta, berm/d -t -da (att) berra, 2a (att) be/skriva, -skrIver, -skrev, -skrivit, -skriv/en -et -na; 4 Word List
5
8
5
:3
Pron. Guide
readiness
16 16
Pron. Guide
relief work mountain dependent (to) tell
famouB (to) concern, affect (to) describe
16
5
SWEDISH
Swedish English descT'iption (to) decide (to) consist (of) Vnit
beskrivning -en -ar (att) be/sluta, -sluter, -slt, -slutit, -slut/en -et -na; 4 (att) be/st (av); -str, -stod, -sttt, -sHdd, -sttt, -stdda; 4 (att) bestl la, 2a (att) bestmma, 2a nrmare bestmt besvik/en -et -na besvrl ig -t -a besttning -en -ar besk -et
15
16 16
2
(to) deaide~ determine mOT'e precisely disappointed troublesome crew visit (to) pay conaerning. with regard to (to) mean
meaning~
16 16
13
14
16
-0
14
8
(att) betala, betrffande -0 -0 (att) betyda, 2a betydelse -n -r betyd I i gt (att) beundra, (att) bevara, bibliotek -et-0
Word List
16
15
significance considerably
16 16
15
significantly~
(to) admire (to)

pT'eserve~ keep~
proteat
4
~31
library
SWEDISH
Swedish
(att) bi/dra, -drar, -drog, -drag/en -et -na; 4 -dragit,
532
English (to) contr>ibute subsidy; contr>ibution ear>, automobile; cab (to) [or>m; establish ticket
Unit
16 16 2 16
10
bidrag -et bil-en-ar (att)
-0
bilda,
bi Ijett -en -er biljon-en-er billig - t - a (att) binda, binder, band, bund/en -et -na; 4 bundit,
inexpensive, cheap (to) bind, tie movies (to) bite ear>ly (in the morning)
11 13, 15 12 13
7
bio -n (att)
0
bita, biter, bet, bitit, bit/en -et -na; 4
b i tt i
(att)
bjuda, bjuder, bjd, bjud/en -et -na; 4 4
bjudit,
(to) invite invited (to) offer> party among
12 13 12 12
14
(att) bjuda p; bjudning -en -ar bland bland andra
(bl.a.)
among othel's
15
Word List
SWEDISH
Swedish
bland (att) (att) annat (bl.a.)
English among other things (to) mix, blend

sig
Vnit 15
blanda, blanda
i;
(to)
interfere~
intervene
16 16 13 1 16 12 12
14
blandekonomi
-n -er
mixed economy form
blankett -en -er (att) bli, blir, blev, blivit, 4
(to) become, be bloc bouquet of flowers

j10w81"
block-et-0 blombukett -en -er
bJomm/a -an -or

(att) bl, (att) blomma, bltt, bo, 3 bcker bla
(to) blossom blue (to) book bookcase company, corporation cotton farmer table to the table, at the table live, reside
2 3
7
bok -en,
bokhy II /a -an -or bolag -et bomu I I -en
-0
0
bnder
16
8
bonde -n,
Pron. Guide
5
bord -et -0 t i II bords
12
533
Word List
SWEDISH
Swedish English table partner (lady) seating arrangement non-socialist; bourgeois, middle class (to) brush brush away (motion); away (stationary)
8
534 Unit 12 12 16
9
bordsdam -en -er bordsplacering -en -ar borgerl ig -t -a (att) borsta, borst/e -en -ar bort; borta bosatt -0 -a; (att) vara bosatt
(to)
live, reside
16 15 16 15 1 9 12
4
bostad -en, bostder bostadsbidrag -et -0 bostadsomrde -t -n bra -0 -0 ; bttre, bst bras/a -an -or bred, brett, breda
residence housing allowance residentiaI area fine, good, well; better, best (open) wide latitude beside, next to letter fire
breddgrad -en -er bredvid brev -et -0
16 12 Pron. Guide
Word List
SWEDISH
Swedish
(att) brinna, brinner, brann, brunnit, 4 (att) brista, brister, brast, brustit, brust/en -et -naj 4 bror, brodern, brder
EngLish (to) burn (intr.) (to) burst (intr.) brother (to) usually (do something)~ be in the habit of browrC" baked beans well gross
gross national produat (GNP)
Unit
13 13
2
3~
(att) bruka, brun -t -a bruna bnor brunn -en -ar brutto bruttonationalprodukt -en -er (BNP) (att) bry sig om; brygg/a -an -or (att) bryta, bryter, brt, brutIt, brut/en -et -na; 4 brytning -en -ar brdsk/a -an 0 brnsle -t -n brd -et 0 bukett -en -er 3
8
9
Pron. Guide
16 16
10
(to) care about dock (to) break accent rush, hurry fuel bread bouquet
14 13 11
9
16 1 12
535
Word List
SWEDISH
Swedish
bull/e -en -ar buss -en -ar by -n -ar (att) (att) bygga, bygga 2a ut; 2a
536
English bun bus vi llage (to) build (to) expand building under construction (to) change change jar pants both
Unit
9
1
11
16
9 16
byggnad -en -er under byggnad (att) byte byta, 2b
13 13
-t -n
by tt/a -an -or byxor bda bde ... och
Pron. Guide
8
(plur.)
both ... and boat bench; row of seats berT'Y

burit,
4
11
2
5~
bt -en -ar bnk -en -ar br -et (att)
10
-0
14
bra, br, bar, bur/en -et -naj bra sig t; 4
(to) carT'Y, wear (to) behave
1 3~ 14
15
(att)
Word List
SWEDISH
Swedish
bst (att) tycka bst ami bttre bn/a -an -or bruna bnor br, (att) borde, brja, bort, 4
EngZish
2b
best; See bra (to) prefer better; See bra
Unit
J
3 9
bean baked beans ought to (to) begin
9 9
10,
13
Word List
537
SWEDISH
SlJedish
C
538
English
Uni t
(att) campa, cancer -n (/) cape -n -r cell-en-er Celsius centern central -t -a Centralen
(C)
(to) camp canceY' cape cell centigY'ade the centeY' paY'ty centY'al CentY'al station centeY' (of tOlJn) champagne chance excellent chaY'ming J quaint chaY'teY' check chief, boss chocolate
PY'on. Guide PY'on. Guide PY'on. Guide PY'on. Guide

11 16
13
8
centrum -et, centra champagne -n (/) chans -en -er charmant -(/) -a charmig -t -a charter check -en -ar chef -en -er choklad -en (/)
PY'on. Guide
9
12
4
11 15 16 12
WOY'd List
SWEDISH
Swedish English box of can dy cigar cigarette circa, about lemon
Unit
12
J J
chokladask -en -ar cigarr -en -er cigarrett -en -er cirka citron -en -er
civi I -t -a
16
Pron. Guide
18
oivil, oiviZian
cocktail college Cyprus bicycle (to) ride a bike, bicycle
cockta i I -en -s college -t -0 Cypern cykel -n, cyklar (att) cykla,
12 12
16
Pron. Guide
12
Word List
539
SWEDISH
Swediah
D
540
EngLish
Unit
dag -en -ar om dagen Dagens Nyheter dagg -en 0 dags; hur dags det r dags dam -en -er Danmark dans -en -er (att) dansa, dansk -en -ar dansk -t -a dansk/a -n
day a day Daily News (Sw. dew at what time it is time lady Denmark dance, dancing newspaper)
l, ?
Pl'on. Guide
12 15
8
11
15
(to) dance Dane (man) Danish (adj.)

11
11
Danish (lang.) Dane (woman) they; the (modif. December decoration (to) decorate pLur. words)
11
11 2,
5
dansk/a -an -or de december dekoration -en -er (att) dekorera,

Word Lis t
15 15
SWEDISH
SuJedish
del -en -ar en del (att) del/ta, -tar, tog, -tagit, 4 delvis dem (att) demokratisera, demonstration -en -er den den dr, det dr; den hr, denna, det hr; de dr de hr
English part some, a feuJ (to) par-ticipate partially them (to) democratize, make democratic demonstration it (ref. to en uJords); the (modif. en uJords) that; those this; these this; these
desamma
Unit
4
15 15
5 2
16
15
2
2
9 8
detta,
dessa
densamma,
detsamma,
the same (government) department their, theirs befor-e then besides it; the (modif. ett words) detail
departement -et deras

-~
-0
16
5
-0
dessfrinnan dessutom det detalj -en -er
12
5
1
15 541
Word Lis t
SWEDISH
Swedish
dig
din, ditt, dina -a
542
English you (sing. obj. form)
Unit
1
your, yours (sing.) direct dishwasher (to) discuss, have a discussion there (motion); the re (stationary)
2 2 5
12
8
direkt
-0
diskmaskin -en -er (att) dit; diskutera, dr
djur -et dock
-0
animal however
dokt~rer
14
16
doktor -n,
doctor,
physician
12, 16
4
domkyrk/a -an dotter (att)
-or
cathedral daughter
dragit,
-n, dttrar
dra(ga), drar, drog, drag/en -et -naj 4
(to) draw, dY'amatic
puH
13
dramatisk -t -a (att) dricka, dricker, drack, druck/en -et -naj 4 druckit,
10
1
(to) drink tip
dricks -en (att)
0
driver, drev, drivit,
4
9 13
driva,
(to) drive (not a vehicLe)
driv/en -et -na;
Word List
SWEDISH
Swedish English (to)
last~
Uni t
lingep
(att) drja, 2a du (att) duga, duger, dg, duglt, 4 (att) duka, duk/ad -at -ade duktig -t -a dygn -et dyr -t -a d dl i9 -t -a, smre, smst
13 1 13 12 12
7
you (sing.) (to) do, (to) sepve, be Buitable
set the table
set (past papt.) good, effeotive, competent
-0
24 houps expensive then, at that time; when bad; less good, since;
11 5 2, 12
9 9
least good
d l i 9 -t -a, vrre, vrst dr d r; dit
bad, wopse, wopst whepe (pel.) thepe (stationapy) thepe (motion) in between on the othep hand because (to) die
13 1, 8 15 12
8
dremellan dremot drfr att (att) d, dr, dog, dtt, dd, dtt, dda; 4
Word List
13
543
SWEDISH
Swedish
(att) dlja, dljer, dolde, dolt, dol/d -t -da; 4 drr -en -ar
544
English
(to) aonaeat door
Unit
13
7
Word List
SWEDISH
Swedish
E
English
Unit
efter (att) efterlmna, eftermiddag -en -ar i eftermiddag i eftermiddags efterrtt -en -er eftersom eftertrdare -n -0 eftert egen, eget, egna egentl igen ekonomi -n 0 ekonomisk -t -a eld -en -ar elektricitet - en elektrisk -t -a elev -en -er e I f te
Word List
QJ
af ter (to) teave behind
10
16
4 4 11
afternoon this afternoon this afternoon (past) dessert since successor afterwards own reat ly, actuaLty economy economic fire, bonfire
B
?
14 11
;3
14, 16 16 15 5 16
pupit 9,
7
electricity etectric student, eZeventh
16
545
SWEDISH
Unit
16 16
;)
546
Swedish
el it -en -er elitistisk -t-a e I I er eller hur elva emedan emellertid en enbart enda endast energi -n
English elite elitist

or
don't you, isn't it, etc. eleven because however, neveT'theles8 a, an, one solely, alone only (adj.) only (adv.)
8
1
8
16
1
16
:3
16 16
9
eneT'gy eneT'getic English (adj.)
energisk -t -a engelsk -t -a engelsk/a -an
11
11
English (lang.) Englishwoman Englishman England
engelsk/a -an -or engelsman -nen, engelsmn England
11 11 11
Word List
SWEDISH
Swedish
enhetl ig - t -a enkel -t, enkla
English uniform, simple simpliaity nothing fanay aaaording to enormous individual, private, enthusiastia you (plur. obj. form) separate homogenouB
Unit
16
9
enkelhet -en 0 i all enkelhet en I i gt enorm - t -a enski l/d -t -da entusiastisk -t -a er er, ert, era
12 12
11 16 16
15
2
5
your, yours (plur.) (to) es tab Hs h ethnia a, an, one Europe

(EG)
(att)
etablera,
16 16
1
11 16
etnisk -t -a ett Europa Europagemenskapen
exempe I, exemp I et, -0 t i II exempel (t.ex.) exemplar -et
the European Economic Community (EEC) examp le for example copy clerk, salesperson
15 15
16
8
-0
expedit -en -er
Word List
547
SWEDISH
Swedish
export -en -er (att) exportera,
548
English
export (to) export
Vnit
11 11
flord List
SWEDISH
Swedish
F
English
Unit
fackfrening -en -ar fall-et-0

i a I Ia f a I I i s fall
union case in any case in such a case~ i f so (to) fall
15 14 14 15 13 3
9
(att) falla, faller, fll, fallit, fa I I len -et -na; 4 fami Ij -en -er fantastisk -t -a far, fadern, fder far, for, farit, 4
family fantastic father (to) go, travel
:3
(att) fara,
3
:3 :3
farbror, -n, farbrder farfar, farfadern, farfder
uncle (paternal) grandfather (paternal) dangerous it's not too bad ship fast, Lent
f a r I i g -t -a det r inte s farligt fartyg -et -0 fastia -an -or faster -n, fast(n) (att) fatta,
Word Lis t
14 14
J
15
J
fastrar
aunt (paternal) although (to) grasp, understand
12 11
549
SWEDISH
Swedish
februari felstav/ad -at -ade fem f emt e femtio femton femtonde fest -en -er tick/a -an -or file -n -er f i I m -en - er fin
550
lin i
FebruaY'Y misspelled five fifth fifty fifteen fifteenth party pooket filet film, movie fine (to) finance
fingrar
5 15 1
7
1 1
7
12 13
9
10
4
-t
-a finansiera, fingret,
(att)
16
finger, Finland
finger Finland
PY'on. Guide
11 11 12 12
finlndare -n (att)
-0
funnit,
Finn (to) lind (to) hit it off (togethep)
finna, finner, fann, tunn/en -et -aj 4 finna varandraj 4
(att)
Word List
SWEDISH
Swedish
(att) finnas, det finns finsk -t -a f i nsk/a -an finns, fanns, funnits; 4
English (to) be found, exist there is (are) Pinnish (adj.)
U1. i t
1 1 11 11 11 15
9
Pinnish (lang.) Pinn (waman) (to) celebrate fish fouY'teen fourteenth fouY'th flag bottle mOY'e, most; several girl plane, flight
flyger, flg, flugit, 4
f insk/a -an -or (att) fira,
fisk -en -ar fjorton fjortonde fjrde f lagg/a -an -or f I ask/a -an -or fler(al, flera f I i c k/ a - a n - o r flyg -et (att) flest
1
? ?
14
14
See mnga
9
3
2 2
8
-0
flyga,
(to) fly aiY'plane
flygplan -et (attl flyta,
-0
flyter, flt, flutit, 4
16
13,
(to) float
14 551
Word List
SWEDISH
Swedish
flytande -Ql -Ql (att) flytta, folk -et -Ql folkdrkt -en -er folkomrstning -en -ar folkpartiet fol kpension -en -er folktthet -en Ql form -en -er i form av forme II -t -a fort fortfarande (att) fort/stta, -stter, -satte, -satt, -satt, -satt, -satta; 4 fot -en, ftter till fots fotografi -et -er fram; framme
552
Engli!!.Ji floating, (to) move people national eostume referendum the liberal party old age pension population density form, shape in the form of formal fast (adv.) still (to) continue foot on foot photo there (motion) there (stationary) fluently
Unit
14 5 11 15 16 16 16 16 16 16 12
9
3 13
Pron. Guide
12
3
8 8
Word List
SWEDISH
Swedish
(att) g fram ti I I; 4 framfr framme; f ram framt Frankrike fransk -t -a fransklo -an
r!J
English (to) go (waZk) up to in front of there (stationary) there (motion) forward France F't'ench (adj.) French (lang.) F't'enc hman Frenchwoman
peace, peace time
Unit
12
8 8
16
11
11
11
11
11
fransman -nen, fransmn fransysk/a -an -or fred -en -er fredag fri -tt -a frigrelse -n -r frihet -en -er frisk -t -a fru -n -ar frukost -en -ar
16
3 B
F'l'iday free liberation freedom, fresh, liberty
16 16
9
healthy, weLL
Mrs; wife breakfast
1 1
Word List
553
SWEDISH
S!J)edish
(att) frysa, fryser, frs, frusit, frus/en -et -na; 4 frysbox -en -ar frg/a -an -or (att> frga, frn frmst frst och frmst frk/en -en -nar full-t-a fu I I satt -0 -a (att> fungera, funktion -en -er (att> fylla, 2a {att> fylla i i 2a {att> fylla r; 2a fyra fyrtio f, frre
554
English (to) be aoLd, freeze freezer question, iS8ue, matter (to) ask from foremost first of alL Miss; (addres8 to !J)aitres8 or saZesgirZ) fu l-l fiLled. all seats taken (to) funation, !J)ork funation (to) fi l-l (to) filL out (to) beaome oLder in years four fort y
[)nit
13
5
9. 16
4
2 12 12 1 13 13
16
15
2
1 1
Word List
SWEDISH
Swedish
<att) f, fr, ivg; fick, 4 4 ftt, 4
English (to) be allowed to, may; get, receive; have to (to) get (someone) to leave
Unit
l,
10
<att) f (att)
12 14
f syn p;
(to) catch sight of, spot armchair ready
ftlj -en -er frdig -t -a frdig/sydd, frg -en -er frggrann -t -a frj/a -an -or frsk -t -a <att) fdd, fdas, ftt, 2a fdda 2a 2a -sytt, -sydda
5
8, 8 8
10
ready-made color colorful ferry fresh (to) be bOl'n born (to) follow
15
4
9
16
11 2 2 7
(att) flja, <att)
flja med;
(to) go (come) along, aacompany -Ql window for (prep.); because, (conj.J; too to, in order to for
fnster, fr fr att
fnstret,
S, 8, 12
4
Word List
555
SWEDISH
Swedish
fr .. , sedan fra, 2a 2a
556
English aga (to) escort (to) prepare preparation by, past
Unit
J
(att) (att)
12 15 15
frbereda,
frberedelse -n -r frbi (att) (att) (att) frbi/g, -gr, -gick, -gtt, -gng/en -et -nai 4 fr/binda, -binder, -band, -bundit, -bund/en -e1 -nai 4 fr/bli, -blir, -blev, -blivit, 4
10
(to) pass over, skip, neglect (to) associate (to) remain (to) improve before (prep.)
15
16 16 16
(att) frbttra, fre (att) fre/dra, -drar, -drog, -dragit, -drag/en -et -nai 4
10
7
(to) prefer lee ture (to) unite united
fredrag -et -I/> (att) frena,
fren/ad -at -ade Frenta Nationerna Frenta Staterna (FN)
11 11
11
the Uni ted Nations (U. N. ) the United States
Word List
SWEDISH
Swedish
(att) fre/sl, -slr, -slog, -slagit, -slag/en -et -na
English (to) Buggest performance, show
Unit
14
frestllning -en -ar (att) fre/ta, -tar, -tog, -tagit, -tag/en -et -nai 4
10
16
(to) undertake, perform, carry out corporation, bu~ine8s negotiation (to) explain
fretag -et -0 frhand I j ng -en -ar (att) (att) frlt (att) fr/lta, -lter, -lt, -ltit, -lt-en -et -nai 4 frmiddag -en -ar I frmiddags frort -en -er frr frra frresten frrgr; frrn; I frrgr l nte frrn frklara, frlova sig (med>; I
12,
16
15 15
10
(to) get engaged (to) pardon, excuse me (to) forgive
2
13
morning (10-12 a.m.) this morning (pas t) Buburb before. earlier last anyway. besides the day before yesterday not until
11 11
Pron. Guide Pron. Guide
12
10
9
Word List
557
SWEDISH
558
Swedish
frsami ing -en -ar frsen/ad -at -ade frslag -et frst frst och frmst (att) fr/st, -str, -stod, -sttt, -st/dd -tt -dda; 4 frsts frsvar -et
English parish, congregation late, delayed suggestion, proposition first

first of aH
Unit
16 12
9
4
-0
12 1 12 12 13 16
(to) understand of cours e
-0
-aj
defense
frsvann, 4
(att) frsvinna, frsvinner, frsvunnit, frsvunn/en -et frskring -en -ar frsk -et -0 (att) frska, 2b
(to) disappear insurance attempt

(to)
Pron. Guide
10
try
frtjusande -0 -Ql frtjust
lovely, delightful delighted paren t paren ta l insurance (to) change (trans.)
12 15
J
-0 -a
fr Ider -n, fr I drar frldrafrskring -en -ar (att) frndra,
16 16
Word List
SWEDISH
Swedish
(att) frndras,
English
(to) change (intl'.)
Unit
16 16
frndring -en -ar
change
WO'l'd List
559
SWEDISH
Swedish
G
560
English
Vnit
gaffel -n, gafflar gammal -t, gamla; ldre; ldst (att) bli gammal; 4 ganska (att) garantera, garderob -en -er gas -en -er
gat/a -an -or
fOPk
old; olde'1'; oldest (to) get old rather > quite (to) guarantee closet gas (not gasolinej stpeet stpeet copne'1' (to) give common. mutual jointly right away gene'1'ation genepouB in return through by
3. 3
4
9 5 5 4
gatuhrn -et -0 (att) ge, ger, gav, gett, 4 gemensam -t -ma gemensamt genast generation -en -er geners -t -a gengld; genom genom att gengld
15
1 16 16
9
13
Pron. Guide
16
4
16
Word List
SWEDISH
Swedish
geograf i -n 0 (att) gifta sig (med); 2b (att) gilla, glad, glatt, glada
EngLish geography (to) marry (to) like
U1.i t
16
10
Pron. Guide
glad, happy, merry glass ice cream
14 1 13 13 16 13
10
glas -et glass -en
-0
0
glider, gled, glidit, 4
(att) glida, glimt -en -ar (att) gldja,
(to) glide, slide glimpse
glder, 4
gladde,
glatt,
(to) make happy, please (to) look forward to, be happy about hot, spiced wine served at Christmas
(att) gldja sig t; glgg -en
0
2a
15
10
(att)
glmma,
(to) forget (to) nag

gnidit,
(att) gnata, (att) gnida, gi:lider, gned, gnid/en -et -na; 4 gnist/a -an -or (att) (att) gnola, gngga,
Pron. Guide
(to) rub
13
Pron. Guide Pron. Guide Pron. Guide
spark
(to) hum (to) neigh
Word List
561
SWEDISH
Swedish
god, gott, goda; bttre; bst godare; godast var s god<a> goddag godhjrt/ad -at -ade godsak -en -er Gol fstrmmen golv -et -0 goss/e -en -ar grad -en -er gran -en -ar grann/e -en -ar gratis -!/J -0 grej -en -er grek -en -er grekisk -t -a grekisk/a -an 0 grekisk/a -an -or Grekland
Urti t
562
good; better>; best her>e you ar>e hello good-hear>ted

sweets~
1~
1 1 12 15 16 5 15 11 15 13 11 13 11 11 11 11 11
"goodies"
the Gulf Str>eam floor> young boy degr>ee spr>uce neighbor> fr>ee of char>ge
thing~
gadget
Gr>eek (man) Gr>eek (adj.) Gnek (lang.) Gr>eek (woman) Gr>eece
Wor>d List
SWEDISH
Swedish
(att) gripa, griper, grep, gripit, grip/en -et -na; 4 grund -en -er grupp -en -er gryn -et -0 gr, grtt, gra
English (to) seize, grasp foundation, basis group grain gray (to) cream green Greenland vegetable porridge, hot aereal old man sweetie, dear yellow old lady Bweetie, dear rubber Swedish high school gymnastics
al'Y~
Uni t
13 16 15 15
4
(att) grta, grter, gr/H, grtit, 4 grdde -n 0 grn -t -a Grnland grnsak -en -er grt -en
weep
13 15
8
16
9
15
7 7
8
gubb/e -en -ar lilla gubben gul -t -a gumm/a -an -or I i Ila gumman gummi -t 0 gymnasi/um -et -er gymnastik -en 0
7 7
13
16
Pron. Guide
563
Word List
SWEDISH
Swedish
(att) g, gr, gick, gtt, 4
Un1: t
564
(to) walk, go; leave; be possible, work out (to) go (walk) up to (to) pass, walk past pedestrian time, occasion farm; yard goose
1, 9, 11
(att) g fram ti II; 4

(att)
12
15 3
g frbi;
en gende, tv gende gng -en --er grd -en -ar gs -en, gss 2a helst
2
3, 15
Pron. Guide
(att) glla, grnaj
(to) apply, be the case gladly, with pleasure; preferably guest

2a
~athe~;
12 2, 9
9
hellrej
gst -en -er (att) gmma sigj
(to) hide (oneseZ!J (to) do, make it doesn't

matte~
10
(att) gra, gr, gjorde, gjort, gjord, gjort, gjordaj 4 det gr detsamma
2 12
Word List
SWEDISH
Swedish
H
(att) (att) hal ha, ha har, hade, 4 haft, 4
EngUsh
Unit
(to) have (to) feel like
1
2
lust att;
-t-a
sUppery hall hello fonly on the phonej half
Pron. Guide
5
hall-en-ar
ha J J
halv - t -a hamn -en -ar han hand -en, hnder (att) ta hand om; 4 (att) ta i hand; 4 hande I -n (att)
J
9 :3
he hand (to) take care of (to) shake hands
2
9 9
12 16
0
(to) shop glove his hat sea, ocean at Bea
handla,
8 8
5
handsk/e -en -ar hans -(Il
-0
hatt -en -ar hav -et -0 t i I I havs
12 12
Word List
565
SWEDISH
Swedish
hedersgst -en -er
566
English most honoY'ed guest, highest Y'anking guest, guest of honoY' hi
Unit
12 1 3 11 15
hej hel
-t -a
whole holiday, weekend hol'iday not
helg -en -er helgdag -en -ar heller; hellre; inte heller helst
.. ,
eitheY', noY'
13
9
Y'atheY'; pY'efeY'ably See grna home home (motion) home (stationaray) teY'Y'ible (I'd) love to
hemvgen
hem -met -Vj hem; hemma
12 5, 12 12
10
8
h em s k - t
-a
hemskt grna hemvgen; henne hennes herr herrle -en -ar p
on the way home heY' (obj. form)
-0 -0
he Y', heY's MY'. gentleman
5 1 1
Word List
SWEDISH
Swedish
(att) heta, hetta -n (Il (att) hinna, hinner, hann, hunnit, hunn/en -et -a; 4 hiss -en -ar (att) hissa, histori/a -en -er hit; hr 2b
English (to) be named heat (to) have time to elevator (to) hoist story; history here (mo tion) here (stationary) (to) find help, assistance (to) help (to) help out with heart y lIo l land Dutchman Dutch (adj.) Du tch (lang.) Dutch woman
Unit
2 11
8
14 12 2,
B
4
(att) hitta, hjlp -en 0 (att) hjlpa 2b (att) hjlpa t i I I med; 2b hjrtl ig -t -a Holland ho I I ndare -n -0 holltindsk -t -a hollndsk/a -an (Il ho II ndsk/a -an -or
11 1 15 12 11 11 11 11 11
567
Word List
SWEDISH
Swed-ish
hon lionom (a-r1) (att) hos hotell -et hoppa, hoppas,
568
Lrz i t
she him (to) jump, hop, skip (to) hope at, with
2
2
14
2 ?
1
-0
hote l
hovmstare -n (att)
-0
huggit,
headwaitel' (to) out, hew dog one (a) hundl'ed hundreds hungry how don't you, isn't it, etc. at what time
hugga, hugger, hgg, hugg/en -et -na; 4
13
5
1
hund -en -ar (ett) hundra
hundratals hungrig - t -a hur eller hur hur dags hus -et
14
4
1 8
2
5
-0
house wife head
hustru -n -r
2 10
huvud -et, huvuden
Word List
SWEDISH
Swedish
huvudingng -en -ar huvudsak -en -er huvudsakl igen huvudstad -en, hyr/a -an -or (att) hyra, 2a huvudstder
English main entl'anae
Vnit
10
main thing mainly aapital rent (to) rent tenant hale

h I I i t,
16 16 11
5 5 5
hyresg~st
-en -er
hl
-et-0 h I I a, h I I er, h I I, hll/en - et -naj 4 h I I a med om; h I I a p h I I a ta I
Pron. Guide
14
2
(att )
(to) hold, keep (to) agree
(att) (att) (att )
(att gra ngot) ;

j
(to) be busy (doing BomethingJ (to) give a speeah (bus, subway) stop
13
9
hllplats -en -er hr -et '/> hrfrisrsk/a -an -or

h~lft
1
10 10
hair (aolleative) beauty pal'lor, hairdresser hal! (to) greet
-en -er hlsa,
16
11
(att)
Word List
569
SWEDISH
Swedish
(att) (att> (att) hlsa
570
Engfish
Unit
11 11 12 2
7
.p!;
(to) visit (to) greet (somebody), to say heLLo (to) say hello to, gl'eet, give l'egards to (to) get, pick up
hlsa p; hlsa (till);
(att) (att) hr;
hmta, hnga, hit 2a
(to) hang here (s ta tionary) here (motion) from here the other day witch
hogst
l,
8
hrifrn hromdagen hx/a -an -or hg -t -a; hgre;
13 15 5, 9 1 1 12 16 16 15
16
high; higher; highest right to the right of highrise boom, prospel'ity university festive day (to) raise, increase
hger t i I I hger om hghus -et
-0
hgkonjunktur -en -er hgskol/a -an -or hgtid -en -er (att) hja, 2a
Word List
SWEDISH
Swedish
h r (att) hra, (att) 2a
English listen (imperative) (to) hear 2a (to) get in touch corner fall, autumn this fall last fall
Unit
8
8
hra av sig;
12
4
2 2
hrn -et
-0
hst -en -ar l hst

hstas
11
Word List
571
SWEDISH
Swedish English Unit
572
in
frrgr morse r vermorgon

ibland
icke
the day before yesterday this morning (past) this year the day after tomorrow sometimes not (formal; used mainly in public notices) today last year last year from again yesterday curled up (only for animate subjects) this evening, ashore tonight
10 10
11 11
8
idag
5 11 11
ifjol
i f j or
ifrn
igen
15
3
igr
ihopkrup/en -et -na
i kv I I i Ian d
13
2
14
Word List
SWEDISH
Swedish
imorgon import -en -er (att) In; importera,
Engtish tomol'l'ow impol't. imp0l'tation (to) imp0l't in (motion) in. inside (stational'Y) India industl'Y nOj no
one~ nobody~
lni t
3
11 5. 8
8
inne
Indien industri -n -er ingen, inget, inga
11 16
none
1~
i ngenjr -en -er ingenting (att) (att) in/gripa, -griper, -grep, -gripit, 4 ing, ingr, ingick, ingtt, 4
engineel" nothing (to) interfel'e. intervene (to) be inctuded entl'ance income befol'e (conj.)
16 5
9
ingng -en -ar

i nkomst -en -er
16
10
8
innan inne; in
in. inside (stational'Y) in (motion)
5, 8
14
inneboende -n -Ql (att) inne/bra, -br, -bar, -burit, 4
(to) impty. mean
14
573
Word List
SWEDISH
Swedish English within aimed at, directed towards direction, instrument (to) cancel not not at all not untiZ not ... either, nor intelligent intensive international 'interesting interest (to) interest immigrant inhabitant ice trend Unit
574
inom inrikt/ad -at -ade inriktning -en -ar instrument -et -0 (att) inte inte alls inte frrn inte heller intell igent -0 -a intensiv -t -a internationell -t -a intressant -0 -a intresse -t -n (att) intressera, instlla, 2a
16 16 16 16 15 1 1
9
13
9
15 16 3 16 16 11, 16 16
14
invandrare -n -0 invnare -n -0 is -en 0

Word List
SWEDISH
Swedish
istllet isvatten, I ta I i en italienare -n-Ql italiensk - t - a ital iensk/a -an fr isvattnet Ql
English instead of ice water Italy Italian (man) Italian (adj. )
Unit
10
11 11 11 11 11 to leave
Italian (lang.) Italian (woman)

4
ital iensk/a -an -or ivg; (att) f ivg;
(to) get (someone)
12
Word List
575
SWEDISH
Swedish
J
576
English
Unit
ja jad jag jaha januari Japan japan -en -er japansk -t -a japansk/a -an 0 japansk/a -an -or jas javisst jeans -en (plur.) jo jobb -et -0 (att) jobba,
Word List
yes yes, indeed

I
1
3
1
5 5
yes January Japan Japanese Japanese Japanese Japanese oh certainly, of COUl'BB, yes indeed blue jeans yes (in anBWel' to a negative question) job ((Jolloq. ) (to) work (colloq. ) (man) (adj. ) (lang. ) (woman)
11 11 11 11 11 2 2, :3 14
3
13
12
SWEDISH
Swedish English (to) jog Vnit 5
3
8
(att) jogga, journa I i st -en -er ju jubel, jublet 0 jugoslav -en -er
j u I -e'n - a r
journalist as you know, of oourse aheering Yugoslav Christmas last Christmas Christmas tree July Christmas gift early ahurah service on Christmas Day morning Santa Claus June just just now
15 11 11 11 15 5 15 15 15 5 Pron. Guide
3
julas
julgran -en -ar

j uI i
julklapp -en -ar julott/a -an -or jultomt/e -en -ar juni just just nu Justitieombudsmannambetet (JO) (att) jkta, jmn -t -a
flord List
Office of the National Ombudsman 15 (to) rush even

10 9, 16
5??
SWEDISH
Swedish
jrn -et 0 jrnmalm -en 0 jrnvg -en -ar jrnvgsstation -en -er jtt/e -en -ar jttetrevl ig -t -a
578
English
-z-ron
iron ore railroad
Unit
16 16 13 1 12 12
train station
giant
supel', gl'eat
WOl'd List
SWEDISH
S/,Jedish
K
English
Vnit
kaffe -t 0 kakla -an -or kalender -n, kall -t-a kalendrar
eoffee eake, eookie calendar cold (to) call so caZZed veal, ealf eomb (to) eomb (ona' 8 hair) chamber eampaign friend channel; eanal maybe, perohaps map ear'dboar'd box (to) throo/,J (to) thro/,J a/,Jay
1 5,
13
Pron. Guide
8
(att) kalla, I s kall/ad -at -ade (s.k.) kalv -en -ar kam -men -ma r (att) kamma slgj kamrar
16 16
9
10 16 16
kammare -n,
kampanj -en -er kamrat -en -er kanal kanske kart/a -an -or kartong -en -er (att) kasta, -en -er
12
16
4
4 14
(att) kasta bort j
15 579
Word List
SWEDISH
Swedish
kato I i k -en -er kato I sk -t -a kedj!a -an -or kemisk -t -a kemtvtt -en -ar ki lometer -n Kina ki nes -en -er kinesisk - t -a kinesisk/a -an
580
EngZish CathoZic CathoZic (adj.) chain chemicaZ dl'Y cZeaning, dry cZeaner's kilometer (0.62 miles) China Chinese (man) Chinese (adj.)
Vnit
15 16
Pl'on. Guide
16 10 11 11 11 11 11 11
-0
Chinese (lang.) Chinese (woman) kiosk skirt cZeal', obvious; l'eady of COUl'se (to) cope with, manage class cZimate
kinesisk/a -an -or kiosk -en -er kjo I -en -ar klar - t - a det r klart (att) klara,
13
Pl'on. Guide
3, 3
16
9
10
klass -en -er kl imat -et <att)
-0
kliver,
11 13
kl iva,
klev,
kl ivlt,
(to) step, cZimb
WOl'd List
SWEDISH
Swedish
kl ackja -an -or klok -t -a du r inte klok (att) (att ) (att ) (att) (att ) (att ) kldd, kl, kl kl kl kl kl
English clock, watch wise you are crazy (to)

3
Vnit
2 13 13
dress
3
av sig;
trim,
decorate,
15
10
(to) undress (to) change (clothing) (to) dress (oneself)
om s i g; 3
p s i g; s i g;
10
10
3 3
(to) dress (oneself) (to) dress up dressed clothes, clothing, wear dress (to) tap, knock
ut sig;
15 14
8 8
k I tt,
kldda
klder - na
(plur. )
klnning -en -ar (att) knacka,
12
Pron. Buide
knapp -en -ar knappast kniv -en -ar knut -en -ar (att) (att) knyta, knyter, knt, knut/en -et -na; 4 knpp, 2b knutit,
button hardly knife knot (to) tie
12, 11
9

581
(to) button
h'ord Lis t
SWEDISH
Eng Zis h (to) boiL boiled coal (to) check colony comma
9
582 Unit
Swedish
(att) koka, ko kt -0 - a ko I - e n (- e t) 0 (att) kolla, koloni -n -er komma -t -n (att) komma, kommer,
4
16
12
16 16
2
kom,
komm i t, 4
(to) come will J (to) be going to
(att) komma att j (att) komma
2
3
ihg; 4
(to) remember local

J
kommunal -t -a kommunist -en -er konduktr -en -er Kongo konjunktur -en -er konkurrens -en 0 konsert -en -er konst -en -er konstnr -en -er
WO!'d
municipaL
16 16 13 16 16 16
4
communist conductor the Congo state of the market competition concert

art; trick
artist
10
List
SWEDISH
Swedish
konsulat -et -0 konsumtion -en kontor -et
English consulate
Uni t
9
consumption office cup proper, correct hall, corridor cross card
16
7
-0
kopp -en -ar korrekt
1 12
7
-0
-a
korridor -en -er kors -et -0 kort -et -0 kort, kort, korta
Pron. Guide
12
4
short sausage hot dogs (to) cost man's suit cutlet, chop power, force
korv -en -ar varm korv (att) kosta,
13 13 1
8 9
kostym -en -er kotlett -en -er kraft -en -er kraftig -t -a krans -en -ar krav -et -0 (att) stlla krav p; 2a
16 16 15 16 16
powerful, substantiaI wreath demand (to) make demands on
Word List
583
SWEDISH
Swedish
kredit -en -er krig -et kring kris -en -er
584
English oredit war around orisis ohandelier Asoension Day Chris t orown (Sw.
krp, krupit, 4
Unit
16 16 15 15 12 15 16
ourrenoy)
-0
kristall kron/a -an -or Kristi Kristus kron/a -an -or krypa, kryper, Himmelfrdsdag
1 13 12 3 16 16 16 16
10
(to) oreep, orawl orayfish fun (adj.)
krft/a -an -or kul
-0-0
kultur -en -er kulturell -t-a
culture oultural oustomer king royal
kund -en -er kung -en -ar kungl ig - t -a (att) kunna, kan, kunde, kunnat, 4
(to) be able to, oan; know (have learned) know-how
1, 15 16
kunnande -t
Word List
SWEDISH
SlJedi-sh
kupe -n -er kurs -en -er kust -en -er kval ite -n -er kva r kvarlev/a -an -or kvart -en -er kvarter -et kvick - t -a kvicktnkt
Engli-sh compaT'tment COUT'se coast quality still, left, T'emaining T'emnant quaT'teT' of an houp (15 mins.) block quick
lJnit
13 11
16
8 2
15
2
-0
12
-0
-a
sharp lJoman female (adj.) evening this evening, tonight chieken refrigerator lJaiter church church (adj.)
12 11
12 2
2
kvinn/a -an -or kvinnlig - t - a kv II -en -ar i kv I I kyckl ing -en -ar kylskp -et kypare -n
15 5
9
4
-0
-0
kyrk/a -an -or kyrkl ig -t -a
16
Word List
585
SWEDISH
Swedish
kyrkogrd -en -ar kyss kl -en -ar -en
588
English cemetery
Unit
15
10
kiss
cabbage
0
-0
2a igen; sig; 2a 2a 2a
15 5
kllare -n (att) (att) (att) (att)
basement (to) know; feel-
knna, knna knna
2, 15
14
10
(to) recognize (to) feel be familiar
knna t i l l ;
(to) know (of), with
13
kring -en -ar krlek -en
old lady, witch (derogatory) love
15
Pron. Guide
0
0
krnkraft -en k -n -er kk -et (att)
nuclear power line, queue
16 13 5
1
-0
2b
kitchen (to) buy Copenhagen
kpa,
Kpenhamn (att) kra,
11
8
9 9
2a
(to) drive meat meatball
ktt -et
kttbul l/e -en -ar
Word List
SWEDISH
Swedish
L
English
Uni t
lag -en -ar (att) (att) laga, laga mat;
law (to) mend~ repair~ fix (to) oook legislation lamp lamp shade
oountry~
16
12 16 5 15
11~
lagstiftning -en -ar lamp/a -an -or lampskrm -en -ar I and -et, (att) I nder
oountry side
13
landa,
(to)
land
soenery~
16 landsoape 13 11
11
landskap -et -0 lapp -en -ar lappby -n -ar lapska -n 0 lat -0 -a (att) le, ler, log, lett, 4
provinoe~
Lappj pieoe of paperj patoh Lapp village Lapp (lang.) lazy (to) smile
free~
11 Pron. Guide 13~

2
15
ledig -t -a (att) I eda, 2a
available lead. conduct
(to)
15 15
ledare -n -0
Word List
leader
587
SWEDISH
Swedish
ledning -en leende -t -n leende
588
EngLish
Unit
16
14
Leadership, management smiLe smiLing game
-0 -0
14 15 15 5 13 3 15 16 13 3, 4 5 15
8
lek -en -ar (att) leka, 2b
(to) pLay toy

I
leksak -en -er (att) (att) leta leva, {efter ngot>; 2a
(to) Look (for something) (to) Live Live, reaL License (fee J
levande
-0 -0
I i cens -en -er

(att) (att) I ida, I ider, led, lidit, 4
(to) suffer
4
I igga,
ligger,
lg,
legat,
(to) Lie (l,ay, lainJ, be Located (to) face Like purpLe Little, small; Lingonberry Linen closet See liten
(att) I i ksom
I igga mot;
I i Ia
lilla
-0 -0
(def. fOl'm sing.)
7 9
I l ngon -et
-0
linneskp -et-fl)
Word List
SWEDISH
Swedish
I ist/a -an -or
English list a little, 80me

a sm; mIndre; mInst
Uni t
9
Il te
I i te grann
I iten, I I v -et (att) I itet,
1 1
little bit
small, little; less, least life
4, 9
11 13 5 12
-0
ljuger, IJijg, ljugIt, 4
ljuga,
(to) lied (lied, lied) light, bright light, candle light blue light green (school) vacation (to) promise window, opening air calm (to) calm luch special saffron buns served at Lucia and Christmas time
ljus -t -a ljus -et
-0
ljusbl - t t -a ljusgrn
8 8
15
-t -a
lov -et -9) (att) lova,
10
13
luck/a -an -or luft -en l1J lugn -t -a

1 15
(att)
lugna,
lunch -en -er
lussekatt -en -er

flord List
589
SWEDISH
Swedish
lust -en 0 (att) ha lustIg -t -a lutfisk -en lust att; 4
590
Vnit in teY'es t (to) like~ feel like

funny~
2 2 15 15 16 11
9
peculiar
specially prepaY'ed fish served at Christmas Lutheran successful (to) succeed happy fOY'tunately
I uthersk -t -a
lyck/ad -at -ade (att) lyckas,
lycklig - t -a lyckligtvis (att) (att) lyda, lyder, ld (lydde), lytt,
9 9
4 (2a)
(to) obey; be worded (to) listen drawer
13 14 12
9
lyssna,
ld/a -an -or
I g -t -a;
I gre;
lgst
low; lower; lowest

depression~
lgkonjunktur -en -er ln -et
slump
16 16
-0
loan (to)
lngre, lngst
far~ borY'ow~
(att)
lna,
lend
13
4~
lng -t -a;
long; tall; farther; farthest
9. 12
lngsamt
slowly
Word List
SWEDISH
Swedish English lock (to) lock
13
Unit
ls -et -0 (att) (att) Ige r, (att) Iflsa, 2b lta, lter, lt, ltit, 4
(to) sound; to Zet, make (someone do something) camp (to) lay, put
5, 13
7
10
lgret, -0 lgga, lgger, lade, lagt, lagd, lagt, lagda; 4
(att ) lgga f ram; 4 (att) (att) lgga sig; 4 lgga t i I I; 4
(to) display, put out (to) lie down, go to bed (to) dock (hair) set physician, doctor (to) Zeave
12
10
14
10
lggning -en -ar lkare -n -0 (att ) lmna, (att ) lmna tillbaka; I ngd -en -er lnge; lngre; lngst
3
9
(to) return (trans.) length long (time); longer, longest
15
8
2
3
:3
lnge sedan lnge sedan sist
long time since long time since (we saw each other) last time
Word List
591
SWEDISH
Swedish
lngre; I r, (att ) (att) lngst
592
English farther; farthest; See lng.

lnge
Unit
9
lrde,
lrt, 4
is said to, is suppossd to
lra, 2a lra s i g; 2a
(to) teaah (to) learn teacher teaaher (/Joman) (to) read soda pop, soft drink easy, simple; light homework /Jage, salary maple tree Saturday
Pron. Guide
10
I ra re -n
-0
11 3
8
lrarinn/a -an -or (att) lsa,

2b
lskedryck -en -er

ltt
14 13 11 16
-0 -a
lx/a -an -or

I n -en -er
lnn -en -ar lrdag (att) lsa, 2b
Pron. Guide
3 16
(to) solve
WOl'd List
SWEDISH
Swedish
M
English
Unit
maj major -en -er majoritet -en -er maj/stng, -stngen, -stnger
mammla -an -or
May major majority maypole mother, mama one, you
5 12 16 15
Pron. Guide
man man -nen, mn mandat -et -0 mandel -n, mandlar mandelmassa -n 0 man I i g -t -a marinbl -tt -a (att) markera, mars (att) marschera, maskin -en -er massia -an -or
Word List
1
7, 12
gentleman, man, husband parliament seat almond almond paste male (adj.) navy blue (to) mark March (to) march machine, machinery lot, mass
16 15 15 12
8
15 5 15 16 11
593
SWEDISH
Swedish
massmedi/um -et -a mat -en 0 (att) mata, matsal -en -ar matsedel -n, matsedlar matt
594
English mass medium food (to) feed dining Y'oom menu weak Y'ug, caY'pet bY'eakfast nook with, by, along etceteY'a while Y'ight of being consulted, Y'ight of cont1'ol, co-decision 1'ight citizen (to) info1'm, announae message Y'ight away (to) involve, b1'ing about, lead to
Unit
16
9
P1'on. Guide
5
-0 -a
PY'on. Guide
5 5
2
mattia -an -or matvr -n -r med med mera (m.m.) medan medbestmmandertt -en -er medborgare -n (att) meddela, meddelande -t -n meddetsamma (att) medfra, 2a
16 11 16 16
-0
14
16
WOY'd List
SWEDISH
Swedish
medicin -en -er medlem -men -mar me II an men (att) mena, mer(a)i mest mer(a) n mervrdesskatt -en -er metod -en -er middag -en -ar midsommar -en, midsomrar i midsomras midsommarafton mig mi I -en -0 mild, milt, milda
m i I i t r - t
English medioine member between but (to) mean, re/er to more, e lse; most See mycket more than value added tax method dinner Midsummer last Midsummer Midsummer's eve me Swedish mi1-e (10 kms., app:rox. 6.2 English miles) mild mi litary billion
Unit
11 16
3
11
8, 9, 10 8
16 16 1 11 11 15 1 16 16 16 1
595
-a
mi Ijard -en -er
Word List
SWEDISH
Swedish English million environment environmental proteetion my, mine smaller, less; smallest, See I i ten (to) remember memory minority minute
I
596
Unit 1
14 14
2
mi Ijon -en -er mi Ij -n -er mi Ijvrd -en Ql min, mitt, mina mindre; minst (att) minnas, 2a mi nne -t -n minoritet -en -er minut -en -er (att ) missa,
least;
:3
10
11
2 faU
5
(to) miss, (to) abuse (to)
(att ) missbruka, (att) misstnka, 2b mitt emot mitt framfr mjlk -en 0 mob i I -en -er (att) mob i I i sera, moderat -Ql -a
Word List
15 15 12 14
1
suspeat
(straight) aeross right in front of milk mobile (to) mobiZize moderate
12 16 16
SWEDISH
Swedish English the
eonse~vative pa~ty
Unit
moderata sam I l ngspart I et modern -t -a (att) modernisera, modernlser/ad -at -ade monopol -et -0 mor, modern, mdrar morbror -n, morbrder morfar, morfadern,
morf~der
16
modern (to)
mode~ni3e
modernized monopoly
mothe~
16
3 :3 :3
uncle (maternal)
g~andfather (mate~nalJ
morgon -en, mor(g)nar mormor, mormodern, mormdrar moster -n, mostrar mot motor -n,
mot~rer
morning
g~andmother
1
(maternal)
:3 :3
aunt (maternal)
against~
toward(sJ
motor~
engine
16
7
mottagning -en -ar multipl ikatlonstabell -en -er mun -n en -nar museum, museet, museer musik -en 0
Word List
reception multiplieation tables mouth museum music
11
Pron. Guide
4
597
SWEDISH
Swedish
musiker -n -(Il mycket; (att) ml mer(a)j 3 mest
598
Ur! i t
:5 l,
English musioian much, very; more; most (to) feel goal (to) paint aim, objective meal month Monday moon
flest
8, 9
m,
1
Pron. Guide
-et -(Il mla,
(att)
15 16 12 2
:3
mlsttning -en -ar mltid -en -er mnad -en -er mndag mn/e -en -ar mnga; mste, fler(a); mste, 4
16
l, :3
many; more; most must, have (has) to
mtt -et
-0
measure person human (to) notice furniture (to) furnish
Pron. Guide
mnnisk/a -an -or mnskl19 -t -a (att) mrka, mbel (att) -n, 2b
14 16 11 5
5
mbler
mblera,
Word List
SWEDISH
Swedish
mbler/ad -at -ade mj I i 9 -t -a a I I -t -a mj I i g -t -a
mj I igen
English furnished
possible all pos8ibZe~ all kinds of possibly passibly dark dark blue
(to) meet
Vnit
5
11
9 9 7
mj I i gtv i s
mrk
-t -a
mrkbl -tt -a
(att> mta, 2b
8
2
Word List
599
SWEDISH
Swedish
N
namn -et
600
Vnit
-0
(FN)
name nation Uaited Nations (U. N.) nationality night nightclub nature natural naturally
nation -en -er Frenta Nationerna national itet -en -er natt -en, ntter
11 11 11
1
nattklubb -en -ar natur -en
12
14
9
naturl ig -t -a naturl igtvis naturti Ilgng -en nedgng -en -ar nedrustning -en nej nej, ner; men nere .
-ar
natural resource way

down~ stairs~
16
entrance
4
disarmament no
well~
16
1
I'll be ...
down (motion); down~ downstairs (stationary) nervous
8
8
nervs -t -a neutra I i tet -en
11
16
neutraZity
Word List
SWEDISH
Swedish English you (plur. + polite form sing.) (to) aurtsy nine ninth ninety nineteen nineteenth (to) enjoy probably; enough zero the Nordia aountries Nordia Norway north northern part of Sweden Norwegian (man) north(ward). towards the north Norwegian (adj.)
16 16 11
5
Unit
1
ni <att) niga, niger, neg, nigit, 4 nio nionde nittio nitton nittonde (att) njuta, njuter, njt, njutit, 4 nog no I I Norden nord i sk -t -a Norge norr Norrland norrman -nen, norrmn norrut norsk -t -a
Word List
13 1
7
1
1
1 J.
14
5. 14
11
11
15
11
601
SWEDISH
Swedish
norsk/a -an QI norsk/a -an -or not/a -an -or november nu nu fr tiden numera nummer, numret -(II ny. nytt, nya nyckel -n, nycklar nyhet -en -er (att) nysa, nyser, ns, nysit, 4 nyss nyttig -t -a ngon, ngot, ngra ngonsin ngonstans ngonting
flord
802
English Nopwegian (lang.) Nopwegian (woman) check (in a pestaurant) November now now, these days nowadays size, number new key news (to) sneeze pecently useful, good
some, any; somebody, anybody
Unit
11 11
9
1
:3
16
8
4
13
1, 14 13
Ppon. Guide
14
1, 8
3
ever somewhere something, anything
10
8
List
SWEDISH
Swedish English when any time Uni t
nr nr som helst nraj nrmarej

i
2 11 3, 7 1 16 16 3, 16
Pron. Guide
9
B
nrmast
near;
eloser; elosest
nrhet j
nrheten
in the vieinity, nearby nourishment, sustenanee
nrIng -en -ar nringsl iv -et -0 nrmarej nrmast nrmare bestmt ns/a -an -or nsta nstan ndvndig -t -a nje -t -n nt -en -ter (att) nta, 2b ntt -0 -a
trade and industry, eeonomy eloser; elosest; See nra more preeisely nose next almost neeessary pleasure nut (to) wear out worn
12 11
Pron. Guide
Pron. Guide
Word List
603
SWEDISH
Swedish English Unit
604
o
oberoende -0 -0 och och s vidare (o.s.v.) ocks off icer -n -are ofta oj mn -t -a oktober
01 i ka
independent and etcetera, and too, also officer (on"ly military) often uneven October
80
16 1
on
16 1
3 3
16 5 16 15 15 2,
3
;5
(plur.
form)
various oit oit crisis about, in, within (prep. ); if (conj.) aboard (to) include, comprise, espouse comprehensive, extensive (to) surround
olj/a -an -or oljekris -en -er om ombord (att) omfatta, omfattande -0 -0 (att) omge, omger, omgav, omgivit, omgiv/en -et -nai 4
16 16 15
WOl'd List
SWEDISH
Swedish English about, around, approximate2y area (to) retrain impossible evil Wednesday opera LJord orderZy, oarefu2, thorough chairman (to) arrange organization (to) organize (to) have the strength (to) cause, reas on (geographicaZ)plaoe us cheese Unit
omkring omrde -t -n (att) omskola (skola om); omjlig -t-a ond, ont, onda (adj.J onsdag oper/a -an -or ord -et -0 ordentlig -t -a ordfrande -n (att) ordna, organisation -en -er (att) organisera, (att) orka, orsak -en -er ort -en -er oss ost -en -ar
Word List
11, 15 15 16
9
Pron. Guide
;5
12 11
13
;5
-0
12 18
5
10
1 16 2 1
605
SWEDISH
Swedish
otrevlig - t -a ot ro I i g -t -a otrol igt ovanlig -t -a ovanligt ovnlig - t -a
606
English unpleasant incY'edible incY'edibly unusual unusually unfY'iendly
Vnit
9 9 9
9 9
Word List
SWEDISH
Swedish
p
English
Unit
(att) packa, paket -et -Ql papp -en Ql papp/a -an -or papper, pappret, -0 papperskorg -en -ar par -et -0 park -en -er parkett -en -er parlamentarisk -t -a parti -et -er (att) passa, passagerare -n -Ql patient -en -er paus -en -er <att) peka <p) pengar -na (plup.)
Wopd List
(to) pack pack, package cardboard father, papa, daddy
13
7
15
7
(piece of) paper waste basket coup le, park orchestra section parliamentary (political) party (to) suit, be convenient pair
1
4
10
16 16
2
passenger patient break, pause (to) point (to, money at)
13 11 15 15
4
607
SWEDISH
Swedish
peppar -n 0 pepparkak/a -an -or perfekt -0 -a persisk -t -a person -en -er pIngst -en 0 i pingstas plp/a -an -or (att> pipa, piper, pep, pipit, 4 pjS -en -er (att> placera, placeringskort -et plan -en -er plats -en -er platsbIljett -en -er plikt -en -er (att> plocka, pluralistisk -t -a
608
Engtish pepper spicy cookies served at Christmas time perfect Persian person, people Pentecost last Pentecost pipe (to) squeak play (to) place
Vnit
9,
15 15
11
5
5 11 J 11 15
3 13
10
-0
plaoe oard plan, chart spaoe, room, place; seat reserved seat ticket duty (to) pick pluralistic
12 12
5, 13 13
16 14 16
Word List
SWEDISH
Swedish
plus pltsl ig -t -a poj k/e -en -ar polack -en -er Polen pol i s -en -er politik -en 0 politiker -n-0 pol itisk -t -a polsk -t -a polsk/a -an 0 polsk/a -an -or populr -t -a portier -n, portrtt -et post -en portieer
English plus sudden boy Pole Poland poliaeman politics, policy politician political Polish (adj.) Polish (lang.) Pole (woman) popular hotel clerk (at reception desk) portrait mail, mail service potato mas hed potatoes
Unit
16 14
3
11 11
4
16
15
16 11
11 11 15
4
-0
12
14
9
9
potatis -en -ar potatismos -et 0
Word List
609
SWEDISH
Swedish
praktisk -t -a (att) prata, premlrminlst/er -ern -rar present -en -er (att) presentera, president -en -er press -en
~
610
English practical (to) ahat prime minis tel' gift (to) introduce, present president
press, news press attache
Unit
15
9,
15
15 12 2 11 16 12 16 14 16
pressattache -n -er princip -en -er privat -0 -a privatg/d -t -da problem -et -0 procent - en -0 produkt -en -er
prof~ssor
pY'inciple pY'ivate pY'ivately owned pY'oblem peY'cent product professol' program (to) proclaim walk
8, 16
9
16 16 16 16 4
-n,
profess~rer
program -met -0 (att) proklamera, promenad -en -er
WOl'd List
SWEDISH
Swedish (att) promenera, English (to) walk Pro te s tan t Protestant (adj.) (to) try on neat
priest~
Vnit
4 16 16
8
protestant -en -er protestantIsk -t -a (att) prova, prydllg-t-a prst -en -er punktlig -t -a (att) putsa, p (att) pminna, 2a
14
clergyman
16
10
punctual (to) polish

on~ at~
15
1~
in
11
(to) remind (to)

indicate~
10
(att) ppeka, psk -en 0 1 pskas pskris -et -QJ
point out
15 11 ~ 15 11 15
Easter last Easter branches brought into the house and decorated with dyed feathers (for Lenten and Easter decoration)
fur~
pls -en -ar plsaffr -en -er
fU1'coat
8 8
fUl'rie1'
Word List
611
SWEDISH
Swedish
R
612
Uti t
English
rad -en -er radio -n, rak -t -a (att) ra kt rakt fram rea (real isation -en -er)
re~ktor
row, 'line; series

radio straight (adj. ) (to) shave straight (adv. ) straight ahead sale reactor receptionist already reform rule government (to) register regional rain (to) rain
16 16 1
10
radioapparater
raka sig;
1 1
8
-n,
reakt~rer
16
7
receptionist -en -er redan reform -en -er regel -n, regler
:5
16 11 16 16 16
10 10
regering -en -ar (att) registrera,
regional -t -a regn -et QJ (att) regna,
flord List
SWEDISH
Swedish English advertising (to) recommend
Uni t
12, 16
9
rek Iam -en -er (att) rekommendera, relativt ret igion -en -er rel ig is -t -a ren -t -a representant -en -er representativ -t -a (att) representera, res/a -an -or (att) resa, 2b resecheck -en -ar residens -et -er rest -en -er restaurang -en -er (att) rida, rider, red, rIdIt, rid/en -et -na; 4 rik -t -a
Word List
re lative ly re ligion
religious pUl'e, cLean representative (noun) representative (adj.) (to) repl'esent trip, (to) journey, tour
16 16 16
8
16 16 16
10,
11
travel; raise
2, 15 15
7
traveLers' check residence rest, remainder restaurant (to) ride rich (on horseback)
11 1
13
15
613
SWEDISH
Swedish
riksdag -en -ar
(- i kt i g - t
614
Engl.ish Swedish parliament cOY'Y'ect, Y'eal rea lly Y'ing

2a rinner, rann, runnit, 4
Unit
16
-a
riktigt ring -en -ar (att) (att) ringa, rinna,
Pron. Guide
3 13 15 13
(to) call (on the telephone) (to) Y'un, greens, flow
ris -et 0 (att) (att) riva, river, rev, rivit, riv/en -et -na; 4 ro,
3
twigs; rice
(to) scratch, teaY' (to) Y'ow coat, Y'obe amusing, fun, nice, pleasant
PY'on. Guide
13 3 13
8 8
rock -en -ar roi ig -t -a (att) ropa,
(to) call (out) pink, Y'ose-coloY'ed escalator room

runda
rosa -0 -0 ru II trapp/a -an -or rum -met -0 rund, runt rygg -en -ar runt,
1
4
Y'ound aY'ound back
15 15
Word List
SWEDISH
Swedish English spacious Russian (adj.) Russian (lang.) Russian (woman) Russian (man) Russia Unit
5 11 11 11 11
rym I i g -t -a rysk -t -a ry s kl a -an -0 ryskla -an -or ryss -en -ar Ryssland (att) ryta, ryter, rd; rt, rutit (rytit), 4
(to) roar (to) afford afraid (to) count bi ZZ
13
8
(att) ha rd med; 4
rdd 0 -a (att) rkna, rkning -en -ar rtt -en 0 (att) ha rtt rtt -en -er rttegng -en -ar rttighet -en -er rd, rtt, rda
(j
12
11 12, 14 12, 13 15
1.5
ngot>; 4
right (to) be right (about something) dish, trial right red (to) smoke smaker food
16
4
(att) rka, 2b rkare -n -0 Word List
3
13
615
SWEDISH
Swedish
(att) rra sig; 2a rst -en -er (att) rsta {p>;
616
English
(to) move vote, voiae
(to) vote (fop)
Uni t
14
16
Word List
SWEDISH
Swedish English
Uni t
s
saffran -en 0 sak -en -er sallad-en-er salt -et (I) (att) sama rbeta, same -n -r samfund -et -(I) (att) samla, (att) samlas, sam I i ng -en -ar samma samma som samman lag/d -t -da sammantrde -t -n samtal -et -0 samt I i ga (p Zur. ) samvaro -n 0 sand -en Word List
saffran thing
salad~
15
5
lettuce
9
9
salt (to) cooperate Lapp denomination (to)

gather~
15
16
collect (trans.)
15 15
(to) gather (intrans.)
coalition; collection; gathering 16 same same as aombined meeting conversation aH (the company sand
9
8
16 7 11 16 12 14 617
... )
SWEDISH
Swedish
sann, sant, sanna inte sant sanning -en -ar schampo -t -n sch 15m -en -er Schweiz schweizare -n
618
Unit
:3 :3
English true isn't that truth shampoo schism Swit2erland

80
10
Pron. Guide
11 11
11 11
1, :3
10
-0
Swiss (man)
Swiss (adj.) Swiss (woman) (to) see, look (to) check (to) look at
schweizisk -t -a schwelzisk/a -an -or (att) se, ser, sedd, sett, sg, sett, sedda; 4
(att) se efter; 4 (att) se p; (att) se till (att) se ut; sed -en -er sedan sedan dess (att) segla, 4 att; 4
(to) make Bure, see to it that

(to) look like, appear, seem
12
2 12
cus tom then, later, afterwards (adv.); af ter, when (conj.) since then (to) sail
4, 16
16
12
Word List
SWEDISH
Swedish English
-~
Vnit
sekreterare -n
secretary sector second vacation, leave

16 11 11
sektor -n, sektorer sekund -en -er semester -n, semestrar seml/a -an -or sen -t -a senast tack fr senast september (att) servera, server/ad -at -ade serveringshjlp -en -ar serveringsrum -met -0 servett -en -er servitris -en -er (att) ses, ses, sgs, setts, 4 sevrdhet -en -er sex sextio
Word List
pas try served during Lent late latest thanks for an enjoyable time September (to) serve
15
10
12 12
5
12 12 12
5
served maid pan try napkin waitress (to) see each other
12
4
1 1
sight, point of interest six sixty
619
SWEDISH
Swedish
sexton sextonde sherry - n Q\ (att) shoppa,
s h o r t s - e n (p l ur>. )
620
English sixteen sixteenth sherry (to) shop shorts Siberia side figure, number oneself, themselves, etc. (refl. pr>on.) herring herring salad (to) swim his, her>, their> last time long time since we saw each other last time lately (to) sit, fit situation
Unit
l
7 12
8
15 11
4
Sibirien sid/a -an -or sIffr/a -an -or sig sill -en -ar sillsallad -en -er (att) simma, sin, sItt, sina
16 10 15 15 14 5
3 3
sist lnge sedan sist p sista tiden (att) sitta, sitter, satt, suttit, 4 situation -en -er
10 7, 8 16
Wor>d List
SWEDISH
Swedish
sj u sj u k - t
-a
English seven siok, Hl health in8uranoe hospital (to) be in the hospitaZ, be hospitalized nUl'se seventh (to) sing (to) sink seventy seventeen seventeenth self l'ight to sixth lake at sea sailor
selfdete~mination
mit
1
Pl'on. Guide
16
sjukfrskring -en -ar sjukhus -et -0 (att) ligga p sjukhus; 4 sjuksktersk/a -an -or sjunde (att) sjunga, sjunger, sJong, sjungit, sjung/en -et -na; 4 (att> sjunka, sjunker, sjnk, sjunkit, sjunk/en -et -na; 4 sjuttio sjutton sjuttonde sjlv sjlvbestmmandertt -en 0 sjtte sj -n -ar till sjss sjman -nen, sjmn
12 12
:3
12 13 1 1
7
1 16
7
12, 13 12
3 621
Word List
SWEDISH
Swedish
sjtung/a -an -or sjtungsf i I EJ -n -er ska(II), skulle
622
Unit
English sole filet of sole shall, will; should, woutd injury, damage (to) get, obtain
12 12 2 16 2 11 16 16 16
9
skad/a -an -or (att) skaffa, Skandinavien (att) skapa, skatt -en -er skattebetalare -n sked -en -ar (att) skicka, skid/a -an -or (att) ka skidor; 2b ski II nad -en -er ti II ski Ilnad mot (att) skina, skiner, sken, skinit, 4
Scandinavia (to) create tax
-0
taxpayer spoon (to) ski (to) send ski
11 14
14
difference untike, in contl'ast to (to) shine ham shirt

skjutit,
12 12 13, 14 15
8 13
skink/a -an -or skjort/a -an -or (att) skjuta, skjuter, skt, skjut/en -et -na; 4
(to) shoot
WOl'd List
SWEDISH
Swedish English shoe shoe department
[orest, woods to the woods
Unit
8 8
s ko - n - r skoavdelning -en -ar skog -en -ar t i I I skogs skolla -an -or (att) skola omi skolkamrat -en -er (att) skratta, (att ) skrida, skrider, skred, skridit, 4 ( att) skrika, skriker, s k re k, skrikit, 4
12, 13 12 2 16 12
14
school (to) retrain schoolmate (to) laugh (to) glide, proceed
13
(to) scream, shout (to) w1'ite desk typewriter (to) brag, boast tailor (to) protect sign (to) hurry cheers, here's to you
13 3, 13
7 7
(att ) skriva, skriver, skrev, skrivit, 4 skrivbord -et
-0
skrivmaskin -en -er (att) skryta, skryter, skrt, skrutit, 4 skraddare -n -0 (att) skydda, skylt -en -ar (att) skynda sig; skl Word List
13
8
Pron. Guide
13
10
623
SWEDISH
Swedish
(att) skla, skp -et -0 (att) skmmas, 2a skmtsamt skr -t -a (att) skra, skr, skar, skurit, skur/en -et -naj 4 skrgrd -en -ar skrm -en -ar skrp -et skn -t -a slag -et -(Il vad fr slags (att) slippa, slipper, slapp, sluppit, 4 slips-en-ar (att) si ita, si iter, slet, slitit, si it/en -et -oaj 4 slott -et slut -et
624
English (to) toast aabinet, aupboard (to) be ashamed, embappassed jokingly, in jest pink (to) out arohipelago, skerpies (lamp) shade; screen belt aomfortable, nice, enjoyable kind, sort, type what kind of (to) not have to (do something) tie (to) teap, weap out palace end
Unit
12 12 12
16
8
13
15
14
10
9
-0
9
10
8
13
4
-0 -0
12
Word List
SWEDISH
Swedish
(att) sluta, slutlig -t -a slutligen (att) sl, slr, slog, slagit, slag/en -et -na; 4 (att) slss, slss, slogs, slkt -en -er (att) smaka, smal -t -a smokIng -en -ar (att) smyga, smyger, smg, sm (plur. sm r - et 0 smrgs -en -ar smrgsbord -et snaps -en -ar snart s snart som
WOl'd List
English (to) finish, final finaZZy (to) beat, Btpike, hit (to) fight pelatives stop
Unit
2
9 9
13 13 13
9
slagits, 4
extended family, (to) taste narrow, thin tuxedo

smugit, 4
16
10
(to) sneak, tip-toe smaH, little; smaHePj smaZlest; See liten butter sandwich (open faced)
13 4, 9 1 1
9 9 2
fopm);
mindre; minst
-0
smorgasbord drink of aquavit soon as Boan as
12
625
SWEDISH
Swedish
snygg -t -a (att) snyta, snyter, snt, snutit, snut/en -et -na; 4 snll-t-a var sn I I och sn -n 0 socialdemokratisk -t -a socialistisk -t-a socialpolitik -en 0 soff/a -an -or sol -en -ar (att) sola sig; sol ig -t -a soluppgng -en -ar som samma som sommar -en, somrar i somras sommargst -en -er
626
English good-Iooking (to) blow the n08e kind please snow social democratic socialistic social policy soja sun (to) sunbathe sunny sunrise
who~ that~
Vnit
8
13
1 1 14 16 16 16
5
14 14
5
15
which (re!. pron.J;
as; like same as summer last summer non-permanent resident in summer resort area
2~
8
8
11 15
Word List
SWEDISH
Su>edish
sommarsti le -t -na (att) somna, son - n, sner (att) sova, sover, sov, sovit, 4 Sovjetunionen sovrum -met -0 Spanien spanjor -en -er spanjorsk/a -an -or spansk -t -a spansk/a -an QJ speciell -t -a (att) spinna, spinner, spann, spunnit, spunn/en -et -a; 4 sport -en -er (att) spricka, spricker, sprack, spruckit, spruck/en -et -na; 4 (att) sprida, sprider, spred, spritt, spridd, spritt, spridda; 4 (att) springa, springer, sprang, sprungit, 4
English summeJ' plaoe (to) fall asleep son (to) sleep the Soviet Union bedJ'oom Spain Spaniard (man) SpaniaJ'd (woman) Spanish (adj.) Spanish rtang.) speoial (to) spin
sporta
Unit
15 13 3
13
11 5 11 11 11 11 11 15
13
Pron. Guide
13 13
(to) oJ'aak, burst (to) apJ'ead (to) run
8, 13
627
Word List
SWEDISH
Swedish ---spr k -et -0 sprkbegv/ad -at -ade stad -en, stder (att) stanna, stark -t -a stat -en -er station -en -er statistik -en -er statistisk -t -a statl ig -t -a statsminister -n, statsrd -et -0 statsskick -et staty -n -er (att) stava, (att) stava fel; (att) steka, 2b stekt -(/; -a
s~atsmlnlstrar
628
EngZish language (to) have a gift for languages city, town (to) stay, remain strong state, government station statis tics statistical state, government (adj.) pr'ime minister' (equivalent to) member' of the cabinet
Unit
11 11 2
2
16 16 1 16 16 16 16 16 16 12 15 15
-0
constitution statue (to) spell (to) misspell (to) fry fried
WOr'd List
SWEDISH
Swedish English (to) (to)
stick~
Unit put; sting found
(att) sticka, sticker, stack, stuckit, stuck/en -et -na; 4 (att) stifta, (att) stiga, stiger, steg, stigit, 4 (att ) stiga av; 4 (att) stiga i n; (att ) stiga p; 4 st l I l g -t -a (att) stjla, stjl, stal, stulit, stul/en -et -na; 4 st jrn/a -an -or sto I -en -ar stor -t -a; strre; st6rst storlek -en -ar strand -en, strnder strax (att) strida, strider, stred, stridit, 4 struktur -en -er strump/a -an -or
Word List
13 16 13 13
establish~
(to) step (to) get off (to)

enter~
on~
come in board handBome
13 13 3 13 15 5
2~
(to) get
good-looking~
(to) steal stal' chail'

big~
gl'own-up; biggel'; biggest size
16 14 14
fight framewol'k
13 16 8
beach Boon (to)
Btructure~
Bock~
stocking
629
SWEDISH
Swedish
(att) stryka, stryker, strk, strukit, struk/en -et -na; 4 strykfri -tt -a (att) strla, strlande -0 -0 (att) strva mot; strmming -en -ar student -en -er <att) studera, studiebidrag -et -0 studieln -et -0 stug/a -an -or stund -en -er stycke -t -n styrelse -n -r <att) st, str, stod, sttt, 4 hur str det till; 4 vad kan jag st ti II tjnst med; 4
630
English (to) iron non-iron, peromanent proess (to) shine glorious (to) strive for smalt herroing from the Baltic (univerosity) student (to) study study grant student loan cottage while, moment piece management, boarod of directors (to) stand; say (in print or writing) how are you what can I do for you
Uni t
8
14
14
16
10
16 11 16 16 12 12 12 16
l,
7, 13
1 7
Worod List
SWEDISH
Swedish
(att) st ut (med ngonting); 4 (att> stda, stdning -en (att) stlla,
English (to) tolerate, put up (with something) (to) clean
un.it 11 15 15
7 10
0
2a
cleaning (to) place, put (uprightJ (to) close support (to) support
(att) stnga, 2a std -et -0 (att) stdja, stder, stdde, sttt, stdd, sttt, stdda; 4 (att> stra, strre; 2a
16 13 Pron. Guide See stor

9
(to) disturb bigger; boat (to) suck amount, sum

sp, supit, 4
bigg~st;
strst stvlar
stvel -n,
13 13 16 13 Pron. Guide
14
(att) suga, suger, sg, sugit, sug/en -et -na; 4 summ/a -an -or <att) supa, svalg -et super,
(to) drink liquor (excessively) throat, mushroom (to) answer pharynx
-0
svamp -en -ar (att) svara,
16
Word List
631
SWEDISH
Swedish
(att) svara fr; svart, svart, svarta svensk -en -ar svensk -t -a svensk/a -an 0 svensk/a -an -or Sver-ige (att) svida, svider, sved, svidit, 4 (att) svika, sviker, svek, svikit, 4 svr -t -a (att) svlta, svlter, svalt, svultit, svult/en -et -na; 4 (att) svra, svr, svor, svurit, svur/en -et -na; 4 (att) sy, 3 frdig/sydd -sytt -sydda syfte -t -n med syfte ti I I (att) sylt -en -er symaskin -en -er
632
Unit
(to) aeeount for blaek swede (man) Swedish (adj.) Swedish (lang.) Swede (woman) Sweden (to) smart, burn (to) fail, disappoint difficu lt (to) stal've (to) sweal' (to) sew l'eady-made pUl'pose, aim, objective with the pUl'pose of jam, pl'esel'ves sewing machine
1
16
4
11
11
2
13 13
11
13 13
8 8
16 16
9 8
Word List
SWEDISH
Swedish sympatisk -t -a syn -en -er (att) f syn p; synd -en -er det r synd sys kon -et -0 sysselsttning -en -ar system -et
4
English likeable sight, vision (to) catch a glimpse of, spot sin; shame, pitY it's a shame sibling, brothers and sisters work, system sister so, very; how; so (conj.) so that like this at this time of year so called as employment
Unit
9
14
14 2 2
3
16 16
3
-0
syster -n, systrar s s att s h r s hr rs s kall/ad -at -ade (s.k.l s ... som
1, 2, 12
9
7
16 16
one, Buch
...
as
sdan -t -a sdr sng -en -er Word List
Buch (a) ,
2, 12
16
approximately, about (co 7,1,oq. ) song
Pron. Guide
633
SWEDISH
Swedish English lhit
634
svitt svl som sck -en -ar (att) sga, sger, sade, sagt, sagd, sagt, sagdai 4 sker -t, skra skert <att) slja, sljer, slde, slt, sld, slt, slda; 4 s I I an s I I skap -et -Ql (att) gra sliskapi 4 smre i smst
as far as as well as
saak~
12 16 15 1 12
Burely
bag
(to) say supe oertainly, (to) sezz. seldom aompany (to) go (aome) together
2 11 12 J 16
3
12
9
less good; least good; See d I I g

tpan8mission~
snding -en -ar sng -en -ar t i I I sngs srski l/d -t -da srski It stt -et -9) p a I I a stt
Word List
broadaast
16 5 12
bed in bed speaial espeaially way, mannep in every way (po88ible)
16 16
SWEDISH
Swedish
(att) stta, stter, satte, satt, satt, satt, satta; 4 (att) stta sig; 4
English (to) set, put (to) sit down south south(wapd), towapds the south Sunday ppetty, cute, sweet
Unit
7, 1 J
10
5
sder sderut
sndag st, stt, sta
Wopd Lis t
635
SWEDISH
Swedish Engtish Unit
636
(att ) ta, tar, tog, tagit, taglen - et -na; 4 (att) ta av s i g; 4 (att ) ta emot; 4 (att) ta hand om; 4 (att) ta i hand; 4 (att ) ta med; 4 (a tt) ta p sig; 4 (att) ta reda p) 4 tablett -en -er tack tack vare (att ) tacka, tackkort -et
-~
(to
take
2
10
(to) take off. undress (to) receive (to) take care of (to) shake hands (to) bring (to) put on (clothing) (to) check. tabZet thank you thanks (to) (be) to find out
12
9
12
5
10 10
11 1 16 12 12 12
Pron.
9
Guid~
thank
thank you note thank you speech roof. ceiZing speech
tacktal - et -0 ta k -et -0 tal -et -0

Word List
SWEDISH
Swedi sh English (to) speak, talk (to) announce, tell (to) talk about (something) pine tree plate tooth dentist dental care picture, painting taxi tea theater technical technology telephone telephone number tennis television (set) Pron. Guide
9 9
lJn i t
(att) tala, (att) tala om; (att) tala om (ngot); ta I I -en -a r tallrik -en -ar tand -en, tnder tandlkare -n -0 tandvrd -en 0 tavl/a -an -or taxi -n -0 te - et 0 teater -n, teatrar teknisk -t -a teknologi -n 0 telefon -en -er telefon/nummer -numret -0 tennis -en 0 teve -n, teveapparater (TV)
Word List
12
16 12
2
1
10
16 16 1 12 15 5, 10
637
SWEDISH
Swedish
tid -en -er nu fr tiden p sista tiden tidig -t -a tidning -en -ar tidnings/artikel tidtabell (att) (att) t i II en -en -er tiger, 2a teg, tigit, 4
638
Unit time now J these days lately early newspaper

2 2 10
7
:3
-artIkeln -artiklar
newspaper artieZe timetabZe (to) be quiet (to) beg

to (prep.) ano ther
15 13 13
tiga, tigga,
Pron. Guide
1 11 11
2
(ett)
ti II (t.o.m.)
ti I I och med tillbaka
even back
not onZy that but
ti II flle -t -n (att) tillhra, 2a
opportunity (to) beZong enough
13
8
t I I I rck I i gt
t i II s
t l I I sammans t i I I stnd -et -(/; (att) tillverka,
until
till
12
3
14
together permit J permission (to) manufacture
16
Word List
SWEDISH
Swedish
(att) ti Ilta, tillter, tillt/en -et -nai tillt, 4 tilltit,
English (to) pepmit, allow additional amount, supplement; supchapge

-lade, -lagt,
Unit
14 16
tillgg -et-0
(att)
til/lgga, -lgger, ti Ilag/d - t -da; 4
(to) add houp ten tenth Tuesday

5 1
?
3
timm/e -en -ar tio tionde tisdag (att) titta,
(to) (to) (to)
look look out, stick up, appeap look at
(att ) titta fram; (att ) (att ) titta p; tjata,
15
4
(to) nag thick, twenty twentieth day aftep Chpistmas twentieth thief fat
ppon. Guide Pron. Guide

1 15
?
tjock -t -a tjugo tjugondag Knut tjugonde tjuv -en -ar
Ppon. Guide
Wopd List
639
SWEDISH
Swedish
tjnst -en -er vad kan jag st tl II tjnste/man -mannen -mn (att) tjnst/gra, -gr, -gjorde, -gjort, 4 toalett -en -er to I f te tolv tom -t -ma torg -et -0 (att) torka, torkskp -et -0 torktumlare -n -0 torn -et torsdag tradition -en -er traditionell -t -a trapp/a -an -or tre tredje tjnst med; 4
640
Engtish sepvice, favop; job what can I do fop you satapied emptoyee (to) sepve, be on duty pestpoom twetfth twetve empty squape (to) dpy dpying cabinet dpyep tOl.Jep Thupsday tpadition, custom tpaditionat staip, f tight of staips thpee thipd
Vnit
7, 7 16
14
.3
1
7
Ppon. Guide
8
5
9 3
-0
12
15
5
1
7
Wopd Lis t
SWEDISH
Swedish
trettio tretton trettondagen trettonde trevl ig -t -a (att ) trivas, 2a (att) tro,
3
English thil'ty thil'teen Epiphany (thil'teenth day) thil'teenth nice, pleasant

(to) be happy, be comfortabte
Vnit
1 1 15
?
2
2
3 9 9 9 16
(to) think, believe pl'obable, cl'edible pl'obably pl'obably in Brite of

~n
tro I i g -t -a troligen troligtvis trots trots att trupp - en -er trygg -t -a trygghet - en Ql trd -en -ar trkig -t -a trd - et -Ql
spite of (the fact that)
12 16
tl'OOP secul'e securoity thl'ead annoying, bOl'ing. Bad troee
Pl'on. Guide
16
Pl'on. Guide
10
12
WOl'd List
641
SWEDISH
Swedish English garden (to) see, meet (to) meet (eaeh other) tired heavy; heavier; heaviest thin subway subway station round tri p one (a) thousand Unit
642
trdgrd -en -ar (att) trffa, (att) trffas, trtt, trtt, trtta tung -t -a; tyngre; tyngst tunn, tunt, tunna tunnelban/a -an -or tunnelbanestation -en -er tur och retur (ett) tusen tusentals tv tvrs ver tvtt -en -ar (att) tvtta sig; tvttmaskin -en -er tvttning -en -ar tvttstug/a -an -or
Word Lis t
12
J J
14
9
Pron. Guide
1
1
13 1 11
1
thousands two straight aeross wash. Zaundry
14
10 10
5
(to) wash (oneseZf) washing maehine shampoo Zaundry room
10
5
SWEDISH
Swedish English (to) think, have an opinion (to) prefer (to) like obvious obviously, appa'1'entZy fabric typical German (man) German (adj.)
(i1
Uni t
4
3
(att) tycka, 2b (att) tycka bst omi 2b (att) tycka tyd I i g -t -a tydlIgen tyg -et - er typisk -t -a tysk -en -ar tysk -t -a tysk/a -an
~;
2b
2
9
11
Pron. Guide
9
11 11 11 11 11
German (lang.) German (woman) Germany (East. West) Germany
tysk/a -an -or Tyskland (st-, Vst-) Tyskland tyvrr tg -et -0 trt/a -an -or (att) tcka, 2b (att) tlta,
Word List
11 2
unfortunately train; march. marching cake. torte
4. 15
12
(to) cover (to) camp
16 14 843
SWEDISH
Swedish
(att) tnda, (att) tnka, 2a 2b 2b
644
l.h i t
Engtish (to) turn on, tight
7
:3
(to) think, plan (to) have in mind, imagine attendant (for weddings and Lucia) tight, dense density (to) compete
(att) tnka sig; trn/a -an -or tt -t -a tthet -n -er (att) tvla,
15 16 16 Pron. Guide
Word List
SWEDISH
Swedish English
Uni t
u
uggl/a -an -or ugn -en -ar under underbar - t -a (att) under/hlla, -hller, -hll, underh II/en -et -na; 4 -hllit,
owl ove n undep, below, during wonderful (to) entertain, maintain ente1'taining undel'Weal'
exam~nation,
P1'on. Guide P1'on. Guide

7, 11
10
underhllande underklder
-0 -0
12
8
(plur.)
underskning -en -ar
study, analysis
16
(to) wondel'
ung
11
9
-t
-a;
yngre;
yngst
young; younger; youngest young people about, approximately
ungdomar -na ungefr

Ull
(pluY'.)
15
i vers i tet -et

uppe
-0
unive1'sity up (motion) up, upstail's (stationary)
upp;
5, 8
8
uppenbar - t
-d
obvious, evident task, assignment; information, statement
16 16
645
uppgift -en -er
Word List
SWEDISH
Swedish EngLish (to) amount to, edition (to) (to)
expe~ience
app~eciate
646
Uni t
~eaoh
(att) upp/g, -gr, -gick, -gtt. 4 upplag/a -an -or (att) uppleva, 2a (att) uppskatta, uppskatt/ad -at -ade upptag/en -et -na (att) upptcka, 2b ursdkta usch ut; utan utanfr (att) utb i I da, utbi Idning -en 0 ute
16 16 15 12 12
B
arp~eciated
bus y (to)
discove~
12 1
7
excuse (me) ugh out (motion); out, outside

(stationa~y)
5, 8
B
but (conj.); without (prep.) outside (to) educate, train education
12 16 16 16 15 16
(att) ut/brista, -brister, -brast, -brustit, 4 (to) exclaim (att) utbygga (bygga ut); 2a ute; ut
(to) expand out, outside out (motion)
(stationa~y);
5, B
Word List
SWEDISH
Swedish English (to) formulate, design, shape Unit 16
(att) utforma, (att) ut/g (g ut), -gr, -gick, -gtt; 4 utgng -en -ar (att) ut/gra, -gr, -gjorde, -gjort, 4 utjmning -en -ar utlandet utlnning -en -ar utmrkt -0 -a utomlands utrikesdepartementet (UD) utrikesminist/er -ern -rar utrikespolitik -en Ql utrustning -en -ar (att) ut/se, -ser, -sg, -sett, ut/sedd -sett -sedda; 4 utsikt -en -er utskt -0 -a utveckl ing -en -ar
Word List
(to) originate, prooeed, emanate 16 exit (to) constitute equalization ab road foreigner exoellent abroad, overseas the Foreign Offioe secretary of state, minister foreign polioy equipment, arms (to) choose, appoint view superb, excellent development
for~ign
16 16 11 11
4
16
7
16 16 16 16
4
12
16
647
SWEDISH
Swedish English (to) ehooseJ select (to) carry out J exercise Lhit
15
648
(att) ut/vlja (vlja ut) -vljer, -valde, -valt; ut/vald, -valt -valda; 4 (att) utva, I
16
Word List
SWEDISH
Swedish
V
English
Vnit
vacker -t, vac kra vad vad fr vad fr slags vad som helst vad n vagn -en -ar (att) vakna, vakt -en -er vaktmstare -n val -et-0 valborgsmssoafton van -t -a (vid) (att) vandra, vandrande -0 -0 van I i g -t -a vanl igen
Word List
beautiful what what kind of what kind of anything no mattep what, whatever (paiLpoad) cap (to) wake up guapd
4, 9
1
4, 9
9 11
16
13
13
15
9
-0
waitep election, choice Walpupgis night used to (to) wander wandering, roaming usual usuaZly
16 15 14 12 12
9 9
849
SWEDISH
Swedish
vanligtvis vapen, vapnet, vapen va r - t 13 va r god var snll var s god(a> var n var; vart varet> som helst varia -an -or (att) vara, r, var. varit, 4 (att) vara, varandra (varann) varannaln -t vardag -en -ar vardagskldsel -n 0 vardagsrum -met -0 varfr Word List
650
English usually weapon eaah, every please please here you are no matter where, wherever where (stationary); where to (motion) anywhere pieae of merchandise (to) be (to) last each other, one another every other weekday informal dress livingroom why
Vnit
9
16 16 13 1 1 16 1, 11 15 1 15 11 16
'?
5
13
SWEDISH
Swedish English wolf (to) vary. diversify every
e II er
Unit Pron. Guide
varg -en -ar (att) variera, varje varken varm -t -a varmrtt -en -er varsgod(a) vart; var varuhus -et
16 5 16
8
9
neither .. nor warm main aourse here you are. please where to (motion); where (stationary)
1. 13 1. 8
8
-0
department store water hydroelectric power week day of the week weekend who anyone no matter who. whoever real
vatten, vattnet 0 vattenkraft -en 0 veckla -an -or veckodag -en -ar veckoslut -et -0 vem vem som helst vem n verkl ig -t -a
Word List
1 16
:3
15
13
2
11 16
9
651
SWEDISH
Swedish
verkligen verkst I I ande -I/; -I/; (att) veta, vet, visste, vetat, 4
652
English really executive (to) know (have the knowledge about) science scientific we by further important (to) rest (to) rest (oneselfJ (to) want what (a); which (interrog.J. what house. villa wine wine list
vunnit,
Uni t
9
16
4
vetenskap -en -er vetenskaplig -t -a

vi
16 16
2
7
vid vidare viktig -t -a (att) vi la, (att) vi la sig; (att) vilja, v i I ken, vill, ville, velat, 4 v i I ka
15 15
Pron. Guide
15 1
v i I ket,
J. 5
14
v i I I la -an -or vin -et -er viniistia -an -or (att) vinna, vinner, vann, vunn/en -et -aj 4
1
9
(to) win
Pron. Guide
Word List
SWEDISH
Swedish
vinter -n, vintrar I vintras vis -t -a vls/a -an -or (att> visa, I
English winter last wintero wise song (to) show (to) show (up), become evident, tUT'n out vision (to) whip, heat (food) whipping CT'eam certain surely white adult, grown-up (adj.) adult (noun) postcard (to) dare, have the couroage to apaT'tment OUT'
Unit
3
11
14
12
8
(att> visa sig; vision -en -er (att> vispa, vispgrdde -n 0 viss -t -a visst vit, vitt, vita vux/en -et -na en vuxen, tv vuxna vykort -et -0 (att> vga, I
16
Pron. Guide
15 15 16
9
4
15 15 1
10
5 2
653
vning -en -ar vr -t -a
Word L.ist
SWEDISH
Swedish
vr -en -ar i vras vrd -en eJ vt -t -a (att) vcka, 2b vckarklock/a -an -or vder, vd ret eJ vg -en -ar vgg -en -ar vgnar; p . vt:lgnar vl vldigt vlfrd -en eJ (att) vlja, vljer, valde, valt, vald, valt, valda; 4 (att) vlja p; 4 (att) vlja ut; 4 vlkom/men -met -na vl kn/d -t -da
654
EngZ-ish spring last spring care wet (to) wake up (trans.) alarm clock weather road wall on behalf of . probably very, awfuZ ly welfare (to) choose (to) choose from (to) ehoose, seZect welcome well-known, famous
Unit
8
11 14
Pron. Guide
13 13 2
9
7
12
8
3 16 13, 15 16 15 2 12
Word List
SWEDISH
Swedish
vn -nen -ner (att) vnda, 2a vnlig -t -a vnster ti II vnster vnsterpartiet (att) vnta, vrd -en -ar vrdfolk -et
English friend (to) turn kind, nice, friendZy Zett to the lett lett-wing party (to) wait, expect host
Un.it
2
12
2
1
1
16
2
12 12 12
16 16 16
9
2
-0
host and hostess hostess world military service compulsory military service worse; worst; See d I i9 suitcase, bag, purse west(ward), towards the west west West Germany (to) grow
vrdinn/a -an -or vrld -en -ar vrnplikt -en 0 allmn vrnplikt vrre; vrst vs k/a -an -or vsterut vster Vst-Tyskland (att) vxa, 2b
11
14
655
Word List
SWEDISH
Swedish
(att) vxla, vx I j ng -en -ar
656
English
(to)
altepnate~
Unit
ohange (money)
4
ahange
15
Wo!'d List
SWEDISH
Swedish
y
y t/a
English
Vnit
-an -or
surface outer wear

(overcoats~
16
etc.)
9
ytterklder -na (plur.)
Word List
657
SWEDISH
Swedish
A
658
English
Unit
(att) ka, 2b lder -n, ldrar ng/a -an -or (att) ngra sig; r -et -0
i r
(to) go, traveZ age steam (to) re gre t. change one's mind year this year at this time of the year the year round yearly season opinion for (to) ray back measure, step at least eight eighty eighth

10
2
11
?
s hr rs ret om rlig -t -a rstid -en -er sikt -en -er t (att) terbetala, tgrd -en -er tminstone tta ttio ttonde
14 16 11 16
2
16 16 12 1 1
7
Word List
SWEDISH
Swedish
(att) (att) ga, 2a 2a
English
lhit
(to) own (to) take plaae ownel" egg oldel"; oldest; See moose (to) love dal"ling
-er
gammal
16 16 16 15
9
ga rum;
gare -n gg -et ldre;
-0
-0
ldst
lg -en -ar (att) lska,
Pron. Guide
12
8 8
(bu~eau)
lskling -en -ar lsklingsfrg -en mbetsverk -et n mer n nda t I l l ndhllplats -en -er (att) nd ng -en -ar nnu ndra,
favol"ite colol" govel"nment agency still, yet; than more than all the way to, right up to end of the line (to) altel", change yet, nevel"theless meadow, field yet, still
-0
16 3, 8 8 15
13
11 15 12
659
WOl"d List
SWEDISH
Swedish
r rla -an 0 ti I l (ngons) rm -en -ar rr -et -\Il (att) rva, 2a
~ra
660
English See (att) vara honor' in (someone'B) honor sleeve scal' (to) inheY'it (to) eat (to) finish (eating) also even if
Unit
12, 14
14
Pr'on. Guide
13 1
12
16
(att) ta, ter, t, tit, 4 (att) ta upp; 4 ven ven om
11
Word List
SWEDISH
Swedish
English
Unit
-n -ar
island eye
12
ga -t, gon gonbl ick -et

I
P1'on. Guide
5
-0
moment beeT' (to) wish oren (to) oren eaT' o1'e (Sw. cu1'1'ency) east east(wa1'd), towa1'ds the east Eas t Ge1'many of, aveT', via left aveT' the day afteT' tomo1'1'ow
-et I/J
1 15 14
8
(att) nska, pp/en -et -na (att) ppna, ra -t, ron re -t -n ster sterut st-Tyskland ver verbl lv/en -et -na vermorgon;
i vermorgon
(-(Il)
P1'on. Guide
1 5
11 4
13
11
W01'd List
661
SWEDISH
Grammar Index (Numbers refer to pages) Adjectival phrases, 452
662
Adjeotives, 124 indefinite form, 124 definite form, 189 predicate adjective, 126, 132 comparison of the adjective, 265, 275, 520 irregular adjectives~ 124~ 194~ 267 liten~ 193 egen, 337 e-form of adjective~ 452 adjectives before nouns (three different patterns), 287 demonstrative adjectives. 416~ 517; see also "demonstratives" determinative adjective, 482 indefinite adjectives~ 219 ngon (ngot, ngra)~ 219 ingen (inget, inga), 219 ngon (ngot, ngra) instead of indefinite article~ 224 varje, var(t)~ 518 interrogative adjectives, 216 vad .. fr, 122, 184, 262 vilken (vilket, vilka), 184, 216 possessive adjectives~ 64~ 148, 151 adjectives as nouns~ 481 adjectival phrases~ 452 Adjectives as nouns, 481 287
Adjectives before nouns,

Adverbs~
279 oomparison of adverbs, 283 placement of adverbs, 112, 114~ 304, 396 adverbs indicating location and motion, 65, 233 Grammar Index
SWEDISH
Adverbs (cont.) time adverbials, 341 place adverbials, 384 roaming adverbs, 396, 400 relative adverbs dr-dit, 444 d-sedan, 322 Adverbs indicating location and motion,
Annan-Ti 1/,
337 93, 146 418 65, 233
Article omitted with indefinite noun form, Article omitted,

93,
146,
262,
265,
291,
336,
Articles, 42, 69, 186 indefinite, 42 definite singular, 69 dropping of last vowel before definite article, definite plural, 186 article omitted, 93, 146, 262, 265, 291, 336, 418
Att -
74
That,
110
53,
AuxiZiapy
Vepbs,
present tense form, vill, 40, 53
311, 432 47
ska, 53, 66 kan jag f, 40, 55 (att) tnka as an auxiliary,
94,
442
Because -
fr,
213 94, 96, 146
Capitalization,
Cardinal numbers, Collective nouns, G rammar Index
38 262
663
SWEDISH
Colors, 212 Commands, see Imperative
265, 275
664
Comparison of a dj e c t i ves, Comparison of adverbs,

283
Camparison of past particip le, 458 Compound nouns, 484 Compound passive, 462 Compound verbs, 304, 335 3 427 3 486 Conditional, 522 Conjugation of verbs, 157.. 241 .. 250 .. 420 Conjunctions, 399 that - att, 110 fr - because, 213
innan, 324 dock, emellertid, 517
Days of the week, 96 Declensions of nouns, 99-102 Definite article instead of possessive 3 Definite form of adjectives, 189 Definite form of nouns preceded by adjeatives, 189, 288 Definite form of nouns, 69, 74, 416 Grammar> Index 262
SWEDISH
Definite plural artiale,
Def~nite
186 186
plural noun forms,
Definite singular article, Deletion of preposition, Demonstrative adjectives, Demonstrative pronouns, Demonstratives, 128, 51?
Den (det, del, 131 40
69
416
see uDemonstratives"
Densamma (detsamma,
desammal, 45, 66,
213
Deponent verbs,
40,
128
453
Det (without equivalent in English), det r det, 93, 196 det finns, 40, 45, 128, 213 det hnger, etc., 213
Determinative adjectives, Determinative pronouns,

Dock, emellertid, 51?
482
482
Dropping of last vowel before definite artioZe,

Du-N i
?4
(informal and formal pronouns),

322 444
39
D-Sedan, Dr-Dit,
Grammar Index
665
SWEDISH
E-fopm of
Egen, 337
dock~
666
adjectives~
452
Emellertid,
517
En and ett nouns~ 42
Fifth noun Fipst
deelension~
102
conjugation~
157
Fipst noun
deelension~
99 39
Fopmal and infopmal
pponoun8~
Formation of questions, 47 Fourth conjugation,

420 102
Fourth noun deelension, Futupe tense,

Fr - because, Fre, 324 324 318
53, 66
213
Fre-Innan,
Impepative,
Indefinite adjectives, Indefinite apticles, 42
219
Indefinite fopm of adjectives. Grammap Index
124
SWEDISH
Indefinite form of
nouns~ 42~
288
Indefinite plural noun
forms~
98
Ingen (Inget, Inga), 219
Indefinite pronouns ngon (ngot, ngra),

Infinitives~
313
pronouns~
Informal and formal -ing

Ingen Innan,
forms~ 46~ 158~
39
261 219
(inget, 324
jnga)~
Interrogative adjectives, Interrogative pronouns,
216
216 267
135~
Irregular adjectives, 124, 194, Irregular nouns, Irregular verbs,

Ju,
214
104
93,
420
Kan jag f, (att) Kunna,
40,
336
56
(to) Leave (translation),

Ligga-Lgga; Liten, 193 Sitta-Stta,
261 200
Grammar Index
667
SWEDISH
Lgga- L i gga; Man, 122, 339 Stta-S i tta,
668
200
Months of the year, Nations,

Nog, 212
146
Nationalities, and Languages, 355
Nouns en and ett nouns, 42 deelensions, 99-102 first, 99 seeond, 100 third, 101 fourth, 102 fifth, 102 indefinite form, 42, 288 indefinite plural forms, 98 artiele omitted, 93, 146 definite form, 69, 74, 416 definite plural forms, 186 definite form of no uns preaeded by possessive form, 93, 148 irregular nouns, 104 aolleetive nouns, 262 aompound nouns, 484 Numbers eardinal numbers, 38 ordinal numbers, 203 stycken added to numerals, 378
Ngon (ngot, ngral, 219
adjeativeB~
189, 288
Ngon instead of the indefinite artiale,
224
Grammar Index
SWEDISH
0- , 261
Objeative pronouns,
76
Om,
304 203
275, 455, 458, 469
Ordinal numbers, Partiaiples,

158,
Partiale in separable compound verbs, 490 Particles, 490 om, 304 Passive voice,
462, 465 275, 145 455
Past particip le, Past tense uses,
158, 95,
Personal pronouns, Place adverbials,
76 384 384
112, 114,
Place prepositions,
Placement of adverbs, Pleas e (translation), Possessive adjectives,
304, 396
40, 416
64, 148, 151
Possessive form of nouns, 93, 148 Possessive pronouns, Proedicate adjectives, Groammaro Index 151
126, 132
669
SWEDISH
Prefixes, 486
0-,
6'10
261
Prepositions time, 64, 342 plaae, 384 p, 96, 337, 391

fre, 324
deletion of preposition, 40 till bords, eta., 379 Present particip le, 469 Present tense of auxiliary verbs, 53, 311, 432 Present tense of verbs, 46, 158 Present tense uses, 40, 46, 65, 335 Pronouns personal pronouns, 76 subjeative pronouns, '16 du-ni {informal and fopmalJ, 39
den (det, man, 122, 339 de),
131
objeative pronouns, 76 possessive pl'onouns, 151 I'eflexive possessives (sin, sitt, sina), 152 definite artiale instead of possessive, 262 relative pronoun som, 109
vilken (vilket, vilka), 521
reflexive pronouns, 306 demonstrative pronouns, see "demonstratives" determinative pronouns, 482 indefinite pronouns ngon (ngot, ngra), ingen (inget, Vem som helst, vem n, eta., 520 interrogative pronouns, 135, 216 Grammar Index
inga), 219
SWEDISH
Pronouns (cont.) interrogative vad ... tr, 122, 184, 453 vad followed by adjective, JOJ
densamma (detsamma, desamma),
213
Punctuation,
P, 96, 3J7,
517
391
Question word order Question words,

135,
216,
239
Questions forming questions, 47 question words, 135, 216, Reciprocal verb forms, 96
239
Reflexive possessives (sin, Reflexive pronouns, Reflexive verbs,

J06 J06
sitt,
sina),
152
213,
Relative adverbs dr-dit, 444 Relative pronoun som, 109
Relative pronoun vilken (vilket, vilka), 521 Reversed word order, Roaming adverbs,
396,
166 400 96
S-forms with reciprocal meaning, Second conjugation, Grammar Index 241
671
SWEDISH
Second noun decLension,
Sedan-D, Sin (sitt, 322 sina),
152
672
100
Sitta-Sttaj Ligga-Lgga, 200

Ska,
Som,
53
109
Spe L l.ing capitalization, 94, 96, 146 punctuation, 517 Straight word order, 47
Stycken added to numeraLs, 3'78

Subjeative pronouns, '76 Supine, 158 TeLLing time, 80 Tha t - a tt , 11 O Third conjugation, 250
TI d-Gng, 94
Till bords, eta., 337
3'79
Till-Annan,
Grammar Inde:x:
SWEDISH
Time ----telling time, 80 "time" (translation tid-gng), 94 Time adverbials, 341
64, 342
Time prepositions,
Tro, Tycka, Tnka, 441 (att) Tnka as an auxiliary,

Vad .. fr, 122, 184, 453
94, 442
Vad followed by adjective,
303
Varsgod, 40,
378,
417
n~
Vem som helst, vem
etc.,
520
Verbs conjugations first, 157 second, 241 third, 250 fourth, 420 infinitive, 313 present tense, 46, 158 future tense, 53, 66 supine, 158 imperative, 318 use of present tense, 40, 46, 65, 335 use of past tense, 95, 145 use of future tense, 66 translatian of English -ing forms, 46, 158, 261 irregular verbs, 93, 420 -s forms with reaiproaal meaning, 96 deponent (finns, hoppas, trivas), 40, 45, 66, 128 Grammar Index
673
SWEDISH
Verbs (cont.) ----r;eflexive, 213, 306 compound verbs (verb + particle), 304, 335, 427, participles past participle, 158, 275, 455 comparision of past particip le, 458 present participle, 469 passive voice, 462 compound passive, 462 5- form, 465 (to) leave (translation) , 261 tycka, tnka, tro, 441
Vilken Vill, Vl, (vilket, vilka), 184, 216,
674
486
521
40,
212
53
Vlkommen,
vlkomna,
64,146
Where (translation), Word Order straight, questions, reversed, placement placement
444
47 47 65, 122, 166 of particle in separable compound verbs, of adverbs, 112, 114, 304, 396
490
Grammar Index
SWEDISH
Bi b I iography
Belte, A.-M., and G. Englund, S. Higelin, A.W. Lromedel, Stockholm, 1975;
N.-G. Hlldarnan,
Baslc Swedish Grammar,
Engbrant, E., and G. Hlntz, M. Svenska Institutet, 1976;
Wohlert,
Svenska
fr Nybrjare,
Del
I, Del
II,
Frank M.,
Modern English -
A Practical
Referen.ce Guide,
Prentlce-Hall,
Inc.
1972;
Hartmann, R.R.K., and F.C. Stork, & Sons, New York-Toronto, 1972;
Dictionary of Language and LIngulstics,
John Wiley
HIldeman,
N.-G.,
and A.-M.
Bejte,
Learn Swedish,
Almqvist & Wiksell,
Stockholm,
1959;
Holm, 1977 ;
B.,
and E.
Nylund Lindgren,
DeskriptIv Svensk Grammatik,
Sprkfrlaget Skriptor,
Kjelll n,
O.,
Svensk Prosodi
Praktiken,
Studiefrlaget,
1978;
Svenska
Institutet,
Fact Sheets on Sweden;
Svenska Turistfreningen,
Sverigefakta 80,
Svenska Turistfreningens Frlag;
Wadensj,
G.,
Sverigekunskap,
LIber Hermods,
1979.
BibUography
675
SWEDISH
...... ~-
'@" ... ,
'l \
, I,

FSI Swedish Basic Course

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Description:

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

FSI Swedish Basic Course

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

swelsh

FOREIGN SERVICE INSTITUTE U.S. DEPARTMENT OF STATE

Fljande r ett frslag tl I I

hur Swedish Baslc Course kan anvndas

Dialog a. Genomgng aV ny lxa.

True and False

279 287 297

413 416 419

498 499 503 504 506 507

Notes on Basio Sentenoes WOY'd Lis t GrammaY' Index BibliogY'aphy

A good cup of coffee. Roses are r'ed.

ctauses may be main (independent)

Conjugation Conjunc tio n.

DecLension Definite articZe Definite (orm

Determinative adjective or pronoun

Noun Noun phl'ase

a number used as an adjective to indicate order, e.g. second, third, etc.

ParticZe roammatical Terms

a non-inflected word used before a noun or noun phrase, which

a verb used usually with a reflexive pronoun.

John cut himself while shaving.

Subordinate clause Superlative

See "Clause." See "Adjective."

r have borrowed a ear.

Two borrowed books.

dag -en -ar

night, the night, nights

street, the street, streets

coupre, the oouple, couples

milk, the milk,

Guide to Endings and Symbols

words; form referring to ett words; form referring to plural

If the adjeetive is irregular the whole form will be given. Example:

Guide to Endings and Symbols

to speak, speak(s), spake,

(have, had) spaken

If the verb is irregular all [orms are written out. Example:

to stand, stand(s), stoad,

(have, had) stood

speak drive think believe

to get, to receive to agree with

Guide to Endings and Symbol.s

Guide to Swedish Pronunaiation

Guide to Swedish Pronunaiation

Repeat them after

Learn them in thes8 group8: A O U

A are oalled hard vowels,

Guide to Swediah Pronunciation

(day) (road) v i I a (to pest) f r (fo1')

mat tak ska

(glaBS) (day) ( food) (roof, eeiling) (will)

(oity) (what) ta (to take) lat (lazy) (have, ha8) ha r

Guide to Swedi8h Pl'onunaiation

(ieeoream) (dew) (weak) (thank you) (had)

krona (opown) (to live) (book) bror (bpothep) ro (to pow)

( aun) sto r (vig) fot (foot) god (good) mot (againBt)

Guide to Swedish Pronunoiation

(she) (cheese) ( evir) ( fas t) (empty)

GUide to Swediah Pronunciation

(tun) ( sour) (mouse) (luck) (brown)

buss (bus) tunn (thin) mun (mouth)

Look in the miroror and Bee

Short U ---fru kt brunn